By Karen Schoen

One of the basic conditions for the victory of socialism is the arming of the workers and the disarming of the bourgeoisie (the middle class). A system of licensing and registration is the perfect device to deny gun ownership to the bourgeoisie. —Vladimir Ilyich Lenin

Let me first say that my prayers and thoughts for healing are sent to all families who have lost family members due to a horrific killing. Losing a family member unexpectedly is something we should never have to experience. It is a sad time in America.

Hate speech, racism, anger, are all emotional traits that must be learned. Yes that is right, Hate is an emotion that must be LEARNED.  You have to be taught to hate. Did you ever meet a baby right out of the womb who said I am a racist?  Were their first words, “I hate Jews, Christians, Blacks, Muslims, conservatives, environmentalists, etc.” I don’t think so.  Why is picking up a gun or knife and killing people done by some almost without thought? Because somewhere in their lives, they were taught to hate. Now they are acting out what they have been taught.  Mental illness for the most part has nothing to do with their actions. It is their programming. The biggest question is where is the programming coming from?

As a result of the latest mass murders, all the talking heads were spewing the same recycled trash. Blame Trump, the NRA, the gun, gun type, background checks, or magazine, when in reality none of which would have done anything to stop this despicable action.  It was already set in the queue. Again we were told they killed people because: they hate, they have a mental illness, they are angry, the Presidents words, lack of family, lack of morality or they were bullied. These are symptoms but without knowing and attacking the cause nothing will change.

Over the past few years I have been writing on the damage the government schools have done to our children.  As we know that almost half of the students who graduate can not read, write or do simple math. But what does that have to do with guns?

The school curricula is now filled with hate, disrespect for life, for self and others.  Did this rhetoric lead white Americans to express more prejudiced views of African Americans or Hispanics, whether through the normalization of prejudice or other mechanisms?

The other day Tucker Carlson stated that white supremacy is a hoax. Technically he is right. For the most part America was on the road to assimilation UNTIL… until students in school read

• about how awful America is
• that their parents are stupid fools or evil
• the American experiment was nothing more than a slavery train for the rich
• American laws were designed for the rich to plunder the poor.
• the kids learn there is no God
• the truth is what you believe at that moment and no one has the right to invade your truth.
• unborn life is nothing just a mass.

You are constantly told you are nothing special.  You are only good when you are part of a group and believe that any opposing thoughts and actions are EVIL.

In a recent study, the authors were surprised by their own conclusions which stated, “Our findings contradict both hypotheses, as we primarily found declining prejudice and racial resentment, and certainly no increases.” Hopkins wrote: “Measuring prejudice is notoriously difficult, but we were able to draw on a panel survey, which has posed questions about political issues to the same group of people 13 times since late 2007. Our panel asked the respondents — a representative sample of about 500 white Americans — to rate different racial groups’ work ethic and trustworthiness repeatedly. …

“On average, anti-black prejudice dropped sharply among whites, from … just before the 2016 election to … two years later. … That marked the lowest level of anti-black prejudice since we first conducted this study in late 2008. Prejudice against Hispanics also dropped. … In both instances, declines were larger among Democrats, but they appeared among Republicans, too.” [Link]

Hate is an emotion which requires a lot of energy to reinforce. Once multi ethnic marriages were accepted Americans began to choose friends, business associates and acquaintances based on similar interests and abilities not ethnicity.  MLK’s speech began to take root as people judged others by merit not skin color. After 9/11 Americans started coming together.

This unity is out of the question for communists.  They can not allow relationships to dominate. After all what if people talk to each other? They might come up with better answers; they might actually find solutions.  How can communists lie if people talk? So school programs and devices put an end to communication and relationships. What do these school programs offer students? Did it improve their reading, writing and math ability? There are hundreds of school programs that have nothing to do with learning. These programs are designed to play on emotions. Here is a timeline for the destruction of American education.

In America, protection of family was a high priority for men. Communists knew that this bond must be broken. War, Sex, Drugs, lack of Jobs and promotion of a poor self image would fill the bill. America’s men could be accused without evidence and called toxic, white supremacist, white nationalist or just plain evil. A strong masculine image was out and an effeminate image was touted as the “new man”.  LGBTQ was pushed on Americans as though it was the majority when in reality less than 3% of population participates. But once you put these thoughts in vulnerable children the numbers will increase. This is just another idea to control population.  Rather than teach reading, writing, arithmetic, and real biology, they focus on gender.  Sorry but there are only 2.  A feeling of a way you want to practice your life is not the same as actual physical changes.

Biologically you are male or female. Using fancy made up words to describe how you feel at that moment is not a physical change. The communists play with your emotions so a new group can be formed for them to make into victims.  In reality, the LGBTQ community is fighting for rights they already have.   If they were taught history, they would find they are part of “All men are …and We the people…”  The Discrimination Laws already apply to them. It is easier to affect an emotional response than a factual one. So indoctrinate our children is the goal.

In America the feeling was, no one really cares what you do in the comfort of your home. Just don’t push it on the rest of us.  Sadly this attitude led to the majority not paying attention as these programs slid into schools. Now the minority has forced these programs on the majority. Wait a minute what happened to majority rules. I thought America was a democracy like they tell us over and over. Silly me.

What then is actually learned in school?

• Anything goes
• There are no consequences or accountability for your actions
• No meaning to life, family is a burden, there are no heroes, no role models
• No responsibility, do what you feel at the moment, you are G-d
• Everyone is the same, no merit, no creativity, no ingenuity
• No love, no affection, no closeness of another human or family
• No skills– therefore you can’t reason or analyze your way out of a situation,
• No trade, no work ethic – no thought is put into work as everything is acceptable.
• Independent thought is unacceptable as you are told what to think.
• No American history explaining the meaning of America and why America is exceptional.
• No basis for comparison as all opposition is squashed.
• HATE for America and its Judeo-Christian values

You learn you are alone. You have little or no support system as you lack real communication skills.  No one is there to bounce ideas off of; no one to share a memory, an idea, a life. But wait, you do have your hand held device and Alexa who never answers you back.  Not to worry, your sex bot will take care of you without question. With a sex bot you are always right.

No matter how much the communists push the individual down, suppress the individual, individuals still have urges. Urges to be different, to stand out, to make an impression, get notoriety will pop up continually.  That is the problem.  You can ignore them the best you can but the urges become overpowering.

When the trigger actions and trigger words are realized simultaneously we have a perfect storm.  There is no stopping the individual from acting. The individual is not crazy, just programmed that when the moon is in the seventh house and the stars align, they MUST act. Guns, knives, cars, bikes, bombs doesn’t matter, they are driven and must stop that urge. Once this process begins, since human contact is out, there is no sounding board. No one saying stop, this is a bad idea.  There is no hand held device that will stop them. The lust to dominate the narrative is overpowering. You just learned that anything opposing you is evil and evil must be exterminated. YOU become the exterminator.  You are good and you are ridding the earth of this evil blight.

[Read: “Corruption & Racism in Los Angeles City Schools” by Rabbi Nachum Shifren]

Will ridding the schools of this communist programming be the answer?  Eventually but remember it has taken over 100 years to get this programming in the schools. Getting it out will not be easy. Are you up to the fight?

Is America Worth Saving?

I believe YES.  But no one said it will be easy. They are very powerful (Jeb Bush, Bill Gates to name a few) pushing this narrative even though it fails the kids. They don’t care as long as they have power, money and can control the masses.

Will you review the materials your child reads?
Will you correct the errors?
Will you homeschool?
Will you bring these programs to light at your school board and demand they get removed?
Will you alert your legislator to return America to our schools?
Will you run for office?
If not you, then who? If not now then when?

© 2019 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

By Kelleigh Nelson

Look, we want freedom and we want liberty in this country. But we’ve also got to have the guts to stand up and run a tight ship in America. Morality is now a word that many people consider very square and outdated. But if we don’t stand up for it, we deserve what we will get in the end – unprincipled anarchy.  —Actor Cliff Robertson

Politics is not an end, but a means. It is not a product, but a process. It is the art of government. Like other values it has its counterfeits. So much emphasis has been placed upon the false that the significance of the true has been obscured and politics has come to convey the meaning of crafty and cunning selfishness, instead of candid and sincere service. —President Calvin Coolidge, Have Faith in Massachusetts

Nothing is more noble, nothing more venerable, than loyalty. —Cicero

President Trump’s personal assistant, Madeleine Westerhout, resigned Thursday, August 29^th, amid tensions. Trump reportedly discovered that Westerhout shared private details about his family and White House operations. The exchange took place at a recent off-the-record dinner with reporters, per Axios’ Jonathan Swan, and the information got back to the White House. “The breach of trust meant immediate action,” per the NYT, adding Westerhout, who has been with Trump since the first day of his presidency, was immediately deemed a “separated worker.”

Westerhout has sat outside the Oval Office since day one of the administration. She had become a trusted aide to the President. Unscrupulous behavior and a lack of principles is only too common in the Washington D.C. swamp. The Deep State is everywhere and yes, moles are still working against the people’s President.

Some questioned her loyalty to the president after a recent book about the White House reported that she cried in anguish in 2016 when the election results rolled in.

Of course, we know Democrats are going to target her next to try and dig up dirt on Trump. I’m sure they are hoping she turns on Trump just as did Anthony Scaramucci, Omarosa Manigault-Newman and Michael Cohen.

Westerhout Career

In the 2012 presidential election, Westerhout worked for the campaign of Mitt Romney. In the summer of 2013, Westerhout began working for the Republican National Committee and the Republican Party Organizing Committee. From January 2015, she worked as an assistant to RNC chief of staff Katie Walsh.  In 2016, she worked as a “greeter girl” for visitors to the Trump Tower during the transition period after the election.

On January 19, 2017, Donald Trump’s transition team, headed by VP Michael Pence, announced that Westerhout would serve as special assistant and executive assistant to the President.  Her salary was $130,000 for the position.  The sole way of reaching President Trump, other than calling his cell phone, was through gatekeeper, Madeleine Westerhout.  It has been alleged that this was arranged by former Chief of Staff General John Kelly.  She was promoted to Director of Oval Office Operations on February 2, 2019.

VP Mike Pence

Governor Michael Pence was chosen as Trump’s Vice President because he needed a man who knew the people in Congress and could help him pass legislation.  Allegedly, for this reason, he was Ivanka Trump’s choice.  Pence had served 12 years in Congress and was longtime friends with Paul Ryan, and John McCain who he endorsed for election prior to Trump’s support.  His other close friend who retired was Jeff Flake.  After his stint in Congress, Pence ran for Governor of the State of Indiana.

Had he not been chosen by Trump, Pence quite likely would have lost his second gubernatorial bid for many reasons, but one of them was because he was taking “victory laps” for eliminating common core, when in reality, all he had done was rebrand it.  It’s now the Indiana Core, but their standards are almost mirroring exactly what’s commonly referred to as the Common Core standards.  Link

Pence gives an Oscar winning performance masquerading as a devout Christian, yet he launched a political action committee allegedly to help Republicans in the 2018 midterm elections…a lot of good that did when 40 of them retired, no thanks to Paul Ryan.  No vice president in modern history had their own PAC less than 6 month into the president’s first term, until Mike Pence.

In a previous article, Our Pro-Amnesty Vice President and His Establishment Friends, I discussed VP Pence’s globalist pro-amnesty, pro-trade, and pro-alien workers goals.  His guest worker program would have required participants to apply from their home country to government-approved job placement agencies that match workers with employers who cannot find Americans for the job. Link The plan received support from neo-cons such as pro-amnesty former Congressman and Freedom Works founder Dick Armey.  Link However, it attracted criticism from conservatives such as Phyllis Schlafly and Pat Buchanan, who viewed Pence as lending “his conservative prestige to a form of liberal amnesty.”

Pence is also closely aligned with the pro-Constitutional Convention and Trump hating Koch brothers who are pro-abortion, pro-trade, pro-open borders and cloak themselves as conservatives.  The Koch brothers heavily fund the GOP and countless conservative organizations urging them to promote a Constitutional Convention.

They have financed Pence’s political career since its inception along with Dick and Betsy DeVos.  Pence stated in 2014, that he was “grateful,” for David Koch, who recently passed at the age of 79.

Pence Transition Team

President Trump’s transition team was originally led by former Governor Chris Christie until he and a number of his supporters were replaced or demoted on November 11^th because of the Bridgegate affair.  VP-elect Michael Pence then took over.

One of the key responsibilities of a presidential transition includes the identification and vetting of candidates for approximately 4,000 non-civil service positions in the U.S. government whose service is at the pleasure of the president.  Their vetting procedure has seemed less than stellar, perhaps because of who was chosen to replace Christie.

I would surmise that Pence and his transition team staff chose the majority of folks who were on board with the Trump administration, the day he took office, but many people brought in by VP Pence were folks he worked with in his home state of Indiana.

Seema Verma is the administrator of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).  Two other former Indiana staff members joined Verma at the CMS office, Brady Brooks and Matt Lloyd, the latter a former close aide to Pence.  Lloyd had returned to the government after a stint working as director of communications at Koch Industries.

Dr. Jerome Adams, Pence’s former Indiana state health commissioner became the U.S. general surgeon.  He defended Pence against complaints of his slow response to the HIV outbreak among drug users in Indiana.

Tom Price, who ultimately was forced to resign, was Pence’s friend when they served in Congress and he was the first secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services.

Alex Azar, the President of Eli Lilly based in Indianapolis, was named to replace Price and he was one of Pence’s major corporate campaign contributors, despite the fact that Eli Lilly threatened to leave Indiana if Governor Pence had not watered down Indiana’s Religious Freedom Restoration Act.

Sonny Perdue, the former governor of Georgia, became Trump’s secretary of agriculture and he was related to the wife of Pence’s Chief of Staff, Nick Ayers who has strong ties to the Koch brothers along with Mike Pompeo and many others.

Globalist Dan Coats, Pence’s friend and a former U.S. Senator from Indiana was named director of national intelligence succeeding James Clapper, but has since resigned.  He did not support Trump and believed in Russian interference.

Betsy DeVos of Michigan, the Amway billionaire and Pence’s long-time political benefactor became Secretary of Education.

Conclusion

President Trump and his family live in the DC swamp and have endured and suffered so many vitriolic and uncivil attacks by people who should have been charged with sedition. Yet he fights on for us, for our country, and for every American citizen. Pray for him and his family, and pray that his future choices are men and women who love and appreciate what he’s doing to save our country and will work hard for him.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

BOISE, Idaho is considered one of the most conservative states in America.The people are cordial and friendly church-goers, apple pie, and family beings. Even so, the LGBTQ has gathered here in full force, organized with an almost compulsory order for citizens to attend the Pride Parade once a year, as well as showing up with their signs and rainbow flags for one protest after another at City Hall.

There is now some crime in Idaho since they have taken in refugees. One apartment building was dedicated tor Muslims to live in, paid for by the government from our tax money. Not too long after they settled in, a young Muslim stabbed a six year old girl to death on that property.

In Idaho Falls, a Muslim family was given an apartment in a building, paid for by our taxes. After two of the young boys in that Muslim family found a six year old girl in the laundry room, they forcibly raped her and if that was not enough, they then urinated on this little girl who will never be the same. But the family were not arrested or sent on their way. What is more, the Obama placed attorney general notified the public that if anyone spoke badly of this Muslim family that charges would be filed against them. I kid you not. Indeed that was published in the Idaho Statesman.

After all, we DO need diversity doncha know. That is what our government and everyone else is telling us. And so we are experiencing diversity in its fullest along with other cultures and lifestyles which is the only thing that can really round us out, so they say.

And too, Idaho is the fastest growing state in America. Apartment buildings are springing up on every piece of vacant land and they fill up quickly as housing prices rise. Schools are now overcrowded, traffic has tripled in the last couple of years, and of course, crime has come to the area full force. There are now no safe states to live in.

Adree Edmo was rightfully arrested and jailed for sexual assault of a child. While serving his sentence, Edmo who is male, insists that he should be a female and has filed a lawsuit claiming the justice system MUST provide him with “cross-surgery.” Edmo is a criminal of the worst sort who is now screaming for his ‘rights’.’ The opinion of this columnist is that a convicted criminal, especially a child molester has no rights except to serve out his sentence for doing evil. He deserves no favors or special treatment.

However, the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that the Idaho taxpayers must provide this surgery, even for convicted sex offenders. Adree Edmo, the 31 year-old convict sued the Idaho Department of Correction and its medical provider alleging the state’s refusal to provide ‘gender reassignment surgery’ was, now get thls, cruel and unusual punishment. To put further salt on the wound, the far-left 9th Circuit, agreed and said this: “Refusing to pay for an inmate’s sex surgery is a violation of the U.S.Constitution. This writer has never seen this in the U.S. Constitution. Perhaps this is the constitution of the LGBTQ which has now become national law and a dictatorship..Next homosexual behavior may be required..

Fortunately, Idaho Governor Brad Little blasted the court’s ruling and vowed to appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court. “The hardworking taxpayers of Idaho should not be forced to pay for a convicted sex offender’s gender reassignment surgery when it is contrary to the medical opinions of the treating physician and multiple mental health professionals,” the governor said in a statement. “We cannot divert critical public dollars away from the higher priorities of keeping the public safe and rehabilitating offenders.” The governor raises a very good point. If a prisoner wants to surgically change his or her sex, let them do it on their own dime and their own time. Why should taxpayers be forced to pay for a convicted sex offender’s gender reassignment surgery?

First of all this goes against all of God’s laws and the laws of society. Everyone is born male or female. Only houses are to be remodeled. Not people.

This columnist is a supporter of Governor Litttle and urges him to understand that as long as there is one homeless veteran on the streets, any money in the till MUST be used to rescue that veteran and get him or her into housing. That money is not to be taken away from the veteran for the furtherance of sexual perversion.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

Though I love her dearly, my wife Mary interrupts my peaceful morning cup of coffee by reading me disturbing headlines on her phone. “Court rules Idaho must give transgender inmate gender surgery.” Thank God the Republican governor, in essence, said it will be a cold day in hell before his state pays for the convicted sex offender’s reassignment surgery.

For the record, a John Hopkins psychiatrist said transgenderism is a “mental disorder” and sex change is “biologically impossible”.

Ruling that Idaho must pay for a sex offender’s gender reassignment is on a growing list of crazy, immoral and anti-American agenda items Democrats are hellbent on forcing down the throats of mainstream America. The wacko court ruling illustrates why we must elect courageous conservative leaders who are willing to push back; to just say, no! It is also a prime example of why it is extremely important that we elect conservatives in political races that are not on the radar of many Americans.

One such crucially important race that is somewhat below the national radar is the September 10th congressional special election in North Carolina. Rock solid Christian and Constitutional conservative Republican Dan Bishop is fighting to retain his seat against a Democrat challenger.

Dan Bishop’s Democrat challenger in North Carolina is the father of four children. How can he support a political party that is relentlessly seeking to legalize murdering babies even after they are born?

Republican Dan Bishop is pro life. NC Right to Life and North Carolina Values Coalition support Dan for protecting the unborn and defending conservative Christian values.

Pro gun, Dan has been A rated by the NRA for protecting our second amendment rights.

In 2014, Dan ran for state legislature. In just his third term, Dan became one of the most effective and conservative lawmakers in North Carolina. He led the fight to put the Voter ID Constitutional Amendment on the ballot last November.

Dan cut or eliminated state income taxes on 99% of North Carolina families, and he voted to punish sanctuary cities that harbor illegal aliens.

Dan Bishop is one of us folks, a warrior in Trump’s fight to keep America great!

Why is winning low key elections like this one in North Carolina so important?

The results in these races will effect the math in 2020 of how many seats the GOP must gain to take back the majority and how many seats Pelosi can lose and still be in charge in the House. Removing the Democrats from the House Majority will take away their ability to hold conservative legislation hostage and conduct frivolous and malicious investigations into the Trump administration.

This is why Democrats’ anti-American leftist buddies are pouring tons of money into the September 10th special election for the NC 9th district congressional seat. Democrats came frighteningly close to winning this seat last year.

Our patriot brothers and sisters at the Conservative Campaign Committee are in the thick of the battle fighting to retain this crucial North Carolina congressional seat. Your support is greatly appreciated.

I read this disturbing headline in an email from our Christian conservative patriot warriors at Liberty Counsel. “Punished for calling a boy a boy.” In Ohio, a vice principal scolded and punished a sixth grader by pulling him out of PE class. The sixth grader’s crime was telling a biologically male fellow student who is gender-confused that he is not a girl.

Democrats and progressives in powerful positions are forcing mainstream Americans to abandon commonsense and truth to implement their insane agenda. Restoring America and keeping her great demands that we elect conservatives in races which do not make the national spotlight; local dog catcher, school boards and so on.

This special election in North Carolina has not received much national attention mostly due to fake news media’s 24/7 obsession with feeding Americans propaganda to remove president Trump from the White House.

Early voting is already underway. Please help Dan Bishop win his/our seat. This congressional battle in North Carolina matters much to America.

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American

Help Lloyd spread the Truth

Website: http://lloydmarcus.com/

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Gone are the good old days when family members could disagree about political issues.  If you go all the way back to the hot debates of the Founding Fathers, the hollering and screaming was over the great men wished each other well and together made history.  The Founders were more focused upon creating a republic of by and for the people, than trying to discredit one another.  The overall goal was to defeat the British and leave a nation that would become the beacon of light for the world of nations to emulate, not invade illegally to take our stuff.  Only the Loyalists, the precursor to the Democrat Party sought to undermine the freedom fighters by aiding the British. The only other time in American history that came close to our time of a national life and death struggle was during the Civil War.  Democrats sought to kill, steal from and destroy anyone who disagreed with their evil system of slavery.

Of course, democrats did not stop there.  They have always taken a more oppressive angle on every issue debated or fought over throughout our history.  It was democrats who led the charge against the teaching of Judeo/Christian ethics in government schools.  They successfully hoodwinked an entire generation of indoctrinated Americans into believing that the Founding Fathers established a separation of church and state clause in the Constitution.  No such statement is there in that context, but many choose to believe it anyway.  America is clearly in a “Life and Death Struggle.”  Whether or not our republic is rescued from the hounds of political hell will be determined in both the classroom and the church. The Founders literally wrote thousands of times about the importance of maintaining America’s connection to God through teaching succeeding generations. They understood and plainly stated that without morality we will not remain a free people.

But now it seems that leftists forgot about their effort to get God, the Constitution, Civics classes, Free Market Economics kicked out of the classroom.  So now, there has been an uncovering of evidence od a well orchestrated Islamic propaganda campaign, aimed at educators in government school systems throughout Michigan and several other states.  According to a recent report from the Thomas More Law Center, Michigan’s Novi community schools district conducted a two day mandatory seminar for teachers presented by a taxpayer paid muslim consultant.  “We found that the teachers were subjected to two days of Islamic propaganda, where Islam was glorified. Christianity disparaged and America bashed.  All of that madness funded by Novi, MI. taxpayers.”  According to Richard Thompson, president and chief counsel of the Thomas More Law Center.

The Law Center did not find any evidence that the school district presented a seminar on Christianity, Judaism, or any other religion apart from Islam within the last five years.  Huda Essa, a Dearbornistan, MI area resident was paid $5,000 to conduct the two day seminar, but wasn’t fully vetted beforehand, according to information obtained in the Public Records Request.  This is just one of thousands of efforts being waged to literally kill our republic in government schools everywhere in America.  “We the People” of the United States of America must make the logical decision to do whatever we can to reestablish authentic education.  The road back toward real education for the masses will begin with the awful Department of Education permanently disbanded.  If that path is permanently abandoned, our republic will end up succumbing to the political and economic death spiral predicted long ago by George Washington and others.

Yes there is the deep state and the swamp, but there is literally no choice but the find ways to defeat the deep state and drain the swamp.  The process can begin by refusing to participate with the deep state.  For example, parents must grow a pair and be willing to in masse, no longer place their children in the government school indoctrination centers.  Parents must get back to the basics concerning right and wrong from a Biblical point of view when instructing their young.  After all, it was the hallowed words of the good book along with the wise writings of William Blackstone that were the main inspirations for forming our exceptional nation.  The Bible states that the power of Life and Death are in the tongue.  I would that our younger generations be taught to preserve the life of our America.  If so then our nation will live and avoid the death march of tyranny.   Please check out my new website theronedwards.talkspot.com.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Website: http://theronedwards.talkspot.com/

What is a conspiracy? A conspiracy is a legal term designating an association of two or more people who secretly carry out an illegal or criminal activity. Granted, not all secret activities can be termed conspiracies. A group of people planning in secret a surprise party for a friend’s birthday cannot be termed a conspiracy. The essential part of this definition is that the group meets in secret to violate the law or commit a crime.

On the other hand we have a term has suddenly catapulted into the headlines of the news: conspiracy theory. Conspiracy theories are advanced by conspiracy theorists. There are several definitions of what a conspiracy theorist is, but I am going to offer mine.

To me, a conspiracy theorist is a derogatory term created for the sole purpose of discrediting a person who offers a logical explanation of an event or process that essentially differs from the explanation provided by the government. Actually, most so-called conspiracy theories are created to counteract the farfetched conspiracy theories advanced by the U.S. government.

The globalist conspirators who control the U.S. government are the main source of false theories that, being the product of a few people who conspired in secret to create and divulge them, easily fall into the category of conspiracy theories. The most recent is the one which claims that sexual pervert Jeffrey Epstein committed suicide in his jail cell.

A typical example is the coordinated campaign to discredit and censor Alex Jones because he consistently offered a different version of the explanation of the 9/11 events provided by the U.S. Government. The campaign has been so nasty and pervasive that in some mainstream media Alex Jones has become a synonym for kook.

But a serious organization of architects and engineers[1] basically believe that Jones is right and that the explanation offered by the U.S. government simply cannot be true. Moreover, just recently, several NY area Fire Commissioners have asked for a 9/11 investigation due to the “overwhelming evidence” that “pre-planted explosives . . . caused the destruction of the three World Trade Center buildings.”[2]

The explanation offered by President George W. Bush just a day after 9/11 was that a few Muslims conspired to carry out the 9/11 events. But it is a theory, because the explanation was offered without carrying out an investigation to find what really happened. As of today, no investigation of the 9/11 events has been carried out. Actually, the different government agencies joined President Bush not only in avoiding an investigation but also to obstruct it. Videos taken just after the events show government agents in Manhattan and the Pentagon tampering with the evidence.

Now, why did key members of the U.S. government order, or at least authorize, some agents of authority to destroy the evidence? The most logical explanation is because they didn’t want the American people to know what really happened that tragic day which will live in infamy. As if on cue, the CFR-controlled media began calling anybody who advanced an explanation that differed from Bush’s farfetched conspiracy theory a “conspiracy theorist”. Curiously, the alleged liberal, “progressive,” anti-Bush Left, has never criticized him for his conspiracy theory about the 9/11 events.

Moreover, after such a failure of our alphabet soup of agencies whose agents’ main job is to protect us from such attacks, nobody was reprimanded, much less fired.[3] An interesting detail is that the alleged liberal, progressive, anti-Bush Left, nor the leftist mainstream media, has ever criticized him for his farfetched conspiracy theory about what really happened on September 11^th, 2001.

Conspiracy theories do not come out of the blue. Most of them are triggered by government’s explanations of an event that are deliberately false. Just a few minutes after the government declared that sexual predator Jeffrey Epstein had committed suicide by hanging himself in his jail cell, dozen of conspiracy theories erupted like mushrooms after a summer shower.

Granted, 9/11 is not the first time the U.S. government has used dramatic events in order to have the pretext to carry out a previously-conceived plan. The examples abound: the explosion of the USS Maine battleship in Havana’s bay used as a pretext to start a predatory war with Spain; the sinking of the Lusitania, as a pretext to get the U.S. involved in WWI; the attack on Pearl Harbor, used a pretext to involve the U.S. into WWII; the Gulf of Tonkin incident, used as a pretext to escalate the war in Vietnam.

Current conspiracy theories advanced by the globalist conspirators are global warming, peak oil, carbon dioxide as a poisonous gas and shrinking ice in polar caps, just to mention a few.

But none of these nefarious events has affected Americans as much as 9/11. The 9/11 events were the pretext used to start the so-called “war on terror,” that justified the creation of the Office of Homeland Security, the Transportation Security Administration, the militarization of the police, the creation of a national police[5], and the current total surveillance society which closely follows the lines of Nazi Germany, the Soviet Union and the current in China and Cuba.

These organizations have changed the American Republic into a sort of totalitarian nightmare very similar to the ones described by Aldous Huxley in Brave New World and George Orwell in 1984. Since 9/11 Americans are living in a permanent state of fear, a fear fueled by their own government. Under the guise of protecting us from terrorists, the U.S. government has turned a former proud and brave people into a nation of sheep.

But wait! This is just the beginning. The next step, which is now in process, is to finally deprive the sheep of any tool they can use to defend themselves. The materialization of Obama’s dream[4] is the militarized police we now see proudly exhibiting their war weapons they will use to keep the rest of us in line — or else!

FootNotes:

1. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, https://www.ae911truth.org/
2. Sean Adl-Tabatabai, “New York Area Fire Commissioners Want 9/11 Investigation into ‘Pre-Planted Explosives’,” News Punch, July 31, 2019.
3. There was, though, an exception. Jose Melendez-Perez, an Immigration Officer at the Orlando International Airport who detected and denied entrance to the country a man named Mohammed al Kahtani, allegedly meant to serve as the 20th 9/11 hijackers, was harassed and eventually fired from his job. See, Michael Smerconish, Instinct: The Man Who Stopped the 20th Hijacker.
4. Actually the globalist conspirators’ dream, expressed by their puppet Obama: “We cannot continue to rely on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.”

See Doug Mainwaring, “Remember Obama’s Civilian National Security Force?,” American Thinker, October 11, 2013.

It is Time to See Some Perp Walks

We no longer have a Justice System. We have a legal system. You may be shocked to find out that those two are not the same.

Currently, we have a multi-tied legal system where those at the top are protected by rich and powerful friends.

Money talks.  It always has and it always will.  Money buys power and influence.  Power and influence destroy Justice.  If there is no Justice in America then there is no true freedom.  Lady Justice is no longer blindfolded.  Instead, she wears tinted glasses.  Green is her favorite color.

The scales of justice follow the money.  The Book of Proverbs tell us that “Diverse weights and diverse measures, They are both alike, an abomination to the LORD.”  God is just and His character demands justice for all.  Remember the old saying “Everyone is equal in the eyes of the law.”

Not so anymore.  The rich and powerful have their own set of scales.  This is an abomination to the Lord and it should be one to every American as well.  Equal Justice was so important that it was codified into law in America as the bedrock principle of American Juris Prudence.

“I did not have sexual relations with that woman, Miss Lewinsky.”  Bill Clinton uttered those words and skated right out of trouble.  If our leaders can lie with impunity, then we are one swamp away from a Banana Republic.  Don’t ever forget, Bill Clinton was re-elected after he lied to the people because “everyone lies about sex.”

I don’t lie about sex  because I don’t have to.  In a moral nation, one with strong ethical standards, lying to the American people would demand an automatic pushing of the ejection button…let alone porking some young intern in the Oval Office.

Bill and Hillary Clinton have done more to destroy the moral fabric of America than any foreign enemy could have ever hoped to do.  They are a stain on this nation.  Yet millions of misguided Americans still continue to vote for them.   When you place crooks in power in your nation do not be surprised when your government becomes crooked.

America will never be a great country again until we see some perp walks.  The Clinton’s should be the first ones in orange jumpsuits.

Look, I am not writing this to try and convince a morally-deficient populace of the need to have the same standard of right and wrong for everyone.  If you are not smart enough to understand that then you should no longer have the right to vote.  And, if you only explanation to the Clinton’s walking free is simply “what about Trump” you are making my point.

If Trump is guilty, lock him up.  But please, won’t somebody at least INVESTIGATE the Clintons?  Our local County Sheriff has enough evidence to “lock them up”, but, of course, it is out of his jurisdiction.  So they tell me.

Why in the world has no one arrested the Clintons?

I have been dabbling on the internet regarding our legal system and I came across this from the Cornell Law School.  Misprison of Felony  18 U.S. Code § 4.Misprision of felony.

“Whoever, having knowledge of the actual commission of a felony cognizable by a court of the United States, conceals and does not as soon as possible make known the same to some judge or other person in civil or military authority under the United States, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.

Do you need to read that again?  Do you need some high-falutin Washington attorney to explain to you the plain meaning of that simple legal fact?  My Ohio-cornfield explanation would simply be, “if you know someone has committed a felony and you do not report it to the civil authorities you are in danger of going to jail for ignoring it.”  Honesty is your duty.

Why is this so hard to understand?  How many Americans do you think have “knowledge” of the Clinton’s felonies?  Heck James Comey listed three in his exoneration of Hillary in 2016.  Why hasn’t somebody indicted them?

Better yet.  Check this one out from the same Cornell Law School.

Misprison of Treason.  18 U.S. Code § 2382. Misprision of treason.

“Whoever, owing allegiance to the United States and having knowledge of the commission of any treason against them, conceals and does not, as soon as may be, disclose and make known the same to the President or to some judge of the United States, or to the governor or to some judge or justice of a particular State, is guilty of misprision of treason and shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than seven years, or both.

Pardon my French…but what in the Hell is going on in America?  Is there any chance of rescuing this nation if we all simply ignore the law?  Would you be free if you did what Hillary did?  Doesn’t that bother you?  Don’t you think that WE THE PEOPLE should DEMAND JUSTICE?

Does Attorney General Bill Barr need to go to jail?  How about President Trump and every member of the House of Reps with knowledge of the Clinton crimes?  Why is justice taking so long?  How many more years must we wait for the “investigations” to be completed?  After three years in office why has the Trump administration not indicted anyone?

We are heading to Branson, Missouri this weekend as part of our www.EqualJusticeTour.com   Please come and join us.  We are working hard to awaken the American people and demand action by our felonious elected officials.  Dr King famously opined, “injustice anywhere is injustice everywhere.”  Justice delayed is justice denied.

It is time for YOU and I to do our duty. Please financially support our efforts. Buy a CROOKED HILLARY FOR PRISON  T-Shirt. It is time for us to MAKE OUR STAND! The squeaky wheel gets the grease. Help us fight for justice.

Isn’t it time to see some perp walks?

“Your message couldn’t be sent because it includes content that other people on Facebook have reported as abusive.”

Facebook censored me again this week, and that little quote above was all the explanation I received—which is, of course, no explanation. I received it literally within seconds of composing my blog post and attempting to share it on Facebook.

What “other people” even had time to read the post, let alone report it as abusive? Facebook’s message is a lie. What they really mean is that their robot, employing mindless algorithms because it’s only a machine and can’t think, got its “censor” button pushed by some word or phrase I used. I suspect it must have been the words “Democrat doofus.”

Meanwhile, in the totally uncensored world of left-wing nooze media, NBC Nooze ran an opinion piece by some other doofus who said “Heterosexuality is just not working anymore” and women should abandon it. She tapped Jeffrey Epstein and the Dayton and El Paso shooters to represent the heterosexual male population, billions of us, on the earth. No hate here.

The term that springs to my mind is “in your face.”

For almost all of my lifetime, Democrats and other liberals masqueraded as reasonable, moderate, fundamentally sane and decent people. We often disagreed with them, we thought their recommended policies misguided, and the policies they managed to carry out were widely unsuccessful—but we didn’t think they were out to trash the country.

We were wrong. They have shred that pretense. Now they just come out with stuff that’s off the wall, just plain evil, or both.

A simple rule of thumb: whatever a liberal proposes, just ask, “What if everybody did it?” And if the answer is “The human race goes extinct,” or “The country collapses into violence and chaos,” or “We lose our liberty,” that means it’s something that should not be done. Examples are easy to understand. If all women reject heterosexuality, we go extinct. If our country’s borders are erased, we get chaos. If we start throwing people into prison for disbelieving in Man-Made Climate Change, or using the wrong pronouns, we lose our liberty.

Oh—and they also attack you in the street, if you wear a MAGA hat. Not a single Democrat in Congress has found any fault in this. Looks like they’re okay with it.

The censorship is getting more and more blatant, and it’s always a one-way street. Leftist loons swarmed onto my wife’s Facebook page to call for the violent death of our president. No hate there. Does Facebook censor them? Visit any of their Facebook pages (as we have just done), and you’ll find President Trump in particular and non-leftist Americans in general called a lot worse names than “doofus.” Apparently no one ever reports that stuff as “abusive.”

Why do these people not bother to pretend they’re fair or reasonable? What do they know—or think they know—that tells them they don’t have to?

Has God saddled them with a delusion that will lead to their total defeat, and their end, at least temporarily, as a viable political movement? If only. But they’re acting now as if they believe they’re invincible, and I would very much like to know what makes them think so. Have they devised a secret fool-proof scheme for voter fraud? Or some sure-fire means of suppressing Republican votes? I mean, Hubert Humphrey had more than his share of loopy liberal ideas, but he didn’t trot them out for public view. Why have today’s liberals cast away their masks, and act like what normal people think of them simply doesn’t matter anymore?

We need to know.

Meanwhile, just in case you wanted to know, the “Democrat doofus” featured in my censored blog post was Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, who says we can pay for socialism and the Green New Deal just by printing more money. You can find the post on my blog, Aug. 26.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in for a visit (before I get censored again); a single click will take you there. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2019 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers. NWV is grateful to this president for saving us from DemoCommunists]

“The secret of freedom lies in educating people, whereas the secret of tyranny is in keeping them ignorant.”  —Maximilien Robespierre

I have to tell you friends that I am not here to win a popularity contest by telling Donald Trump worshippers, who are idolaters, what it is that they do not want to hear (Luke 3:19).  Yet, I am ordained by God to be free of their blood by telling them what it is that they need to hear (Acts 20:26).

What is happening in America today does help us to understand the history of dictators, which is being repeated by those who have not learned from history and how it is that they get away with their crimes (Hosea 4:6). People somehow have in their minds that dictators will come forward attacking by force with two pointy ears, a long red tail and a pitch fork in his/her right hand.  Nothing could be further from the truth.

^“And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.” -2 Corinthians 11:14-15

History also teaches us that dictators of the past and present were and are loved by the masses and, in the end, to their own destruction (Mussolini, Hitler, Stalin, Tung etc.).  They were also hated by those who knew the difference (Labeled by the dictators as the enemies of the state) who were attempting to awaken the masses (Ephesians 5:11).

[YouTube Video]

In The Present

Is anyone paying attention to the fact that what big tech companies are illegally doing through censorship today (A clear violation of the 1^st Amendment of the Bill of Rights), is the same thing that red flag laws will do to gun owners if passed? It will aim at disarming any opposition that stands in the way of their global initiative.  Who is the greatest proponent of un-constitutional red flag laws?  Why, it’s President Donald Trump, of course.  I thought what Americans were told is that they were under attack by everything anti-American?  They are, and President Donald Trump is behind these unconstitutional measures.  Although, you would think this would be coming from the likes of Kamala Harris or Joe Biden, and it is.

How does this work? The mainstream media reports:

“When Joe Biden (Sold to you as the bad guy) was questioned about a Biden administration coming from American guns, Biden says, ‘bingo!’”

President Donald Trump sells himself that he is the one that will “Make America Great Again.”  Yet, Donald is the one looking to pass this unconstitutional red flag laws. Who is coming for your guns? President Donald Trump is coming for them.

[YouTube Video]

I have noticed that in every given scenario that this is how these agendas have gone forward with Donald Trump’s administration.

Just today, and adding insult to injury, it was reported that President Donald Trump is now requesting reauthorization of NSA mass surveillance.

“The White House is calling for the reauthorization of a program that security agencies have used to spy on innocent people, violate their privacy, and chill free speech,” said Sandra Fulton. All of this while the American people are subject to an invasion of illegal’s spilling over into the American borders and are illegally searched in airports” (Violation of the 4^th Amendment-Bill of Rights).

Who is calling for permanent surveillance?  President Donald Trump is calling for it. 

Same thing with Abortion

https://www.cnsnews.com/news/article/terence-p-jeffrey/trump-signs-minibus-cr-funds-planned-parenthood-and-aborted-baby

Same thing with Education-Indoctrination

Same thing with Illegal Immigration

Same thing with his global decriminalization of sodomy agenda.

Is this how you make America great again? Advocating war with a just and Holy God (Exodus 15:13) in advancing a Hell on earth (Psalm 9:17)?

Again, this is all coming from the one that declares that he is making America great again.  I wonder what he says to those that he hates? Maybe this explains why he has not fulfilled his promises by indicting political criminals within the swamp that he promised to drain (John 8:44).

If the communists, as you are taught to believe, are the treasonous enemies of this country, and they are, then what does this make Donald Trump and his administration?

I almost hate to say it but if Donald Trump’s enemies would open their eyes (2 Corinthians 4:4), they would be praising and worshipping him the same way that those that claim to have their eyes open (Mark 8:18), namely the professed Christian-conservative-right, do.  Hypocrites (1 John 2:4)!

Yet, if you are paying attention, it is the very fruit on the branches of Donald Trump’s administration (Matthew 7:16).  Like that of the mainstream media’s propaganda spin doctors and actors, they rely on your absolute ignorance to further wield more control over the ignorant populace on a daily basis.

[YouTube Video]

I can hear someone say, “This sounds like a broken record, Bradlee!”  However, what sounds like a broken record is the talking points which are being played out in real-time by a bunch of hypocrites (Matthew 23:3) who have been told the truth of the matter that they refuse to acknowledge (John 8:24), and yet, all the while, knowingly and continuously playing into the hands of those who are destroying their country.

How do you show mercy to people like that? You cannot (Jonah 2:4)!

I end by addressing the president:  Mr. Trump, It has been said that you can fool all of the people some of the time, but you cannot fool all the people all of the time and God at no time (Proverbs 15:3).

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2019 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“Something is wanting, and something must be done, or we shall be involved in all the horror of failure, and civil war without a prospect of its termination.”  —Henry Knox, (1750 – 1806) Revolutionary War General and Secretary of War

Did General Knox see something in his “crystal ball”, that we are now seeing in ours?  Are the precursors of civil war always growing irreconcilable differences?  Can we pull back from the brink before civil war or revolution become the only solution to those differences?  These are the questions that percolate in sane minds as we approach the precipice of war before there is no turning back.

Make no mistake. America is headed for a civil war or revolution. It will take just the slightest whisper of conflict to set it off, unless the widening gap between the two sides is somehow bridged by cooler heads.

The causes of our irreconcilable differences grow by the day.  All of the societal norms that created a harmonious society are breaking down before our eyes and we can’t seem to stop it.  Our public schools and colleges have become instruments of indoctrination.  Marriage is under attack.  The nuclear family is under assault.  The definitive line between male and female and their respective roles are being blurred such that now instead of two genders, we have multiple genders and indistinguishable roles.  Simplicity is rejected, natural biology is ignored and confusion reigns as a result.  Confusion about who we are leads to arguments, heated debates and many times violence.  It also leads to crime, health problems, depression, sexual deviance, mental illness, substance abuse and even suicide.  Fiscal negligence and political correctness are corrosive offshoots from that confusion.

But the destruction or perversion of societal norms is not all that leads to irreconcilable differences.  Moving away from the foundation of our liberties is the prime reason for the widening gap on how America should be governed.  Here, in a few lines, are two opposing descriptions of how government should operate, from totally different perspectives:

“I heartily accept the motto, — ‘That government is best which governs least’ and I should like to see it acted up to more rapidly and systematically.  Carried out, it finally amounts to this, which I also believe, —‘That government is best which governs not at all.'”  —Henry David Thoreau

“From each according to his ability, to each according to his needs” is a slogan popularized by Karl Marx in his 1875 Critique of the Gotha Program.  The principle refers to free access to and distribution of goods, capital and services [by government].  In the Marxist view, such an arrangement will be made possible by the abundance of goods and services that a developed communist system will be capable to produce; the idea is that, with the full development of socialism and unfettered productive forces, there will be enough to satisfy everyone’s needs.”—From Wikipedia and all the 2020 Democrats running for president

The foregoing statements are incompatible with each other and cannot co-exist peacefully together ….. without war eventually developing between them.

Here are some lines from a previous article we wrote over a year ago.  We repeat them for emphasis because they are directly relevant:

Is it any wonder that Americans are so divided and are on the brink of going to war with each other?  The Democrats have gone off the rail with concepts, policies and agendas that would have created a war just a few decades ago.  The younger generation has no clue as to why America is (or was) exceptional.

But in reality the only thing that stands between a planet in perpetual world war, or human annihilation, is American freedom!  [Read this sentence again and again and again!]

Maybe the rise of American freedom in 1776 was providence at work, maybe not.  But if we succumb to the siren call of socialism, which seems to be the direction we are heading, civil war is our future and the promise of providence will have been denied.

We say civil war because there are millions of Americans who will not lie down and play dead for the rise of socialism. Those millions are heavily armed and if you push them too far, like the “shot heard round the world“, war will break out between those that cling to socialism and government dependence and those that cling to freedom, their bible ….. and their guns.

Given all this, let us not forget who we are.  We are Americans for God’s sake.  The blood of heroes and patriots courses through our veins.  Each of us is the descendant of those whose spine was stiffened by courage when his or her country called, or evil raised its ugly head.  We are the direct lineage of the men and women whose intellect and fortitude carried them to new heights and made America the greatest, proudest, industrious, creative, wealthiest, productive and most generous nation on Earth.  We share our chromosomes with those pioneers that settled the west, tamed a wild country with roads, bridges and towns and brought law and order to the homeland.  We are the sons, daughters, grandsons and grand daughters of those who stood up to tyranny, no matter what the cost.  The genes of creators, inventors, hard workers, the educated, the warriors and those in service to others, are an integral part of our DNA.

Real Americans are not whiners or losers they are doers and winners.  They build and invent things.  They excel at their chosen professions.  Americans are the givers and preservers of life, not the takers.  Americans believe that life is precious and a gift from God and its preservation is paramount.

Americans are the light to the rest of the world, not because we are better than anyone else, but because we live under the bright light of liberty that frees us to climb the highest mountains, or jump off this once giant planet into the vastness of space, where only the brave dare tread, in search of the secrets of our island Universe.

Heed not the doomsayers that warn us we are no longer an exceptional people or a country.  Pay no attention to those who say we are destroying the planet and that we must conserve and cut back.  The planet is big enough to handle us.  If man went extinct today the earth would heal itself in a thousand years or less.  A thousand years is nothing in comparison to the eons the earth has orbited the Sun. 

Sure there are things we can do to lessen our impact on the earth but we don’t have to return to the dark ages to do it, nor do we have to replace fossil fuels with ineffective, inefficient, government subsidized and highly expensive wind and solar power on the trumped up charge of man-caused global warming.  That’s not just stupid, it’s insane.

We have no choice but to find a way to right the situation peacefully, or we are in for a very long, protracted and bloody civil war, where the outcome is totally unpredictable and freedom may not be what we win in the end.  Let us not, once again, fall into the trap where we find that war, carnage, brutality and violence are the only way to preserve our freedom.

Let us remember when brave Americans stood up against tyranny with their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor over two centuries ago.  In their memory and sacrifice can present-day Americans do no less?   We call on all constitutional Americans to openly reject Progressivism, political correctness, collectivism, multi-culturalism, radical environmentalism and the one-world government and reject these things with all their heart and soul, or watch America succumb to the fatal disease of world socialism and planet-wide slavery.  The fate of liberty is in our hands.  If we fail, freedom fails.

We do not believe that war is inevitable, but it will take the combined, unified and courageous effort of all those Americans who still cherish freedom and are willing to defend it ….. by any means.  An American civil war today will be a lost cause and only invite the two other super powers to intervene and take us down.  And a civil war or a revolution, do not always end up in the birth or re-birth of freedom.  The history of of thousands of revolutions tells a far different story.  (See “Revolutions“)

Once again, in the words of Revolutionary War General Henry Know, “Something is wanting, and something must be done, or we shall be involved in all the horror of failure, and civil war without a prospect of its termination.” Remember, civil war is a complete failure of society.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

As reported by the Washington Post:

Planned Parenthood announced Monday that it is pulling out of the Title X federal family planning program (for low-income Americans) rather than abide by a new Trump administration rule prohibiting participants from referring patients for abortions.

Pro-life groups heralded the abrupt decision as a major victory — and one that signaled that Planned Parenthood, contrary to its claims, is primarily a politically motivated abortion provider, not a healthcare organization.

I would add this appears to be evidence that the organization values a pro-abortion agenda more than it does the essential health-care services it provides to so many women and girls.

This rule stands in clear opposition to the Clinton administration rule in 2000, requiring Title X providers to tell patients where they could get abortions if they were asked. The Department of Health and Human Services argues that its new rule better reflects the underlying law, which bars Title X funds from going to programs “where abortion is a method of family planning.”

I am sure you will agree that this is certainly a necessary and legal step in the right direction for the federal government.

You see, abortion is illegal. And protecting, committing, funding, or participating in the act is criminal…period…even if it is the federal government.

I do not make this statement because the Constitution says it, but because God says it.

The Bible was the chief source of law and morality for the founders of our nation. They understood that God’s protective laws such as “thou shalt not murder” were not negotiable and eternal.

Alexander Hamilton declared, “The sacred rights of mankind are not to be rummaged for among old parchments or musty records. They are written, as with a sunbeam, in the whole volume of human nature, by the hand of the divinity itself, and can never be erased or obscured by mortal power.”

The truth of Hamilton’s assertion can easily be seen in America’s founding documents:

In the Declaration of Independence, our founders stated, “All men are created equal with certain unalienable rights.”  Did you catch that?  They were not “born equal,” but rather “created equal” by their Creator with certain unalienable rights – chiefly life.  And we all know human beings are created in the womb of their mother at conception.

The Preamble of our Constitution declares its purpose: “To secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our Posterity.” In other words, our founders pledged to protect the life of future generations.

In the Constitution we find the framers again securing and guaranteeing protection of all life in the Fifth Amendment: “No person shall be deprived of life…without due process of law.” This applies to every living person, and we know abortion violates this right by killing babies before they’re born, let alone before due process.

It is essential our government stay subservient to the rules of our Eternal God.

I leave you with the wisdom of founding father John Dickinson:

“Our liberties do not come from charters; for these are only the declaration of pre-existing rights. They do not depend on parchments or seals, but come from the king of kings and the Lord of all the earth.”

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

By Greg Holt

(True Conservative Pundit) In September of 2018, President Trump told The Hill’s John Solomon and Buck Sexton that he would declassify and release all the documents pertaining to the FBI, the DoJ, and the other intelligence agencies that show what these U.S. government entities did wrong in the Russia probe.

It’s been almost a year since Trump declared the “goods” would be released.

No small wonder, for there is an army of Deep State puppets that have been working hard to thwart any attempt to release these documents.  Any information that is released, the Democrats and their media allies immediately muddy the waters making the information released look suspect.  Pretty good tactic since that information details their own (the Democrats) wrongdoing.

According to John Solomon of The Hill, the Democratic obfuscation and outright obstruction may soon come to a screeching halt:

“But the long wait for transparency may soon end.

The foot-dragging inside the intelligence community (IC) that occurred under now-departed DNI Dan Coats and his deputy, Sue Gordon, could halt abruptly. That’s particularly true if Trump appoints a new IC sheriff, such as former House Intelligence Committee Chairman Pete Hoekstra (R-Mich.), the current ambassador to the Netherlands, or longtime national security expert Fred Fleitz.”

If it is not some Deep State toady inside one of the U.S. intelligence agencies, or a former intelligence operative (such as John Brennan), or one of the many media outlets that lie and cover for the Democrats, it is one of the leading Democrats in Congress or more likely all of the above moving to stop these documents from being released.  On top of all that, there is the suppression of conservative voices and investigative journalists by Big Tech such as Twitter and Facebook among others.

Why would the Democrats and their allies work so hard to impede the release of these classified documents (some of which are only classified and/or redacted for the Democrats protection), especially when some of the information related to these documents is already in the public view?

The answer is really pretty simple.  If the public only has bits and pieces, it is much easier to do damage control and to spin the information so as to confuse and misdirect.  They can even spin the information to make Trump look bad, a definite plus for the Democrats.  If the information in the these documents is however declassified and released – then all the available information can be tied together and made sense of.

If these documents are released, the Democrats are self-aware enough to realize the very same thing that I realize – that the information contained in these different documents will show America how seriously corrupt the Democrats are (including Obama and his administration) and how deeply complicit the mainstream media has been in attempting to white-wash and cover up what really happened during this whole Russia/Trump collusion investigation.

What did happen during the Trump/Russia investigation?  Was it a case of investigating a president for potentially serious wrongdoing as it was purported to be?

Not.  A.  Chance.

There is plenty of evidence already in the public eye to strongly suggest, if not outright convince any thinking human being – that the only reason for the investigation was as a cover for the Deep State’s nefarious activities.

The objective of all these activities became two-fold:

• First, eliminate the competition (Donald Trump) thereby insuring the presidency of the next Deep State chief executive – Hillary Clinton.
• Second, since the primary objective was not achieved, the goal changed to: destroy by any means necessary the sitting president of the United States (who is a serious thorn in the collective Deep States side) Donald Trump.

So what are the documents that could spell ruination for the Democrats?  Below are the documents John Solomon believes will seriously rock the Democrats:

1.)  Christopher Steele’s confidential human source reports at the FBI. These documents, known in bureau parlance as 1023 reports, show exactly what transpired each time Steele and his FBI handlers met in the summer and fall of 2016 to discuss his anti-Trump dossier. The big reveal, my sources say, could be the first evidence that the FBI shared sensitive information with Steele, such as the existence of the classified Crossfire Hurricane operation targeting the Trump campaign. It would be a huge discovery if the FBI fed Trump-Russia intel to Steele in the midst of an election, especially when his ultimate opposition-research client was Hillary Clinton and the Democratic National Committee (DNC). The FBI has released only one or two of these reports under Freedom of Information Act lawsuits and they were 100 percent redacted. The American public deserves better.

2.)  The 53 House Intel interviews. House Intelligence interviewed many key players in the Russia probe and asked the DNI to declassify those interviews nearly a year ago, after sending the transcripts for review last November. There are several big reveals, I’m told, including the first evidence that a lawyer tied to the Democratic National Committee had Russia-related contacts at the CIA.

3.)  The Stefan Halper documents. It has been widely reported that European-based American academic Stefan Halper and a young assistant, Azra Turk, worked as FBI sources. We know for sure that one or both had contact with targeted Trump aides like Carter Page and George Papadopoulos at the end of the election. My sources tell me there may be other documents showing Halper continued working his way to the top of Trump’s transition and administration, eventually reaching senior advisers like Peter Navarro inside the White House in summer 2017. These documents would show what intelligence agencies worked with Halper, who directed his activity, how much he was paid and how long his contacts with Trump officials were directed by the U.S. government’s Russia probe.

4.)  The October 2016 FBI email chain. This is a key document identified by Rep. Nunes and his investigators. My sources say it will show exactly what concerns the FBI knew about and discussed with DOJ about using Steele’s dossier and other evidence to support a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrant targeting the Trump campaign in October 2016. If those concerns weren’t shared with FISA judges who approved the warrant, there could be major repercussions.

5.)  Page/Papadopoulos exculpatory statements. Another of Nunes’s five buckets, these documents purport to show what the two Trump aides were recorded telling undercover assets or captured in intercepts insisting on their innocence. Papadopoulos told me he told an FBI undercover source in September 2016 that the Trump campaign was not trying to obtain hacked Clinton documents from Russia and considered doing so to be treason. If he made that statement with the FBI monitoring, and it was not disclosed to the FISA court, it could be another case of FBI or DOJ misconduct.

6.)  The ‘Gang of Eight’ briefing materials. These were a series of classified briefings and briefing books the FBI and DOJ provided key leaders in Congress in the summer of 2018 that identify shortcomings in the Russia collusion narrative. Of all the documents congressional leaders were shown, this is most frequently cited to me in private as having changed the minds of lawmakers who weren’t initially convinced of FISA abuses or FBI irregularities.

7.)  The Steele spreadsheet. I wrote recently that the FBI kept a spreadsheet on the accuracy and reliability of every claim in the Steele dossier. According to my sources, it showed as much as 90 percent of the claims could not be corroborated, were debunked or turned out to be open-source internet rumors. Given Steele’s own effort to leak intel in his dossier to the media before Election Day, the public deserves to see the FBI’s final analysis of his credibility. A document I reviewed recently showed the FBI described Steele’s information as only “minimally corroborated” and the bureau’s confidence in him as “medium.”

8.)  The Steele interview. It has been reported, and confirmed, that the DOJ’s inspector general interviewed the former British intelligence operative for as long as 16 hours about his contacts with the FBI while working with Clinton’s opposition research firm, Fusion GPS. It is clear from documents already forced into the public view by lawsuits that Steele admitted in the fall of 2016 that he was desperate to defeat Trump, had a political deadline to make his dirt public, was working for the DNC/Clinton campaign and was leaking to the news media. If he told that to the FBI and it wasn’t disclosed to the FISA court, there could be serious repercussions.

9.)  The redacted sections of the third FISA renewal application. This was the last of four FISA warrants targeting the Trump campaign; it was renewed in June 2017 after special counsel Robert Mueller’s probe had started and signed by then-Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein. It is the one FISA application that House Republicans have repeatedly asked to be released, and I’m told the big reveal in the currently redacted sections of the application is that it contained both misleading information and evidence of intrusive tactics used by the U.S. government to infiltrate Trump’s orbit.

10.)  Records of allies’ assistance. Multiple sources have said a handful of U.S. allies overseas — possibly Great Britain, Australia and Italy — were asked to assist FBI efforts to check on Trump connections to Russia. Members of Congress have searched recently for some key contact documents with British intelligence. My sources say these documents might help explain Attorney General William Barr’s recent comments that “the use of foreign intelligence capabilities and counterintelligence capabilities against an American political campaign, to me, is unprecedented and it’s a serious red line that’s been crossed.”

There is no need for me to reiterate the information contained in the above ten documents discussed.  Suffice it to say this: there is plenty of information that is already public to support all of this; this release would merely (but importantly) clarify the truth of the matter.

The truth of the matter is that since Donald Trump the billionaire playboy decided to run for president, and then miraculously (or maybe not so miraculous) won the presidency – the Democrats, the RINO’s, and their willing media partners have engaged in the largest ever conceived soft coup attempt/election interference campaign in the history of the United States.  The U.S. government itself was weaponized to destroy a man willing to step up and do the right thing.

The depth of the Left’s depravity and their willingness to destroy anyone who gets in their way is astounding.

It amazes this writer that Trump has accomplished what he has thus far.  With the media aligned against him (as much as 95% negative coverage), Big Tech fighting for the other side and suppressing conservatives, and with the fact that the Democrats are out to destroy Trump along with his supporters, and lastly, Trump’s many naysayers – it is almost a miracle that he has been able to achieve so much – not to mention keep going under the relentless pressure.

I hope Trump soon plays the “Trump” card. We the People have been held hostage long enough – it is high time America sees the Clintons, the Obamas, Comey, Brennan, Page, Strzok, and so many others for exactly what they are: evil.

The next step?  Vote out the Democrats ensuring they lose power, right along with all the ineffective Republican mouthpieces.  Get out and vote, educate yourself, and do not take what the so-called news media tells you at face value.

You have been warned America.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on Facebook, Gab, USA Life, Twitter, Pinterest, and Social Cross

By J. D. Pendry

A cheerful headline isn’t it.  Looking at history, all of it for as far back as you care to look, there’s a distinct pattern of human destruction.  From ancient times to present day, every atrocity, every genocide, every ethnic cleansing, religious persecution and other evil visited upon humans are owed to some degree to disrespect, degradation, dehumanization, and destruction.  These are the undeclared tenets of many deadly philosophies.  It’s a constant theme nowadays and with multiple targets.  So many marks the damn is bound to burst.  Producing a new flood of destruction.  It’s men versus God.  For America and the world, it’s about which path to take.

I am neither theologian nor Biblical scholar.  I routinely read the Holy Bible.  Not near as often as I should, but I read.  It is fascinating to me when an ancient message resonates with me and applies to today’s much broader, much more divided, much more dangerous world.  There are also times I feel the pain of being poked in the chest behind the unspoken question:  Are you listening?

Take the story of the Apostle Paul.  Saul, before he became Paul, was a zealot for the law.  The laws of ancient Judaism many of which, like any civil society, were not from God but were man constructed.  Paul was a determined enforcer of the law hunting, arresting, and even watching executions by stoning of early Christians.  That was until he saw the light.  In modern day lingo, we might say Saul had his come to Jesus meeting.  Paul then became an evangelist for what God had to say rather than what men had to say.  Before that, what did he do?  Disrespected, degraded, dehumanized, and tried to destroy the people of The Way – early Christians.

Christian persecution is as old as the faith itself and continues today. “Christians remain one of the most persecuted religious groups in the world. Christians throughout the world continue to risk imprisonment, loss of home and assets, torture, beheadings, rape and even death as a result of their faith.” Open Doors, 2017 World Watch provides a list of the top 50 countries for Christian persecution.  The United States is not on the list because the persecution here is more subtle.  Although, in recent years it’s been a bit more brazen.  No one has reached the point of outright murder, but we see the other things.  Businesses sued for refusing to violate the tenets of their Christian faith and everyone is aware of the assaults on businesses like Chic-Fil-A, assaults on Christian holidays, assaults on Christian symbolism.  There’s no uproar from the great megaphone holding media.  No defense of Christians.  Even many Christians remain silent rather than openly standing firm for their faith and religious freedom.  Can you imagine living in a country where Christian hatred is in the majority?  Don’t imagine, click on the links above.

When you degrade and dehumanize any segment of humanity whether it’s for the color of their skin or religious beliefs, it ends up in atrocity like slavery or genocide.  In America, we fought a war to end slavery.  Other countries banned slavery as well, but modern-day slavery still exists in countries across the globe with estimates as high as 40 million. Right here in the land of the free there is the booming business of sex slave trafficking.  There are illegal immigrants everyone seems so concerned with living on under-the-table slave wages trapped and, in a position to do nothing about it.  Here, we seem only able to focus on the past and the atrocity we corrected.  We cannot accept our history and move on, instead we are told we need to change it.

By doing that we refuse to live in the present.  Hitler’s Germany dehumanized a segment of people including Jews, the disabled, Gypsies, and anyone else that did not fit the master-race mold.  He killed millions.  We killed Hitler and ended his final solution.  Here in America, we dehumanized unborn children and set about murdering more than 60 million of them. That’s our American Genocide.  We own it.  Our most egregious atrocity.  The greatest ever committed.  We wrote it into law.  And it continues.  Will we ever see the light?

Across America, we’ve spread the cancer of human destruction.  Political opponents are demonized.  Movies are made about hunting people degraded and dehumanized as deplorable for sport.  We disrespect Police Officers beginning from the very top of our national leadership characterizing them as acting stupidly.

Our Police Officers are disrespected, degraded, dehumanized and routinely shot.  Many do not have the support of their state and local governments.  What will these states and cities with the major problems do when they begin to walk away?   Anarchy?  Vigilantism? Gang wars?  Is that a goal?

Labeling and dehumanizing people to perpetuate destructive ideology is no accident.  It’s a method.  A strategy to eventually transform America into something unrecognizable.  A one-party dictatorial hell hole.

Traditional liberalism or conservatism no longer compete.  They formed the establishment country club and focused on their wealth.  Leaving us with a mess.  Instead we face the likes of Neo-Nazis and assorted wing nuts, a label with which the media paints Americans with broad strokes.  We have extreme progressivism, socialism, and communism and even the rise of Islamism in our Congress which the media either heartily promotes or pretends does not exist.  All these ideologies have much in common: Godlessness, hate driven, anti-family, pro total government control in whatever form it takes and dehumanizing any opposing voice and great swaths of humanity they’d prefer to render into serfdom or eliminate altogether.

Americans.  If we seek it out, the light is there for us.

…if my people, who are called by my name, will humble themselves and pray and seek my face and turn from their wicked ways, then I will hear from heaven, and I will forgive their sin and will heal their land. 2 Chronicles 7:14 (NIV)

© 2019 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

Website:  Pendry’s American Journal

By Michael LeMieux

In the United States, under a republican form of government, power is divided between the states and the central government.  Within the central government, as is within the states, that power is further sub-divided between branches of the government.  All of these government organizations have charters or documents that govern what power they have and the boundaries each organization must adhere to.  The fundamental document outlining these powers and duties are the constitutions for their respective governments.  Any action by these organizations that does not have a basis within their founding constitutions is unconstitutional and therefore constitutionally illegal.

In this article we will be dealing primarily with gun laws and the primary organization of the central government that enforces national gun laws the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF).  The main areas I wish to present are the historical evolution of the ATF, their constitutional footing, and whether national gun laws are truly constitutional.

Evolution of the ATF:

The enactment of “firearms laws” is a relatively recent occurrence for the federal government. The Federal Firearms Act in 1938 was the first act by congress to regulate firearms.  This act was based upon the perceived need to regulate the firearms industry and license the dealers, manufacturers, and gunsmiths within the firearms trade.  It was based upon the Interstate Commerce Clause of the Constitution. Appropriately it was codified under Title 15 of the US Code – “Commerce and Trade”.  The new “laws” under the Act included the creation of a Federal Firearms License (FFL), for anyone doing business in the firearm trade.  One of the primary goals was to prohibit FFL holders from selling firearms to convicted felons. Requiring FFL holders to keep records of all firearms sales, and for the first time it made any alteration of firearm serial numbers a crime.  Many people felt this was an infringement on state jurisdiction by enacting a law that reached past the state boundary, in violation of the Constitution.

From 1938 to 1968 everything went along fairly well until the government decided to play a little shell game, and they switched the Firearms Act from Title 15 to Title 18.  Title 18 is entitled “Crimes and Criminal Procedures.”  Why would the government switch the code section from Title 15 to Title 18 after having been codified under Title 15 for thirty years?  The only rational reason is jurisdictional obfuscation, or hiding what would otherwise be apparent as to the limits the government could act upon us, the citizens.  You see, under Title 15, the government was within its rightful jurisdiction of “Commerce and Trade”.  However, if you are bound by “Commerce and Trade”, you cannot enact laws on normal citizens who are not acting in the “trade.”  Therefore, the government changed, with the stroke of a pen, their Constitutional powers from commerce to crime.

In 1968 the “Gun Control Act” was passed.  It was an attempt by the government to justify broad-sweeping firearms control.  The finesse with which the government’s lawyers crafted and pushed this bill through can be seen right from the opening lines.  The bill is entitled: “An Act to amend title 18, United States Code, to provide for better control of the interstate traffic in firearms.” (Emphasis added)  Doesn’t that title sound allot like Chapter 15 Commerce and Trade?  In fact even today the firearms laws deal, for the most part, in taxing control.  Machine guns falling under the firearms control act are still legal to own if you do the background check and pay a $200.00 “tax stamp” fee.

However, the purpose of the act, as written, states:

“Title I – State Firearms Control Assistance

Purpose

“Sec. 101. The Congress hereby declares that the purpose of this title is to provide support to Federal, State, and local law enforcement officials in their fight against crime and violence, and it is not the purpose of this title to place any undue or unnecessary Federal restrictions or burdens on law-abiding citizens with respect to the acquisition, possession, or use of firearms appropriate to the purpose of hunting, trapshooting, target shooting, personal protection, or any other lawful activity, and that this title is not intended to discourage or eliminate the private ownership or use of firearms by law-abiding citizens for lawful purposes, or provide for the imposition by Federal regulations of any procedures or requirements other than those reasonably necessary to implement and effectuate the provisions of this title.”

To support State, and local law enforcement!  Where does the Constitution say anything about the federal government assisting state law enforcement?  Remember, the federal government cannot legally do anything that is not specifically enumerated by the Constitution.  So where is its justification?  It has none; any federal law that falls outside the enumerated powers of the Constitution is repugnant and void.   And as a friend of mine, Dave Champion, said “Congress is free to make any asinine statement it wants about its “intentions” or its “goals”, but the text of the laws it enacts must still adhere to the limits of federal power imposed by US Constitution.”

So, in 1934 we have a “revenue” tax scheme that charges $200.00 for the sale or transfer of a machinegun, a short barreled rifle/shotgun, or a silencer.  What was the net effect of this “revenue” tax scheme?  It all but completely eviscerated these businesses, put people out of work, and resulted in a drop in tax revenue on the legitimate sales of these items.  In 1934 a silencer could be purchased for between 5 and 20 dollars at your local hardware store.  But who would pay a $200.00 tax on a 5 dollar item.  Many towns had shooting ranges within the city limits and required silencers to be used to keep noise down for local residents. Most shooters could not afford the $200 tax stamp so these businesses closed as well.  So as a “revenue” scheme the Firearms Act was a complete bust unless you look at the evolutionary progress of the ATF in its expansion to control not only the firearms industry but also to become national crime fighters as well.

The ATF evolved from an arm of the IRS under title 15 “Commerce” to now being a part of the Department of Justice under title 18 “Crimes and Punishment.”  I ask once again – under what constitutional authority?  At least under title 15 the central government had a nexus to commerce as they originally only involved those individuals and businesses that were in the firearms trade.  Today, however, someone who only possesses an item can be put in jail for not asking permission and paying tribute, even when they are not “in the business” of manufacturing or selling firearms.

There is no constitutional authority for the ATF as they are currently organized and only very limited constitutional authority as originally organized.  As congress can only legally legislate those areas to which the states have seceded, as outlined in Article 1, section 8, all other laws are, by their very definition, unconstitutional.  But because the government has the power of creating laws, they can enforce even unconstitutional laws – it does not make them right it only makes them wrong with a gun. (Pun intended.)

The concept of natural inherent rights within the body of the people is unique to the United States.  All other countries today endow their citizens with varying degrees of “rights” and privilege.  Our founding precepts are espoused in our Declaration of Independence stating that we, the people, are endowed by our creator with certain unalienable rights and that governments were instituted among men to secure these rights.  So even if the Second Amendment was not listed in the “Bill of Rights” it would still exist.

Let me say very clearly – your rights do not come from government.  You have these rights solely on the basis of your existence.  The Constitution grants no rights to the citizens of this country and are listed as Amendments to the Constitution to PROHIBIT the central government from acting against these specific, enumerated, rights that where endowed in the citizenry before the government was created.

“…The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.”  We already know that the Bill of Rights was written to place limitations on the federal government in its dealings with the people.  What does it mean to be infringed?  From the Merriam-Webster New Collegiate Dictionary, 1977 edition it reads: “1. obsolete: defeat, frustrate. 2. To encroach upon in a way that violates law or the rights of another. Synonymous with trespass.”  Based on this definition any action which attempts to make guns obsolete, or to defeat the ability of ownership, or frustrates the keeping and bearing of arms is infringing on the rights of the citizens and is an affront to the Constitution.

United States Representative Ron Paul, from the 14th District in Texas, stated in a November 6th, 2006 article entitled “Gun Control on the Back Burner”:

“The Second amendment is not about hunting deer or keeping a pistol in your nightstand. It is not about protecting oneself against common criminals. It is about preventing tyranny. The Founders knew that unarmed citizens would never be able to overthrow a tyrannical government as they did. They envisioned government as a servant, not a master, of the American people. The muskets they used against the British Army were the assault rifles of that time. It is practical, rather than alarmist, to understand that unarmed citizens cannot be secure in their freedoms.”  (Bold added)  You can read this entire article and more on his official web site at www.house.gov/paul/tst/tst2006/ tst110606.htm.

I may be cast a heretic; but the fact of the matter is, laws are not meant to stop crime.  In many cases laws create crime where none existed.  An example would be what I call the stupidity laws, such as mandatory helmet wearing on motorcycles or seat belts in cars etc.  These “laws” tell us that the government knows what is best for you, and they will enforce their will upon you by writing laws to protect you from yourself.  This is EXACTLY the mentality of a communist society and brute force is EXACTLY the methodology a communist government would use to make you do what they know is best for you.

What crime is committed by possessing an object?  Who or what is damaged?  If I own an icepick to break up blocks of ice and fill my ice chest – is that a crime?  Yet I can use that icepick to rob, damage, or kill another person.  Would that person be more dead if I used a gun?  There are more people killed each year in cars than with guns – should we limit the speed a car can travel to reduce its killing capability?  In fact more people are killed with hands and feet than with guns – should we have to register our limbs as well?  I have known people who have never been in a car collision their entire lives.  They are safe and effective drivers.  I have likewise known many people who have owned guns and have never shot anyone.

Now the central government is attempting to unconstitutionally expand their power even more by trying to infringe further upon our Second Amendment rights by banning common weapons, invading the Fourth Amendment by forcing us into “trade” by mandating how we dispose of our private property at an added cost burden.  And the very weapons they are trying to ban are very much a protected type of weapon as stated by the Supreme Court in US V Miller.

“In the absence of any evidence tending to show that possession or use of a ‘shotgun having a barrel of less than eighteen inches in length’ at this time has some reasonable relationship to the preservation or efficiency of a well regulated militia, we cannot say that the Second Amendment guarantees the right to keep and bear such an instrument. Certainly it is not within judicial notice that this weapon is any part of the ordinary military equipment or that its use could contribute to the common defense. Aymette v. State of Tennessee, 2 Humph., Tenn., 154, 158.”

The court reasoned that based on the information they had at the time a saw-off shotgun did not have “some reasonable relationship… of a well regulated militia” and that it was not “any part of the ordinary military equipment.”  Well we have testimony from the Commander in Chief, Diane Feinstein, and a host of liberals in Congress that they are trying to ban the very same “military style weapon” that the Supreme Court said was explicitly protected by the Second Amendment.  But they want it both ways and the only conclusion we can make is that they do not care about the Constitution or for what it stands and especially ANY limitation on their agenda.

Article 1 of the Constitution tells us how we can solve our crime problem within a year.  Article 1, Section 8, states that Congress has the power to call forth “the Militia to execute the laws of the Union.”  Every mass murder, every gun attack, drive by shooting, home invasion, carjacking, or any other such crime is already a crime and the tool the criminal uses really does not change the crime.  But if every second or third law abiding citizen was armed, crime would very quickly dry up.

You, the “We the People” of our great nation are responsible for your own safety.  The Sheriff the Policeman, even the entire judicial system, is only there to deal with the bad guy.  Yes they drive around with a motto painted across the car saying “to Protect and Serve” but did you know that, by law, they have no responsibility to protect anyone?  In the case of DeShaney v. Winnebago County Department of Social Services the court ruled, and many others as well, that the only individuals that the police have a responsibility to protect are those that are incarcerated or restrained against their will such as prisoners or mental patients stating: “The affirmative duty to protect arises not from the State’s knowledge of the individual’s predicament or from its expressions of intent to help him, but from the limitation which it has imposed on his freedom to act on his own behalf.”

The gradual expansion of government to control the firearms industry, to keep criminals out of the trade, then expanded to tax ordinary citizens from owning certain pieces of equipment, then expanded to everyone buying from a dealer, and now expanding once again to encompass every law abiding citizen who has a gun even if they are not in firearm commerce.

A prime example of the expansion; did you know there is NO gun show loophole?  If you go to a gun show and purchase a gun, you have to fill out the same background check forms as you would in their store and the FFL will run the check and if approved you will get the firearm.  Where the confusion comes in is that occasionally a private citizen, who may have guns he wants to sell, may offer their gun to an attendee at the show.  This is called a private sale.  It is not different than someone putting an add in the paper for a gun for sale and someone going to his house to buy it.  That is perfectly legal to do.  Why, because neither individual is in the “firearm business”.  Which is what the law covers, not private individuals.  That is why it is perfectly legal to make your own gun for personal use but illegal if made to make money.  That is called manufacturing and that requires a license.

We now have the President and politicians, from both sides of the aisle, that want universal background checks.  Meaning any transfer of a firearm would have to be done through a licensed dealer to perform a background check.  Secondly, they want national “red flag” laws that will allow government to confiscate your firearms and ammunition solely on someone else’s feelings or knowledge.  “I just feel he is going to do something.”  Should we be cautious and follow up on such claims?  Absolutely!  But before any “raid” to take property happens a judge needs to evaluate the evidence/claims and order a warrant before any property is seized.  By the way that is what the 4^th Amendment is about.

But will this solve the problem?  Well, as I have said before, if laws stopped crime then the jails would be empty.  So laws will not stop the type of crimes that have happened in the past nor will they stop them from happening in the future.  Some may say that by banning these weapons (law) then they will not have them to use.  If that were true prohibition would have been a success, the drug war would be over by now and our streets would be drug free.  All the central government is managing to do is to increase the victim pool by disarming the law abiding citizen because as we all know the criminal will not obey the law and if he does not have one now the black market will provide it to him just as it always has.

© 2019 Michael Lemieux – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Lemieux: raven-1911@hotmail.com

By: Devvy

While presidential candidates for the Democratic/Communist Party USA continue their clown show and their media pushing everyone who supports Trump is a racist because their Russiagate hoax blew up in their faces, Americans are not paying attention to the financial neutron bomb getting ready to explode.

As I’ve written so many times, President Trump wants Americans to be upbeat about the future because he genuinely cares. Low unemployment means people will go out and spend.  Wrong.  Millions never recovered from 2008. Many are worried and when that happens, they hoard what they have.

The tax cut bill Trump signed into law expires in 2025; most people believe it’s permanent so they’re spending, once again, beyond their means. Tens of millions continue to demand funding for unconstitutional social programs and cabinets while our treasury is $23 TRILLION in the hole.

Tax Cuts Without Gov’t Spending Cuts Is Just Deferred Theft

But, make no mistake about this: Trump conducted business in many foreign countries for decades before he became president. He fully understands interest rates and currency manipulation.  My personal opinion is he knows what’s underway and is trying to do anything and everything he can to minimize the coming carnage.

Since September of last year, Trump has been taking pot-shots at Fed Chairman Jerome Powell.  Why? Again, my personal opinion is that he hopes keeping the interest rate low as possible will help keep the housing market from collapsing as it did in 2008.

The Fed Is Not Independent, It Is a Gang, A Club We Are Not A Part Of!

A long, long time ago, there were members of Congress who attempted to take on the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913. All of which is explained in my Why A Bankrupt America booklet. The money cabals crushed them.

The majority of Americans have no understanding of the disabilities of our monetary system nor do they seem to care. Between being addicted to electronic gadgets (IPhones, Smart Phones, etc) and so poorly educated they are unable to process the problem with fiat currency and the central bank, I’m afraid the shock factor this time around is going to be off the charts. But, many millions do know what’s underway that cannot be stopped.

The ravenous mobs have demanded for decades Congress spend, spend, spend without a care in the world where the money will come from. Conditioned dependency.

The prostitute media are screeching a recession is coming so they can blame President Trump. Rush Limbaugh and Sean Hannity are working overtime to convince everyone that’s political baloney as they are desperate for Trump to get reelected. We have the strongest economy in the world!  Debt is not a strong economy.

Back on April 1^st, I wrote a column titled Lettuce: $2.98 A Head – No Inflation? If you missed it, do take the time to read it because the numbers are worse now in just a few short months.

Today Looks Like Just Before 2000 Dotcom Crash – Charles Hugh Smith, April 24, 2019.

“You will get a slowdown, and that is a self-reinforcing feedback loop. Once people stop buying houses and once people stop buying cars . . . then you are going to get people being laid off, less people being able to afford to eat out, and then you get a self-reinforcing recession. It’s not a crisis, but like an erosion because everybody is kind of tapped out.”

“Recently, President Trump and his economic advisors have been talking up rate cuts and money printing to help the economy. Are they seeing a slowdown coming? Smith, who has written 12 financial oriented books, says, “I think they do, and I think that’s the only reasonable explanation for why they are talking about rate cuts when the employment is strong and the economy is looking good by many factors. Why would they want cheaper money unless they see the slowdown in auto sales, and they see the slowdown in housing, and they see a slowdown with all the things where you have to borrow a lot of money to make it work.” That was April. Was he wrong?

U.S. New-Home Sales Miss Estimates After Big Upward Revision, August 23, 2019

Nearly 25% of Americans are going into debt trying to pay for necessities like food, May 24, 2019

Most Americans Can’t Afford to Pay Rent, Eat Food, Buy Stuff, or Get Sick (And It’s Just Going to Get WORSE), July 5, 2019 – Accurate, not fake numbers tell the truth.

On The Edge Of Disaster: 59 Percent Of Americans Are Living Paycheck To Paycheck, May 16, 2019

Great Recession still hurting? 23% of Americans say their financial situation is ‘worse’ now, June 13, 2019

These 15 retailers have filed for bankruptcy or liquidation in 2019, August 12, 2019

The running list of 2019 bankruptcy victims, August 23, 2019

Here Are 15 Numbers That Show How The Global Economy Is Performing, And All Of Them Are Bad

An “Earnings Recession” Is Here – Big Companies All Over America Are Reporting Disastrous Financial Results, July 24, 2019

U.S. Consumer Debt Surpasses Financial Crisis Levels, June 24, 2019

Recession Already in Place, Watch Out – John Williams

“Take for example the recent reportedly good news of the trade deficit narrowing. Williams says, “What we saw was the very unusual narrowing of the deficit . . . that’s generally good news . . . but if you look at why the trade deficit was narrowing, it wasn’t that we were having new surging exports . . . instead, we were having collapsing domestic consumption.

“People weren’t buying things. People were not buying goods. So, the imports were falling off, and that narrowed the deficit. That is not a healthy sign. The last time you saw something like that was the beginning of the Great Recession (2008–2009). . . . We still haven’t recovered from the Great Recession.”

Donald Trump inherited both the central bank and the behemoth national debt. Tragically he’s has made it worse by signing massive budgets into law full of unconstitutional funding for unconstitutional cabinets and agencies.

It’s the old tiger chasing its tail syndrome. Poking at the Fed Chairman isn’t going to cure the cancer. The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 was passed by Congress and can only be abolished by an act of Congress and they are not going to cut off their magical money machine – both parties.

Besides, it’s too late. Back in 2007, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced a bill to abolish the unconstitutional Fed. It had zero co-sponsors.

Last week ‘rumors’ we call a trial balloon was floated: “As concerns circulate about a potential recession, President Donald Trump insists that the economy remains healthy. Despite those assertions, there have been rumblings that White House officials are exploring the possibility of a temporary payroll tax cut to put more money in the hands of consumers.

“According to reports, economists inside the White House have drafted a white paper about the potential for a payroll tax cut. Earlier, a White House official released a statement saying that “more tax cuts for the American people are certainly on the table, but cutting payroll taxes is not something under consideration at this time.”

“However, President Trump confirmed to reporters that payroll tax cuts are on the table, along with those rumored potential changes to capital gains, saying, “I’ve been thinking about payroll taxes for a long time. Many people would like to see that.”

In 2001, former Congressman Ron Paul again tried to expose the game, Bill would end tax withholding, but none of his colleagues were interested. Congress, with a few exceptions are only interested in their power and squeezing We the People dry as the desert to fund the monster they created: the national debt.

Ron Paul believed the American people could calculate their own taxes and pay directly instead of acting as unpaid tax collectors for the IRS – just like Vivien Kellems.  Please do take the time to read my October 2007 column, Congress Will Do Nothing To Stop Coming Financial Disaster as it contains an excerpt from her book, Toil, Taxes & Trouble. A remarkable woman.  Less than eight months later, the financial bubble blew up while Congress diddled.

In 2007 Ron Paul again tried to help Americans by introducing H.R. 3664 – the  Tax Free Tips Act. That bill would have exempted tips from federal income and payroll taxes. Bus boys, waiters, bartenders, sky caps – you name it. Where were the Democrats on that bill? NO support.

How about the communist controlled unions for the service sector employees they claim to represent?  NO support. One would think the Democrats and Unions who represent hotel, restaurant, airport employees and others would have jumped on that bill. NO support.

He reintroduced it in 2009 and 2011. Died in both sessions. Now, Republicans and Democrats in Congress: Let’s hear again how you’re for the little guy out in America.

What would help seniors Democrats and Republicans scream they support and want to help? Stop double taxing social security benefits. You already paid social security taxes while working. Then, upon retirement, the thieves in Congress force you to pay taxes again lowering your actual benefits.

As I mentioned in my column last week, U.S. House Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] for the fourth time has introduced a bill to do just that. When Republicans held the majority in both chambers under Trump it died in committee. His current bill has 20 cosponsors. This bill should have passed years ago. Remember that when you vote in the upcoming primaries.

Below are but a few articles you need to read if you want the raw and frightening truth about what’s underway. The Labor Day holiday is coming so make a commitment to take the time to understand just how dire the situation is so you and your family aren’t blindsided as America was by July 2008.

Remember what the highly esteemed genius (I know, makes you want to gag), former Senator Dirty Harry Reid said back then? These are the people who allowed the crash to happen.

Bailouts: The Wound That Will Keep On Hemorrhaging: “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008

The individuals in these articles don’t work for mother government or any political party. They, along with many others, have been in the financial analysis sector for decades; some as many as 50 years. They know what they’re talking about and so does President Trump who is caught between a rock and a hard place. I could have listed another 100 articles but I believe these are most informative and accurate.

Greyerz Just Issued A Dire Forecast As We Approach Panic in Global Markets

Greyerz Just Warned Central Banks Are Now In Panic Mode, Worried The Financial System May Disappear Into A Black Hole

“The messages from the ECB and the Fed couldn’t be clearer. They are seeing major problems in the financial system and in the world economy and they will do whatever it takes to save the system. But they will fail.

“The autumn of 2019 will see a major shift in sentiment as markets turn from a secular bull to a secular bear.  We are likely to see major crashes in many global stock markets. Virtually no one is prepared for this so there will be both panic and despair.”

One Of The Largest “Too Big To Fail” Banks In America Boldly Declares That “The Wheels For A Slowdown Are In Motion”, August 21, 2019

Forget Great Depression, the Greatest Ever is Coming Says Gerald Celente, August 20, 2019

Endgame for the Fed?, August 12, 2019

Greyerz – Most People Don’t Understand The Scale Of The Collapse That Is In Front Of Us, August 4, 2019: “A World Of Panicking Central Banks.  As I discussed in last week’s KWN article, central banks are now panicking. They know that the world economy and the financial system is standing on a foundation of quicksand. The effects of quicksand is that the harder you try to get out, the deeper you sink. And this will be the next phase for the world economy. Central banks only have two tools at their disposal. One is money printing and the other is interest rate manipulation.”

Recession Alarm: US Manufacturing PMI Unexpectedly Crashes Into Contraction With Lowest Print In 10 Years, August 22, 2019

How Is This Possible? Trouble Across The Globe, Nothing To See Here, Meanwhile This Is Imploding

Evidence The US Economy Could Be Plunging Into A Very Deep Recession Is Rapidly Mounting

The Greatest Depression Is Coming | What It Will Be Like, August 21, 2019:

“For Trump it is imperative that he keep the economic ‘good times’ rolling. He needs to keep that bubble from popping to get re-elected. The other day he said that the FED should drop rates another point as well as kick off new QE (quantitative easing). He might keep it afloat with the last remaining stimulus for now, but the chickens are coming home to roost. And that might be not long after the 2020 election when there’s literally no “ammo” left with the Federal Reserve.”

The trade war with commie China is long overdue. Yes, things are going to get real tough in the coming months but hang in there. It’s long past time the stinking communists are shown the door for what they’ve done to us courtesy of the U.S. Congress and toxic, job killing treaties.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

“We Don’t Need China and Frankly Would Be Far Better Off Without Them” – PRESIDENT TRUMP Blasts Chinese Regime After Threats of New Tariffs — Market Reacts

The Boycott Begins: Chinese Company Orders Employees To “Stop Using American Products, Eating At KFC”

Keep buying Made in USA as much as you can.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

Even Before The Recession Has Officially Begun, Some Large U.S. Firms Are Laying Off Thousands Of Workers, May 20, 2019

CVS closures: 46 locations closing, including 3 in Alabama; complete list, May 2, 2019

Nissan Announces 12,500 Layoffs As Profits Plunge, July 25, 2019

Despite “The Greatest Economy Ever,” 40% Of American Families Still Struggling, May 19, 2019

All The Restaurants That Are Closing Locations In 2019

U.S. ‘Totally Unprepared’ to Deal With Recession Warns Union Bank Chief Economist As Budget Deficit to Exceed $1 Trillion in 2020

United States Bankruptcies

A record 7 million Americans are 3 months behind on their car payments, a red flag for the economy

Negative Rates Are Coming for Your Savings

“Horror” In Ghana As A Third Of Banks Shutter, Sparking Unprecedented Bank Run, August 19, 2019 – “ It’s bad enough that drought-like conditions and rapid population growth have stoked a shortage of water and other vital resources in Ghana, a country that boasts one of the fastest growing economies on Earth (if it is still poor). But a banking crisis is just now roiling the country’s economy, and has wiped out $1.6 billion.”

SICK: MSNBC’s Ruhle: A Recession Would Be ‘Normal’ and ‘OK’

Bill Maher Begs for a Recession to Get Rid of Donald Trump

Frosty Wooldridge

While cycling coast to coast in 1984, I met Bob Wieland, south of Socorro, New Mexico, out in the middle of the desert, walking on his hands across America.  When I stopped, I threw my bike into the gravel on the other side of the road. I walked over to shake hands.  I said, “What are you doing out here in 105 degrees heat?”  He said, “I am walking across America…what are you doing?”  I said, “I’m bicycling across America.”  He said, “I’d like to do that, too, but my legs are too short.”

From that single event in my life, I have never complained once since 1984. I take each day as a gift. I love each second on my touring bike, road bike and mountain bike. I promised myself to live a life worth remembering.

Totally blind in his teens, American Erik Weihenmayer became the first sightless person to climb Mount Everest.  He continued until he climbed the highest peaks on all seven continents.   Bob Wieland lost his legs to a bomb blast in Vietnam, but walked across America on his hands coast-to-coast.  Time: three years, eight months, six days!  Later, he hand-cycled west to east and east to west across America.  Not finished, he became the first double amputee to complete the Hawaii Ironman Triathlon.  He ran the New York, Boston and Chicago Marathons that took him five days to finish each race.  At 67, he again hand-cycled coast-to-coast across America.

(Four kids in a country town walking down the street. How will their life histories turn out?  Will they live lives worth remembering?)  Photography by Frosty Wooldridge

American Aimee Mullins, 37, without legs below the knees since childhood, races track, models and gives motivational speeches. She said, “True disability is having a crushed spirit.”  She redefines what a woman can be and what she can accomplish.

Wilma Rudolph, sickly as a child, wore braces, but became the first woman to win three gold medals at the 1960 Olympics where they celebrated her as the world’s fastest woman.

Your choices in life transform you from the banal to the poetic—even to the noble.  Wasn’t it Shakespeare’s character “Shylock” a moneylender in the “Merchant of Venice” who spoke these words that ring out in the 21^st century, “If you prick us, do we not bleed? And if you tickle us, do we not laugh?  It is our humanity and all the potential within it that makes us beautiful.”

With those words ringing into the rafters of your mind, how will you live a life worth remembering?

If you’re 20 years old, you enjoy choices to lead an epic life that propels you to heroic memories.  By age 30, you burned through your 20s and may relish some epic moments.  By 40, you you’re half way through.  Have you lived a life worth remembering?  Or, did the “mid-life crisis” hit you square in the eyes—leaving you with a panicky feeling?  By 70, your after-burners exhausted themselves, leaving you in a gentle glide to your final moments.

If you live on this side of 40, are you creating a remarkable life for yourself? Do you live on any “searing the edges”? Are you carving out some extraordinary physical, intellectual or spiritual expression of yourself?

What made the above four “ordinary people” overcome their horrific physical conditions?  What drove them to greatness?

Remember this:  if something doesn’t challenge you, you won’t change.  Therefore, instead of watching an average of 29 hours of television weekly by the majority of Americans, create challenges in your life that propel you to more “noble” encounters.  If you divide 29 hours by 7 days, that equals an extra 4.1 hours daily to think about, dream about and participate in activities or challenges outside your comfort zone.

Opportunities: weight training to build a healthy body, cross training to run a triathlon this summer, or buy a canvas, paints and brush to dabble with a painting roiling around in your ingenious mind.  You might enter a pottery class to find your talents at throwing pots with intricate designs.  How about becoming a chef?

On the intellectual front, read books that interest you.  Enroll in a class in jewelry making.  Enter a mechanic’s class to repair old cars.  Most cities feature “Free University” classes to incorporate dozens of arts, hobbies and other classes to fit your propensities and passions.  How about joining the Peace Corps or Americorps?

Want to express yourself more creatively?  I read a book by Elizabeth Gilbert that profoundly affected me.  It will enthrall and inspire you:  Big Magic—Creative Living Beyond Fear.  I’ve read it 15 times!  I want it rampaging through my mind in order to catch and express new ideas.

In this life, discover what makes your life worth remembering.  What will they say at your memorial service?

“She (he) lived with exuberance, imaginative energy and a song in her heart,” smiled the preacher.  “She entered the realm of potential and opportunity to live a grand and glorious life.  She wasn’t lucky; she chose her destiny.  We remember her nobility through her actions.”

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

© 2019 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Amil Imani

December 2018 was my 40^th anniversary since I made it to this blessed land, America. Like many of my fellow Persians, I never even imagined to extend my stay in the US beyond the 4 years of the university. Let me remind you that Iranians are not beggars. We don’t ask for charity. We are an extremely proud people. Most of us never ever impose anything on the host country or demand any special privileges. Most of us have assimilated nicely. A major reason for the Iranian assimilation and success in the U.S. is the U.S. itself which provides an ambience conducive to self-advancement, be it in science, business or any other field of endeavor. Another reason is that Iranians inherently share and cherish the same values that America’s founding fathers enshrined in this nation’s charter of life.

Although, the Islamic Revolution forced the removal of the Shah of Iran and the war with Iraq was imposed on our motherland, I was still determined to go back home. What deterred me from returning was my family.

Mother kept telling me that this is not the same Iran you left. This is a different Iran. She also warned me if I went back, the Islamic regime would immediately recruit me and send me to the front lines. The same war zone that took the lives of many of my school friends. It was a terrifying feeling. Now adrenalin was rushing through my veins and fighting an enemy was all I could think of. I said, Mom, my friends lost their lives to defend their country. I find it my duty to come home and do the same. Please say no more. To no avail, she kept begging me not to come back and wait until the war ended. She continued, the Khomeini’s regime doesn’t care about Iran, or the lives of Iranians. In fact, he despises Iran. She convinced me that I could do more for Iran in a free US than a war zone where I would most likely not survive. I listened to her motherly advice and stayed while continuing with my higher education.

Fast Forward

Forty-years has passed and the Islamic Republic is still doing what it did forty-years ago. Iran has been under the rule of Islam since 1979. The Iranian people have attempted on several occasions to end the rule of these barbarians, but each time they were faced with the ruthless regime’s apparatus and many of them were slaughtered while the world watched and did nothing.

In four decades of its existence, the Islamic Republic has managed, notably, to produce more hunger, more anger, more frustration, prostitution at a record pace, drug addiction beyond control, child executions without any regard to international human rights and much more. There are many reports regarding cases of child sexual abuse and molestation reaching epidemic proportions.

Prosecution and imprisonment of the innocent and the systematic and illegal abuse of detainees and hundreds of gruesome acts of torture and rape in the prisons have skyrocketed. Meanwhile, the United Nations did not even blink while European countries continued to expand their businesses within the Islamic regime.

Year 1979

In 1979, the U.S. Government, particularly, Jimmy Carter, along with Western allied forces, were responsible for the formation, perhaps, the greatest Islamic terrorist nation on the face of the earth which led to worldwide Islamic terrorism. President Jimmy Carter, betrayed the most valued friend to the West, the late Shah of Iran. Former President Ronald Reagan, was right in his assessment.

Let me be clear, as a person who partiality witnessed how this revolution began, I don’t entirely blame Mr. Carter for this revolution. Iranians, from all walks of life bear the responsibility too. It would be unfair to only blame one man as the cause of this untimely revolution. Iranians themselves are also to blame. That is why I have referred to the 1979 revolution, as a “perfect storm.”

Brief Break Down

During the revolution of 1979, (Some Iranians call it the Islamic invasion), the communists were as always active and biding their time for an uprising against the Shah. Later, an unholy alliance took place amongst a variety of opposition groups, including Islamists (clergy), pro- Soviet Union Communists (Tudeh), an Islamist-Marxist group of Mojahidin Khalgh, or MEK, landowners, intellectuals, and Baazari merchants who sent large amounts of money to the Ayatollah Khomeini in Iraq. Although these groups inherently despised one another, they managed to bury their hatchets in favor of “unifying” the nation for a “common” cause, under the pretense of democracy and political freedom.

Unbeknownst to many gullible Iranians who jumped on the bandwagon with these two main groups, the communists had the dream of socialism and the Islamists wanted to bring about Islamic fascism. They both deceived the people and betrayed their trust. The Islamists used the notion of “taqiyya” an Islamic deception. And when the opportunity presented itself, they took the nation hostage and hijacked the revolution. Then the Islamists started to arrest and execute the communists and the MEK members and just about anyone they found to be against the establishment of an Islamic Ummah or as they referred to it: “Velâyat-e Faqih or the Guardianship of the Islamic Jurist.”

Why Did Iran’s Revolution Succeed?

The question that everyone wants to know is why the West decided to remove the man who was perhaps the greatest ally of the United States and was busy modernizing Iran. Also, why did they replace and install a radical, illiterate Islamist, with a 7^th century mentality, the Ayatollah Khomeini? This is the subject of historical debate. There are several factors that came together to create this perfect storm. Without it, it would have never succeeded. I briefly mention a few factors:

1 —Jimmy Carter: A Democrat was the President and Democrats historically were bad for Iran. “New information has come to light, showing how former US President Jimmy Carter blindly accepted false promises and helped Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini carry out the Iranian Revolution.” “Documents seen by BBC suggest the Carter administration paved the way for Khomeini to return to Iran by holding the army back from launching a military coup.”

“On 27 January, 1979, Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini – founder of Iran’s Islamic Republic, the man who called the United States “the Great Satan” – sent a secret message to Washington. From his home in exile outside Paris, the defiant leader of the Iranian revolution effectively offered the Carter administration a deal: Iranian military leaders listen to you, he said, but the Iranian people follow my orders.”

2 —PMOI (MEK): The People’s Mojahedin Organization of Iran (PMOI/MEK) was considered a terrorist organization. This was the first Iranian organization to develop systematically a modern interpretation of Islam. An interpretation that drastically differed from both old conventional Islam of the traditional clergy and a new accessible version invented in the 1970s by Ayatollah Khomeini and his disciples. Furthermore, the MEK, together with Fada’yan Islam (Devotees of Islam), had a critical role fighting the Pahlavi regime. The MEK grew quickly after the Islamic Revolution, and became a major force in Iranian politics. Although the MEK was one of the most powerful and effective organizations during the revolution, the Khomeini regime would not share his power with anyone and especially the MEK. In less than 2 years, the Islamic regime systematically executed over 9,000 members of the MEK. Like other major revolutions, this revolution too devoured its own children.

3 —Strikes: In the fall of 1978, waves of unrest and strikes—led largely by Iran’s oil workers then continued by civil services that spread like a wildfire across Iran. Basically, every governmental institution was shut down. The nation ceased to run.

4 —Iranian Military Declared Neutrality:  Iranian generals were in constant contact with the United States, even long before the revolution. Iran’s general staff by the nods of the United States declared neutrality of the armed forces and troops were ordered back to their barracks, assuring the Islamic Revolution’s success.

In short, while there are many other factors that contributed to 1979, the Iranian revolution, without the perfect storm, would have never succeeded. All pieces came together at the same time. The idea was: let’s get rid of the Shah first, then all various groups will be the shareholders in the development of Iran. Well, that never happened. What happened was that history repeated itself. After 1400 years of the Arab conquest of Persia, once again, the Arab-Islamic values, with its barbaric exclusionary and primitive beliefs overtook Iran in 1979 and brutally strove to replace the traditional lofty Iranian belief in human rights and diversity.

© 2019 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

If you haven’t figured it out yet, the apostasy that is in the church starts in the pulpit and works it way down into the pews.  Not to be rude but most people in the pews don’t really practice their religion like people did in the time of our Founding. Of course, there were not so many ‘distractions’ for them as we have today, TV, movies, sports, smart phones and the list goes on and on.  But even with all of this the charge into apostasy does not happen without the help and quite often a push from the pastors.  In 1954 when Lyndon Johnson got the Johnson Gag Order passed not many churches took a stand against this intrusion of the church’s territory. Until 1954 the church leaders could talk about political candidates from the pulpit openly, and whether the individuals and their words and actions were godly or ungodly.  We could talk about political parties and whether their platforms and candidates stood for godly things or ungodly things.  In 1948, Lyndon Johnson won his first election to the senate by a total of only 87 votes.  He had a lot of political connections and was able to stop every attempt at a recount.  During the 1954 senatorial campaign, this information was leaked to two 501(c)3 non-profit organizations that then began to inform the public about a possible rigged election.  As a result, Johnson had language inserted into the IRS codes that barred any 501(c)3 from supporting or opposing a political candidate or a political party. Johnson was able to silence his opposition. The church had been silenced ever since. [1]

Before this attack on the church we were free to expose political corruptness.  For sixty-three years the church was kept out of the political arena by a direct violation of our constitutional rights and the church allowed it.  The church, which is the strongest force against the evil in politics, did nothing for the most part to stop the corruption that has developed into the Deep State today.  The church became such a non-influence in the political arena that the church warned the people to stay out of politics because it was so corrupt, the very place that needs godly influence.  The devil had his way in American politics for over a half a century and we can see what the results are.  An attempt to overthrow a legitimate election and the exposing of child sex trafficking by most of the elites in the one of the political parties, endangering our national security by funding terrorism worldwide among may other things that is for another article at another time.

But when you look at some of the pastors who refuse to be’ political’ but are actually outright political.  I’ve talked to pastors about educating their parishioners about the importance of being involved after all God has commanded us to put godly men in places of authority: Exodus 18:21  Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens:, but they refused to even touch any aspect of the political arena.  One pastor acted like I asked him to commit treason.  Most just blew the concept off.  One told me he was comfortable with the way the government had it set up and when I mentioned that the Holy Spirit wasn’t he invited me to leave.

It’s one thing to outright ignore God’s mandate but it’s another when they get political and endorse ungodly people.  During the 2008 general election when Obama was running for president black preachers all over the country supported him for one reason, he was black.  Well, he was half black and despised his white heritage, isn’t that racism?  One nationally know black minister from Texas endorsed Obama even though Obama endorsed many things that God was against.  Now, to give him a break, which he doesn’t deserve because he had a duty and mandate to endorse a godly man not a man because of the color of his skin, the media kept most information about Obama out of the public eye.  I was able to attain this information so he well could have as well.

In 2012 there was no excuse for a Christian to support Obama as he had openly stated his support for homosexual relationships and his support for the muslim community was not even disguised in anyway.  Yet even with the blatant support for the homosexual community and muslims black preachers still endorsed Obama simply because of the color of his skin.  One black Christian friend of mine, when I asked who he was supporting, said,” I have to support the brother!”  I reminded him of Obama’s stand against the Word of God and a few of his policies, which he complained about, I reminded him that as a Christian he couldn’t support Obama.  He eventually conceded and voted Republican.  But way too many preachers never even looked at the consequences of supporting ungodly men.  What these preachers fail to understand is if they support the ungodly the results of these politician’s actions, which won’t be good, will also come upon them.  It is a spiritual law. Galatians_6:7  Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. The church is NOT to associate with our enemy.  Anyone who opposes the principles of God are our enemies: 2 Corinthians_6:14  Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? We are the light, yet we have allowed the darkness to overtake us and society in general and then when a tragedy happens, we hear too many Christian ask why did God let it happen?  He did because we did.  We did not stand for righteousness.  There was nothing He could do.  He can only do what we allow Him to do.  If we rest on our laurels, we suffer the results.

Apathy can be very costly and be very hard to correct if it is allowed to go unchecked for too long.  We have allowed it to go on for over sixty years and now we have corruption in the highest places in government and our places of so-called higher education are filled with professors that teach our kids to hate everything about America.  It is hard to say how long we can last with what we have allowed to be established.  The only ones we can blame is the preachers that no longer stand for the Word of God but now embrace all the attitudes of the world.  We the people must stand for change from the pulpit on down.  We have no choice.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. Roger Anghis, Bring America Back To Her Religious Roots (RestoreFreeSpeech Press, Littleton, CO), pg. 10

And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. — Daniel 12:3

A friend forwarded an email to me yesterday.  It concerned a controversy that erupted.  The pastor announced last week by email that petitioners would be available in the church at a future worship service.  The petitions were related to peoples veto paperwork circulating in churches as a result of formal Roman Catholic and Evangelical support.

A dozen political issues moved into Church culture in Maine in July.  Governor Jezebel Kills and her demoncrat party forced them there by overreaching with their newly minted power earlier in the year.

Maine may be an example of America’s future.  Eight years of a Trump-like right wing Governor produced a left-wing sweep last year.  The ratchet in Maine’s political culture touched off a dozen peoples vetoes.  I’ve written here that I think only one of them has a chance of making it over the finish line.  That would be the vaccine petition. 

Politics and religion are untethered from reality in the West.  This email exchange is another example.

One parishioner threatened to resign from the church if the petitioners were allowed to show up.  He argued that politics — any politics — must not be allowed in the church.  His threatened resignation caused the church to repent of her “politicking” and disinvite the petitioners.

All of the petitions concern issues that wouldn’t even be up for debate in a Christian nation.   The murder of babies and the infirm, big pharma’s manipulation of the law and a number of issues that concern common sense morality are not debatable in a Christian civilization.  Order cannot be maintained when God and His law are erased.  It is only a matter of time before civilization devolves into an intemperate chaos.

The clock is winding down on Western Civilization as we continue with our Masonic experiment in spiritual egalitarianism.  All religions are not equal.  Like everything else there are distinctions between religions.  Christianity is essential in western nations.  Without it we cease to be western or civilized.

The church in the West has so weakened itself that it is incapable of being what it is — a universal religion.  It cannot think of itself as the truth.  It has created distinctions where there are none.  Christianity is essentially political because it is essentially everything.  It is truth — reason — itself.  Christianity works.

It brings peace in politics, and everywhere.

GK Chesterton observed about the faith, “Christianity has not been tried and found wanting;  it has been found difficult and not tried.”

Even the Christian Church in the West is giving up on trying to live out the gospel.  It is favoring political correctness and Americanist doctrines about the world and reality.  As Chesterton noted, “it has been found difficult.”

In Christianity the most powerful are the most impoverished in worldly esteem and goods.  The leaders are servants.  The truly holy among us work to please an audience of one, God.  They model for the world what it means to reject the world, and embrace the cross of Jesus Christ.  Christians pray to a real God.

Our verse is taken from Daniel.  Wisdom and righteousness are praised.  The book of Daniel is about political courage.  The public display of faith and spiritual courage win the day in Daniel.  Worldly pagan power is challenged by humble faith in God.  Simple obedience is rewarded with God’s presence in a fiery furnace.  And it isn’t all pretty, prosperous and clean.  Many are judged.  Many die.

God delivers according to His plan, not man’s.  And He is doing that today in Maine, America and all around the world.

Righteousness demands that Christians take a stand. Evil must be confronted in simple terms. Sex outside the bonds of Holy matrimony is wrong for everyone. Christians must teach and live this truth in front of the whole world. Christians must work to encode this moral rule into civil law everywhere. That’s what it means to be Christian. That’s what it means for wisdom to “shine as the brightness of the firmament.”

If there is such a thing as righteousness it stands to reason that it’s opposite exists — unrighteousness or evil.  People, Daniel says, “that turn many to righteousness are as the stars forever and ever.”

It is our duty to lead people to righteous living, and to build righteous neighborhoods and communities.  We aren’t going to be able to do that if worship isn’t universal — if it has no application outside the four walls of a “church.”

The future is always bright for Christians.  More and more Christians are discovering one of the most potent sources of their sadness — public schools.  Chesterton again, “The one thing that is never taught by any chance in the atmosphere of public schools is this: that there is a whole truth of things, and that in knowing it and speaking it we are happy.”

Choose happiness today.

Choose Jesus Christ and His gospel.

© 2019 Michael Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org

I have a deep feeling of foreboding — and serious impending doom, as the full wrath of God’s judgment is unleashed upon the world — and AMERICA — very soon now.  UNLESS America and the WORLD repents (and quickly), I see no way of avoiding it, and no reason God would put up with all this much longer.

This may surprise some of you, but I will tell you that I do NOT believe in a pre-tribulation “Rapture.”  I believe ALL of us — ‘REMNANT’ Christians included — will be going through and enduring the Great Tribulation that is coming.  All one must do is recall the lives of Jesus’ disciples, and how they ended; or read Foxes Book of Martyrs, to see that all through history, those who held fast to their faith in Christ have ALWAYS endured great persecution.  Are WE so special that we would escape the coming wrath? Indeed, we are perhaps the most wicked generation that has ever lived, since the days of Noah.   And persecution of TRUE Christ-followers is coming — persecution unlike anything the world has ever seen before, or will ever see again.  But as Jesus said, “all those who endure until the end will be saved.”  However, the COWARDLY and the UNBELIEVING will NOT inherit the Kingdom of God, as we know from the book of Revelation.

I will not to get into a debate of WHEN the Lord’s return will be, or whether or not the “rapture” will take us all out of here before, during or after the Great Tribulation.  What I have learned from my own study of Scriptures may differ from the popular opinion of many of today’s preachers.  But if you want to go deeper into a study of this, study for yourself WHEN and HOW the doctrine of a pre-tribulation “rapture” came to be.  It is a fairly RECENT doctrine, but is now taught by MOST evangelical leaders and preachers.  I can only say, read also the book of Jude and know that the Bible clearly warns that false teachers will creep in “unawares,” and we are commanded to earnestly contend for the faith — the TRUE faith — and not follow the invented doctrines of men.  And if you would like more Scripture, simply read the sequence of events as described by Jesus in Matthew 24…. and again, “those who endure ‘til the end, will be saved.” 

We are in the midst, right now, of the Great Falling Away.  Truly, I’ve never seen anything like it.  On nearly a daily basis now, we are seeing those who had been professing Christians — and I’m talking about well known, INFLUENTIAL Christian LEADERS — falling away, renouncing their faith, embracing apostasy and influencing OTHER church-goers to follow their new doctrines of “enlightenment.”  And we know that the Day of the Lord will NOT come until the Great Falling Away comes first.  Folks, it is HERE, now.

I truly believe that right now, TODAY, is really our LAST chance to avoid God’s terrible wrath.  And for those with money to invest, you might consider investing NOW in “millstones,” because our children’s hearts, minds and souls are being corrupted and destroyed like never before.  As we look around, it doesn’t take much effort to see that.  ANTIFA (which stands for “anti-fascist” — an obvious and deliberate misnomer) is STILL very active — and the majority of ANTIFA members are young people — middle school, high school and college-age students, whose minds have been grotesquely twisted by the public education system.  And this has been in the works for decades, an agenda deliberately set in motion YEARS ago by socialists and communists bent on the destruction of America.

This is our LAST chance BECAUSE I do not believe we will see another generation after this one with the freedoms we still enjoy and take for granted.  This is IT, folks.  The kids in the public schools and colleges are clueless as to our history, and more importantly, TOTALLY CLUELESS regarding the things of God.  Because their PARENTS are equally clueless, and these kids, for the MOST part are being raised in Godless homes by Godless parents.  Even if they DO go to a church faithfully, they are NOT getting the REAL truth of Scripture, and the parents have turned the spiritual education of their children over to milquetoast, effeminate, cowardly church leaders who give “feel good” self-help talks and embrace “social justice,” but do NOT preach the real Word of God anymore.  They preach “another gospel,” — one that does not offend, one that says “God loves you just the way you are, one that says you can continue in sin and feel “good” about that because we are now under “hyper-grace,” and repentance and faith have become irrelevant.

Now, I know there ARE some very good and Godly parents out there, raising their children in the fear and admonition of the Lord, but these are very FEW indeed.  Likewise, there ARE some very good pastors and church bodies out there that DO still hold fast to the WHOLE counsel of GOD.  But only a remnant, and the “remnant” is VERY SMALL.

Likewise, pastors, churches and parents have turned the “education” of children over to the Almighty State — the Public Indoctrination Centers, which we KNOW are now run by Leftists, Socialists, Communists and One World/New World Order adherents — with a wicked, demonic, secular humanist worldview and agenda.  Hear me now:  our CHURCHES embrace and endorse the Public Indoctrination Centers.  Today’s parents have accepted the public education system as the “norm” and are, for the most part, completely tuned out as to what their children are actually learning in “school” now.

Well, let me share with you what they are learning.  Here is a list of things I came across recently.  I don’t know the author of this list, so I’m not able to give credit where it is due for this compilation.  But regardless, it’s all very true.  The list is extensive, so let’s go take a look.  In the “public schools” and “colleges,” your children will learn:

God did not create the world.  History is not “HIS story.”  Fornication is to be encouraged, as long as you do it “safely.”  Abortion is a good way to fornicate without having to take care of the children produced.  Drugs are bad, the schools say — but drugs are also GOOD, their fellow students say.  Today’s children in public schools will also learn disrespect, promiscuity, and something called “Reverse Porn.”  This is where female students acquire a desire to be lusted after, and so they dress and act and portray themselves accordingly.  They’ll also learn how to become easy targets for sexual abuse.

They’ll learn that human beings are NOT made in God’s image; we evolved from apes and are equal in value to animals.  They will learn immaturity and entitlement, but they will NOT learn personal responsibility.  They will learn to idolize sports, worldly music and other forms of entertainment.  They will learn all about sodomy and be told that it is just another “alternative lifestyle,” based on “love,” equally valid to the sanctity of God-ordained “marriage,” and be encouraged to try it out for themselves, because it JUST MAY be “RIGHT for THEM.”

They will learn to embrace feminism.  They will be purposely confused regarding gender roles, (and their own gender identities) and encouraged to accept “transgenderism,” even to the point of bodily mutilation.  They’ll learn deviant sexual practices so grotesque they cannot be described here.  Of course, they’ll learn that it’s acceptable to fornicate with both boys and girls — regardless of their own biological genders.  They’ll learn that it’s ok for boys to dress like girls and girls to dress like boys, and for boys to use the girls’ restrooms and shower facilities if they so choose.  They’ll also learn to use their cell phones for “sexting.”

They’ll learn that demanding home owners give up vast amounts of money to pay for other peoples’ childrens’ education, sports and extracurricular activities is an acceptable way of financing Government Indoctrination Centers — this is pure socialism, which has been accepted by the general populace now for decades.

They’ll learn that God’s law — the standard of morality, which has ALWAYS been the WORLD’S moral compass is immoral and WRONG — even ILLEGAL to discuss or display in public.  And of course, they will learn disdain for and disobedience to parents.

They will learn that America and it’s Constitution and it’s history is and always has been wicked and evil, and must be replaced, as soon as possible, with a one-world government.  They’ll learn that ALL the world’s religions — with the exception of Christianity — are all equally valid and true, with ISLAM being the number one “spiritual path” to embrace — followed closely by paganism, earth worship, new-ageism… but ultimately, they will learn there really IS no God, and therefore, no higher authority than the almighty State, which they will be taught to blindly obey.

Now MOST people — even most Christians — will CONTINUE to send their kids to these wicked indoctrination centers, even KNOWING all these things, because they are already PAYING for them with their property taxes (again, accepted socialism).  They will believe they cannot afford to home school or don’t have TIME to home school, and they’ll believe that even though their kids are being taught all this wickedness and all these lies, THEIR kids will be ok, because they’re being raised in a “Christian” home, and THEY will teach them the truth in their “spare time” at home.

Well, let me tell you — if that’s the case, you had BETTER be deadly SERIOUS about teaching them the truth at home, because they’re not going to learn it by “osmosis.”  And it’s going to take a LOT more than a busy parent’s “spare time” to correct all the mind-altering, soul-stealing indoctrination their heads and hearts are being filled with EVERY DAY — ALL DAY — in the public schools.  The average parent now spends less than two minutes a day in serious conversation with their own children.  HOW, I ask you, can you “undo” all the lies they’ve been taught when you never even talk to your kids about all this stuff — and when YOU YOURSELF are so “busy” that you, yourself are CLUELESS about all they’re being “taught?”  You don’t know — and let’s face it — you don’t WANT to know!  Parents’ priorities are so out of “whack” today, they’ll spend 4-8 HOURS a DAY with Facebook, TV sitcoms, beer drinking, sports and other entertainment, but less than 2 MINUTES training up their own children with the TRUTH of God’s Word and His natural order — instilling in them a Godly, CHRISTIAN worldview, that is more than the nonsense and fairy tales they get in Sunday School or Children’s Church.

We are in serious trouble, folks, and we have no one to blame but ourselves.  We are to “train up a child in the way he should go.”  As parents, we are COMMANDED to teach the things of God to our children DILIGENTLY!  God’s Word says, “talk of them when you sit in your house, and when you walk by the way, and when you lie down and when you rise.  You shall bind them as a sign on your hand and they shall be as frontlets between your eyes.  You shall write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates.”  (Deuteronomy 6).  I dare say, most of us do NONE of these things.  Teach our children “DILIGENTLY?”  “Oh, my goodness, we just don’t have time…. gotta check my Facebook!”

Yes, the Great Falling Away has begun.  Our Christian “leaders” are falling away into apostasy and lies.  Wisdom has fallen in the streets.  People no longer desire the truth, but are satisfied with sound bytes and “memes,” “fake news,” and a powerless form of religion that makes them feel good, but in many cases, is not just powerless — but deadly falsehood.

The UN recently stated that it plans to see a “One World Government” in full operation in less than 12 years.  So that would mean just one — POSSIBLY two — socialist so-called “presidents” in the White House, and our nation’s sovereignty will be no more.  I cannot even IMAGINE where this world will be 12 years from now if we continue on this trajectory.   And our young people — the “leaders” of tomorrow (and “tomorrow” is coming faster than you understand) — are all “on board” with this and will be leading the way.

As lawlessness increases, the love of many will grow cold.  We have become a nation of people without natural affection… we no longer even have affection or true love for our own precious babies and children.  We have blind guides leading the blind, tickling their ears with lies.  And we are a nation that embraces all things evil, and vilifies everything good and Godly.  How long do YOU think we have before the full fury of God’s wrath is poured out?  EVERY competent Bible prophecy teacher I know of believes we have less than five years before that happens.  Less than five years.  Let that sink in.

Equally sad to all I’ve just talked about is the fact that so MANY professing Christians are actually HAPPY about all this.  Because they’ve been taught that the worse things get, the closer we will be to Jesus’ return.  Well, yes, that is true.  But KNOW THIS:  when Jesus returns, He is NOT coming back as a meek, humble servant who just “loves” everyone just the way they are!  He is coming back with FURY and WRATH.  He is coming back with a SWORD.  And MANY there will be who will stand before His Holy Throne and because of what they DID NOT DO — because of what they were “too busy” to do — because they were so COWARDLY — because of what they REFUSED to do TODAY —  because they did not invest their talents as wise stewards and OCCUPY until His return, STANDING UP, holding fast, and SPEAKING UP for God’s Word and Truth, MANY who are SO excited for Christ’s return will hear those awful words: “Depart from me, you workers of iniquity.  I never knew you!”

And there will be great weeping and gnashing of teeth….  Heed my words today, people.  Take this seriously.  Because seriously, this IS our LAST chance.

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 263.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

—Shirley Edwards

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

Every month without fail, I now receive some very welcome handouts sent to me from a small church in America, who besides their usual weekly handout on the scripture from the bible that they will be reading that Sunday, take time to also highlight important controversial events which are currently taking place across the country and around the world.  They are events which are politically, morally, and hence spiritually, destroying people.

With the exception of a few fellow countrymen in my own native land of England, who are acting as watchmen and warning the people of our cultural demise, I find the handouts I receive although alarming, are also really encouraging.   You see, from my own experiences, it is extremely rare to come across a church in the United Kingdom who is brave enough to go against the politically correct narrative of the day to thoughtfully point out in a kind and ‘scripturally’ sound way the lies which are leading people astray on a downward spiral

Speaking of which, this very week I have wondered if the 55 foot high spiralling helter skelter which has recently been installed in the nave of Norwich Cathedral, as part of the “seeing it differently” project, will make the transition downwards more smooth and enjoyable or if, as it has been reported, get people into a church to think about the meaning of life from a much higher level.

Whilst controversial, The Very Rev Jane Hedges, Dean of Norwich Cathedral has stated in a recent BBC interview,  

There are a lot of people who won’t come in to a cathedral because they think it is too posh, it’s not for me. We hope that people will see that actually the cathedral is here for everyone.”

And the Rev. Canon Andy Bryant, who came up with the idea is quoted as saying,

“The helter-skelter is an opportunity for some holiday fun but we also hope it will help our visitors get closer to our wonderful medieval rood bosses, which are one of the true gems of the Cathedral and our fine city.

My own impressions were that the helter-skelter reminded me of the image of the Tower of Babel, and the foolishness of a materialistic attempt to reach God.   I wondered why the people who had thought up the idea could not see the circus elephant in the room so to speak, and was I really a killjoy and taking the whole thing far too seriously?

Maybe a cup of tea or a round of crazy golf might make me lighten up and silently think on the deeper questions of life, I wonder?

The temporary mini golf course laid out in the nave of Rochester Cathedral has been explained by the Canon for Mission and Growth, the Revd Rachel Phillips as being in line with the cathedral’s mission to educate for its summer theme of “bridge building”, with each hole on the golf course featuring a miniature bridge which represents an actual bridge across Britain.  It implied that not only could we learn about engineering, but also reconciliations.

She states:

“We hope that, while playing adventure golf, visitors will reflect on the bridges that need to be built in their own lives and in our world today.” [Link]

I wondered who the ringmaster was in all these shenanigans, and how the sending in of clowns in a circus is used to distract the audience from an impending disaster or mistakes that are happening.

The theme of fun and adventure has obviously been taken very seriously by both Norwich and Rochester, but then it was the Archbishop of Canterbury who at the National Cathedrals Conference held last year in Manchester who had encouraged the theme of fun in their historical buildings, informing all the delegates “If you can’t have fun in a cathedral do you really know what fun is?

One month previously The Very Reverend Stephen Hance from Derby Cathedral had also just defended his decision to allow the screening of sexually explicit films at a film festival being held in the cathedral that year to include The Wicker Man and also the thriller ‘Don’t Look Now” claiming that the cathedral belonged to ‘everyone’ to hire, and that the films won’t be showing God anything that he hasn’t seen before.

Many people do of course know that God has seen everything before, inside and outside of a church building, but many people just did not understand why a man who is meant to represent God would think God would be ‘happy’ or accepting of the showing of sexually explicit films in a cathedral where blood sweat and tears have been spilt to build it, and where holiness (not piety) should really be the priority conveyed from within its walls.

In an attempt to embrace all things worldly and draw more people into the church, people have unfortunately lost respect for those who have adopted the anything goes approach and are not impressed by an almost desperate plea for appearing to be ‘fun’ in an attempt to church people.  Attendance for the Church of England has rapidly declined over the years with many divisions taking place by both clergy and parishioners based mainly on the ordination of women and also the acceptance and promotion of homosexuality in some of its churches.

Outside of the buildings, which are sometimes very beautiful, there are now many believers who, if they have not lost their faith completely, find themselves alone in preference to compromising for the sake of belonging.   Outside of the buildings are people who are savvy enough to know that God does not tempt someone to come to Him through appearing fun through gimmicks or worldliness.

The broken hearted who search for Truth often find him through the rejection of all of those things knowing that the path to freedom is also the rejection of sin, which is not being spoken about.   It is often an inward and silent path, and whilst helter-skelters and crazy golf are not sinful and will probably get you in a church for some brief pleasure, they cannot keep you or lead you to God, most especially if it is in a church which is embracing sin under the disguise of ‘seeing things differently’ or ‘building bridges’ which can also be a form of humanism. Who and what you join with can save you or trick you.

The Archbishop of Canterbury, the Revd Justin Welby who allegedly has stated that anyone who misquotes the bible on The Church of England’s social media page Face book, will have their comments deleted, also states that people should speak the ‘truth’.   In a recent article in the telegraph he is quoted as saying.

“Frankly there is no such thing as an alternative fact. There is truth. There is absolute truth. There is opinion and there is truth. [Link]

Whilst it is a very honest statement, this is confusing to many people who are frustrated with the Church of England. The focus on the contributions to the churches social media page distracts from the lies, the mis-quotes from the bible, and the confusion which is being perpetrated from within its very walls.

The decline in church attendance is down to this definite fact. [Link]

© 2019 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Before President Trump was elected, he made many disparaging remarks about NAFTA, and how disastrous it would be for Americans and would continue to be, and that if he was elected, he would renegotiate it to our benefit, or pull out of it.

United States, Mexico, Canada (USMCA)

Well…it has been renegotiated but certainly not to our benefit. It is far worse than NAFTA. Yet he is saying that it is a great deal, why? Well…let’s face it; it has to be that he is listening to his advisors; and practically all of them are either from the Swamp or they are connected with those who are. His current United States Trade Representative is Robert Lighthizer who is a member of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations, founded in 1921 and massively funded by the Ford Foundation and Rockefeller Foundation in the 1930s.

Who Makes the Rules

In a recent article by John Fonte, entitled, Who Makes the ‘Rules’ in a ‘Rules Based’ Liberal Global Order, he explains the massive irrational and obsessive hatred of President Trump by the Democratic Socialists and many of the neo-con Trotskyite Republicans.  He explains, “The forces promoting global governance represent a serious actor, driver, or player in world politics. Transnationalism or globalism has an ideology and a social-material base. And, crucially, it has a strong American connection.” Transnationalism is the word now for globalism.

“The ideology is utopian, the age-old dream of worldwide peace and prosperity under a benevolent global regime. Further, the globalist project is bipartisan, in terms of both ideas and institutions.”

This is what President Trump is facing and there are countless numbers of these utopian dreamers who surround him. Just like the pitfalls of our President’s tax overhaul for American workers, written by the Director of the National Economic Council, globalist Gary Cohn, the USMCA contains massive perils to our sovereignty and is being promoted by CFR member Robert Lighthizer.  (Regarding Trump’s magnificent economic tax bill, we must never allow the Democratic socialists to regain the presidency or both houses of Congress.  If we do, the deductions we gave up will never come back, but our taxes will be raised.)

If the USMCA is ratified it will practically destroy everything that President Trump has accomplished. Not only will it bring in through the back door the United Nations Law of the Sea Treaty, which was rejected by President Reagan and President Bush, it will open the gates for the United Nations to increase its domestic agenda through Agenda 2030. (The Law of the Sea Convention defines the rights and responsibilities of nations with respect to their use of the world’s oceans, establishing guidelines for businesses, the environment and the management of marine natural resources.)

The transnationalists were only too evident in NAFTA, and now again in the USMCA.

Big Pharma

“The next major priority for me, and for all of us, should be to lower the cost of health care and prescription drugs,” the president said in his most recent State of the Union Address. “It is unacceptable that Americans pay vastly more than people in other countries for the exact same drugs, often made in the exact same place.”

However, big Pharma, according to reports, loves the “great deal” of NAFTA 2.0 (USMCA) which actually forbids the U.S. Congress from curtailing Big Pharma’s patent monopolies on some of the world’s most expensive drugs. In other words: Trump’s “America First” trade deal restricts U.S. sovereignty, for the sake of locking in high drug prices.

Job Outsourcing

In addition, corporations that have used NAFTA to outsource hundreds of thousands of jobs to Mexico are thrilled that the revised deal’s labor and environmental terms are too weak to stop more job outsourcing.  Both the U.S. and Canada say they want Mexican labor reform and no more sweat shops, that Mexico must equate its labor laws with those of the United States and Canada.

Immigration

The USMCA would completely jeopardize our border security and sovereignty negotiated by Robert Lighthizer. Among the many land mines in this 2,325-page treaty are provisions protecting migrant rights and prohibiting numerical quotas on certain foreign workers.  Imagine the havoc that U.S. federal judges or judges of USMCA tribunals or World Trade Organization tribunals could inflict with these provisions.

Conclusion

When President Trump spoke before the U.N. General Assembly, he really had the globalists worried when he said, “We will never surrender America’s sovereignty to an unelected, unaccountable, global bureaucracy. America is governed by Americans. We reject the ideology of globalism, and we embrace the doctrine of patriotism.

What a wonderful statement – but then he said, “The United States is committed to making the United Nations more effective.” This was an absolute antithesis of his prior statement.

Call on President Trump, your senators, and representatives to oppose the USMCA before this dangerous venture gains any more momentum.

Email the President – https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact/

Call the President
Comments: 202-456-1111
Switchboard: 202-456-1414

TTY/TTD (hearing impaired)
Comments: 202-456-6213
Visitor’s Office: 202-456-2121

House and Senate
(202) 224-3121

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

(MISSION STATEMENT: To protect the citizens of Mecklenburg County [North Carolina] by operating professional and secure rehabilitative detention facilities, enforcing civil and criminal laws, providing outstanding public service with integrity and upholding the constitutionality of the Sheriff’s Office.) – Mecklenberg County Sheriff’s Office

U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) arrested fugitive Oscar Pacheco, 33, a Honduran national, and repeat immigration violator during a targeted enforcement operation in Mecklenburg County August 9.

The arrest came nearly two months after the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office refused to honor an ICE detainer, or even notify ICE of the release, and instead released Pacheco from local criminal custody following his arrest on first-degree rape and indecent liberties with a minor charges, according to a report submitted to the National Association of Chiefs of Police.

By releasing a previously deported alien facing serious criminal charges, Mecklenburg County chose to release a serious public safety threat onto the streets of Charlotte where he was free to potentially harm others for nearly two months until his capture by ICE.

Pacheco was previously removed from the U.S. to Honduras in July 2006, and he subsequently illegally reentered the U.S. after deportation, which is a felony act under federal law. After the resolution of any potential federal criminal charges, he is subject to removal again to Honduras

Pacheco was arrested by the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department for First Degree Rape and two counts of Indecent Liberties with a Child on June 14. ICE issued a detainer June 15, but the detainer was not honored, and Pacheco was instead released from Mecklenburg County custody June 16.

ICE’s Charlotte Fugitive Operations Team (FUGOPS) located and arrested the man without incident August 9 and he remains in ICE custody.

“This is yet another example of a clear public safety threat being released onto the streets of Mecklenburg County rather than into ICE custody due to the current sheriff’s policy on ICE non-cooperation,” said ICE Enforcement and Removal Operations Atlanta Field Office Director Sean Gallagher.

“The Mecklenburg County sheriff’s decision to restrict cooperation with ICE serves as an open invitation to aliens who commit criminal offenses that Mecklenburg County is a safe haven for persons seeking to evade federal authorities, and residents of Mecklenburg County are less safe today than last year due these policies,” he said.

According to an ICE report, officials have had numerous problems with Mecklenburg not adhering to the ICE detainer system that was instituted by the Homeland Security Department to protect U.S. citizens and residents who are legally residing in the country.

• A 31-year-old citizen of Honduras who was previously removed by ICE in June 2009, was arrested by the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office in February 2019 for sex offenses and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In February 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in February 2019. In March 2019, he was arrested at-large in Charlotte, NC, and is currently detained in ICE custody pending removal from the United States.
• A 30-year-old citizen of Mexico was arrested by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department in March 2019, for breaking and entering a motor vehicle, larceny, simple assault, among other charges, and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 30-year-old citizen of Honduras was arrested by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department in August 2018 for assault with a deadly weapon with intent to kill and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In August 2018, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored and he was released in March 2019 and remains at-large. He was convicted of a lesser charge in March 2019.
• A 40-year-old citizen of Guatemala was arrested in October 2018 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for multiple counts of indecent liberties with a child, rape, among other sex offenses, and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In October 2018, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019. In March 2019, he was arrested at-large by ICE officers in Charlotte, NC, and is currently detained in ICE custody pending a hearing before an immigration judge.
• A 42-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in August 2013, was arrested in March 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for gun and drug charges and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and she was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 33-year-old citizen of Sri Lanka, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in September 2009, was arrested in February 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department multiple counts of felony and misdemeanor larceny and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In February 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 47-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was removed from the United States in February 2014, was arrested in February 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for assault by strangulation, among other charges, and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In February 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 22-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in April 2015, was arrested in March 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for assault by strangulation, assault on a female, and communicating threats, and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 30-year-old citizen of Liberia was arrested in March 2019, by the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office for multiple counts of assault with a deadly weapon and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 30-year-old citizen of Mexico, who was previously removed from the United States in January 2007 and April 2016, was arrested in March 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department as a fugitive and for gun charges and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 27-year-old citizen of Afghanistan was arrested in March 2019, by the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office for stalking and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in March 2019. In April 2019, he was arrested at-large by ICE officers in Charlotte, NC, and is currently detained in ICE custody pending a hearing before an immigration judge.
• A 30-year-old citizen of Mexico was arrested by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department in December 2018 for sex offenses involving a child and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In December 2018, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in January 2019. In April 2019, he was arrested at-large by ICE officers in Charlotte, NC, and is currently detained in ICE custody pending a hearing before an immigration judge.
• A 27-year-old citizen of El Salvador was arrested in April 2019 by the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office for assault by strangulation and assault on a female and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In April 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in April 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 38-year-old citizen of Guatemala, previously removed from the United States in June 2009, was arrested in February 2019, by the Mecklenburg County Sheriff’s Office for multiple charges, including kidnapping and assault with a deadly weapon with intent to kill or inflict serious injury and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In March 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in April 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 19-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in April 2017, was arrested in April 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for assault an injury to real property and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In April 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in April 2019 and remains at-large. He was previously encountered in August 2018 when he was detained at the Mecklenburg County Jail for the charges of robbery and breaking and entering a motor vehicle, and felony conspiracy. The Mecklenburg County Jail declined to honor that ICE detainer, and he was released in December 2018.
• A 30-year-old citizen of India was arrested in April 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for multiple assault charges and first degree burglary and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In April 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in April 2019 and remains at-large.
• A 37-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was removed from the United States in December 2006, was arrested March 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for multiple charges including assault on a female, felony larceny, simple assault, among other charges, and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In May 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in May 2019, and remains at-large. 

• A 21-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in August 2018, was arrested in December 2018 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for breaking and entering a motor vehicle and larceny and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In December 2018, the Pacific Enforcement Response Center issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in December 2018. He was arrested again in January 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for Robbery with Dangerous Weapon and Assault with a Deadly Weapon and was booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail. In January 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored for the second time, and he was released in May 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 23-year-old citizen of Honduras, who was ordered removed by an immigration judge in May 2018, was arrested in May 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for multiple charges including assault and larceny and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In May 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and she was released in May 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 25-year-old citizen of Mexico was arrested in May 2019 by the Mint Hill Police Department for DWI and drug charges and into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In May 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in May 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 19-year-old citizen of Honduras was arrested in May 2019, by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for Indecent Liberties with Child and was booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. In May 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in May 2019, and remains at-large.
• A 28-year-old citizen of Mexico was arrested in May 2019 by the Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department for assault by strangulation, assault on a female and communicating threats and booked into the Mecklenburg County Jail in Charlotte, NC. He also has pending narcotics and gun charges stemming from an arrest made by Wilson County in August 2018. In May 2019, ICE ERO issued a detainer, but the detainer was not honored, and he was released in May 2019, and remains at-large.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

Edwin Vieira

A short while ago, a friend of mine who is an ardent advocate in “social media” of the entire Second Amendment—including its first thirteen words, “[a] well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State”—related a verbal altercation he had with a proponent of the so-called “individual-right theory” of the Amendment, which focuses exclusively on its last fourteen words, “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” This fellow chided my friend on the grounds that, were “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” tied in any manner whatsoever to the Militia, tens of millions of Americans now capable of exercising “the individual right” with respect to some (albeit not all) kinds of firearms could (and probably would) be denied a right to possess any firearms whatsoever, because they could (and probably would) be excluded from the Militia. Recognizing this complaint as the product of a variety of industrial-strength ignorance that afflicts all too many Americans today, I felt it incumbent upon me to post a rejoinder.

A. To put it most charitably, “the individual-right theory” of the Second Amendment is a linguistic and legalistic delusion of people who suffer from a peculiar sort of illiteracy. For, inasmuch as it derives from the last fourteen words of the Amendment, without reference to the first thirteen, it violates the fundamental—indeed, the very first—rule of constitutional law (as well as of English grammar), that all the words and phrases in each provision of the Constitution (or in an ordinary English sentence) must be construed together and interdependently, as a coherent whole.

Humans being the aggressively argumentative animals they are, it is surely possible for someone to contend that no inextricable relationship—whether linguistic, logical, or legal—should be taken to exist between the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment, on the one hand, and the last fourteen words, on the other. The plausibility of any such contention would be nil, however, inasmuch as it would compel the conclusion that America’s Founders were extraordinarily poor draftsmen (or perhaps that English was not their native language). Worse yet, to say (as my friend’s antagonist did) that the Amendment’s first thirteen words should not be considered at all, would defame the Founders as brainless bumpkins indeed. If one is entitled to deride Judge Harvey Wilkinson’s arrogantly asinine attribution of “profound ambiguities” to the Second Amendment in Kolbe v. Hogan, 849 F.3d 114, 150 (4th Cir. 2017) (concurring opinion), how much more should one ridicule the assertion of touts for “the individual-right theory” that the Second Amendment in its entirety is confused to the point of self-contradiction, and that only by editorially excising its first thirteen words can the recondite “true” meaning of the last fourteen be discovered and correctly applied? Confronted by such a claim, one is entitled to ask: “What ‘right to keep and bear arms’ is that, which is to be found, not by heeding all the words of the Constitution, but by disregarding some of them?”

Many Americans, however, are less interested in parsing the niceties of constitutional law and penetrating the arcana of history than in preventing the rude practicalities of modern-day “gun control” from being visited upon themselves. They are willing to swallow “the individual-right theory”—its intellectually indigestible horns, hide, and hooves included—because they assume that theory to be more useful to their goal of preserving for themselves an imaginary “right of the people to keep and bear Arms” under present political and social conditions than is the strictly constitutional construction of the Second Amendment which ties that “right” to “[a] well regulated Militia”. Having explored in great depth the historical foundations and legal intricacies of the Second Amendment in my book The Sword and Sovereignty: The Constitutional Principles of “the Militia of the Several States” (Front Royal, Virginia: CD-Rom Version, 2012), I need not rehearse here the constitutional conclusions laid out there. It would be useful, though, to compare and contrast the truncated fourteen-word version of the Second Amendment upon which “the individual-right theory” relies with the full twenty-seven word version of the Amendment which actually appears in the Constitution, so as to demonstrate in practical terms under which version Americans would be better off.

B. Because of such defective opinions as District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570 (2008), and McDonald v. City of Chicago, 561 U.S. 742 (2010), at the level of the Supreme Court the vaunted “individual right” of ordinary Americans “to keep and bear Arms” extends no farther than to certain types of handguns which some individuals may possess in their homes for purposes of personal self-defense. Not all firearms—and, presumably, not even all types of handguns—are the beneficiaries of Heller and McDonald. So at the very threshold “the individual-right theory” stumbles over the question of which “Arms” the Second Amendment protects.

Furthermore, the class of individuals protected in their possession of handguns under Heller and McDonald presumably does not include anyone less than twenty-one years of age. That number does not derive from the Constitution (quite the contrary), but instead from various “gun-control” statutes enacted by Congress and legislatures of the several States the legitimacy of which both Heller and McDonald took for granted. So, again at the very threshold, “the individual-right theory” stumbles over the question of which “people” the Second Amendment includes in “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”.

Moreover, “the individual right” recognized in Heller and McDonald has not nullified numerous existing “gun-control” regulations of the United States and the several States (and even Localities) with respect to (i) what firearms and accessories individuals (of whatever ages) may or may not “keep” (such as so-called “assault firearms”, “machine guns”, “short-barreled” rifles and shotguns, “high-capacity magazines”, and so on), and (ii) where and how individuals (of whatever ages) may or may not “bear” such firearms as they happen lawfully to possess (such as in so-called “sensitive places”, whether by “open carry” or “concealed carry”, and so on).

Neither does “the individual right”preclude extensions of any existing regulations of firearms (other than those actually at issue in Heller and McDonald), or prohibit the enactment of new ones, by legislators. Nor does it disable judges from upholding old or new regulations on the basis that they satisfy so-called “strict scrutiny” (the “compelling governmental interest” and “least-restrictive alternative” tests), or some other even less demanding judicial excuses for abridging freedoms protected by the Bill of Rights (such as the theory of “reasonable regulation” advanced by Justice Breyer in his dissenting opinion in Heller). Certainly neither Heller nor McDonald has supplied an effective prophylactic against legislative enactment—and judicial approval—of all sorts of radical “gun-control” schemes in Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Maryland, and California (to name a few of the offending States) since those decisions were handed down.

To the contrary, the Supreme Court saw fit not to review the decision of the Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit in Kolbe v. Hogan, notwithstanding that Kolbe relied explicitly on Heller for its absurd ruling that so-called “assault rifles”, being akin to “weapons of war”, fall outside of the guarantee of the Second Amendment:

We conclude * * * that the banned assault weapons and large-capacity magazines are not protected by the Second Amendment. * * * [They] are among the arms that are “like” “M-16 rifles”—“weapons that are most useful in military service”—which the Heller Court singled out as being beyond the Second Amendment’s reach. * * * [W]e have no power to extend Second Amendment protection to the weapons of war that the Heller decision explicitly excluded from such coverage. [849 F.3d at 121.]

As much as one may justifiably guffaw at Judge Wilkinson who claimed to discern “profound ambiguities” in the Second Amendment, and as much as one may righteously denounce for plain dishonesty the majority of Judges in Kolbe who seized upon irresponsible dicta in Heller to serve their nefarious purpose, at the end of the day one must lay this pernicious result at Heller’s door—at the doors of the people who “successfully” litigated that case—at the doors of those who subsequently treated (and still treat) Heller as the Holy Grail of Second-Amendment jurisprudence, rather than as the kiss of Judas which it actually is—and especially at the doors of the Justices of the Supreme Court who let Kolbe stand. Although a minority of the Court is capable of granting a petition for a writ of certiorari, not even four Justices could muster the courage, the conviction, yea the common courtesy to their country to stand up for the Court’s own “landmark” decision in Heller when it was so callously and cynically perverted. This alone proves how worthless “the individual right” is as a guarantor of anything, when its own judicial creator suffers it to be so crudely prostituted before the eyes of the entire world. Worse yet, one can expect Kolbe’s reasoning, and the Supreme Court’s retreat, to embolden “gun-control” fanatics to urge upon legislatures and lower courts throughout the United States the notion that every firearm which ever has been or ever could be employed as a “weapon of war”—whether in conventional warfare, guerrilla warfare, partisan warfare, and so on—is, by dint of that description alone, excluded from the protection of the Second Amendment.

No less is one entitled to ask whether “the individual-right theory” has proven any more efficacious outside the lairs of rogue legislators and lower-court judges than within them. The answer, of course, is “no”. For the most notorious recent example, did that theory preclude the BATFE’s pernicious, and plainly unconstitutional, misconstruction of the National Firearms Act of 1934, which imposed a ban on so-called “bump stocks” by falsely assimilating such devices to actual “machine guns”? And did not President Trump himself—whose candidacy was promoted and whose incumbency has been praised by that champion of “the individual-right theory”, the NRA—propose, egg on, and approve the BATFE’s action, “the individual right” be damned? And what of “red-flag laws” which muster anonymous accusers—along with police, prosecutors, and judges playing at pop-psychology—to violate not only the Second Amendment but also the First, Fourth, Fifth, and Fourteenth Amendments? What effect will “the individual right” have on these enactments? The all-too-predictable answer is “none”.

“The individual-right theory” has not disabled, it has not deterred, it has not discouraged—in fact, it has encouraged and even facilitated—“gun-control” fanatics in legislatures, courts, the mass media, and subversive special-interest groups in their jihad aimed at forcibly disarming as many ordinary Americans as possible, of as many firearms as possible, in as many places as possible, as soon as possible, for as many reasons as possible—while affording the victims of this aggression as little recourse as possible. Indeed, “the individual-right theory” is of inestimable propagandistic value to “gun controllers”, precisely because by its own terms it juxtaposes the right of a selfish individual to act in his own personal interest against the power and duty of a benevolent government to act altruistically in the public interest. On the basis of that politically loaded dichotomy, “gun controllers” can claim in the name of “common sense” that “the individual right” must be subjected to judicial “balancing tests” and other arguments sounding in “reasonable regulation” predicated on the “findings” of modern practitioners of “sociological jurisprudence” and other pseudo-intellectual mumbo jumbo peddled by Cultural Marxists. Not surprisingly, then, the most “progressive” contemporary “gun controllers” are ranging far beyond traditional proposals for ad hoc regulation of firearms to demand instead the systematic elimination of private possession of most if not all firearms, based on some politicians’ or special-interest groups’ tendentious notions of ordinary Americans’ lack of any “need” to possess this or that type of firearm (in particular, “assault rifles”); on the peculiar “danger” to the public which some types of firearms supposedly pose in private hands (such as mass shootings perpetrated with semi-automatic pistols and rifles equipped with “high-capacity magazines”); on the number of deaths per annum which can be attributed to firearms in general (the actual circumstances of those fatalities conveniently left unconsidered); on whether a firearm can be defamed as an “assault rifle” or “weapon of war”, or demonized with some other bad name (as if constitutional rights turned on mere labels); and so on.

For example, if the “gun controllers’” “compelling governmental interest” were to prevent homicides effected with firearms in the hands of private citizens to the greatest degree possible (a goal the importance of which no one would gainsay in principle), a plausible “least-restrictive alternative” that preserved a “right” (perhaps only vestigial in substance, but a “right” in form nonetheless) for individuals to employ firearms for target-shooting, hunting, and other governmentally approved “sporting purposes” would be for all privately owned firearms and ammunition to be kept in governmentally supervised arsenals to be withdrawn only for those uses at specified locations and times by individuals who had passed suitably comprehensive “background checks” immediately prior to being allowed access to those arms. As for personal protection, ordinary citizens could depend on Local police, or on private security firms properly licensed and regulated by the government, just as do large numbers of people who choose not to be armed today, or who live in jurisdictions in which the laws prevent them from being armed. As draconian as this may appear to be, it preserves the appearances of judicial “strict scrutiny” which most proponents of “the individual-right theory” not only accept as legitimate but even themselves attempt at every opportunity to importune the courts to apply to the latest “gun-control” scheme.

An additional demerit of “the individual-right theory” is that it concerns itself exclusively with the claim of an individual simply to possess his own firearm. But because one’s mere possession of a firearm does not guarantee his proficiency with it, “the individual right” does not even pretend to insure that someone who possesses a firearm will train, or be trained, sufficiently in its use, even for personal protection in his own home (let alone on the street). This fuels the fire of “gun controllers’” propaganda that many, if not most, ordinary Americans who possess firearms are ignorant red necks or incompetent bozos who—because of their deplorable lack of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes requisite for the safe handling of arms—pose significant dangers to themselves as well as to others.

Moreover, by the implication of its own terms, “the individual right” neither requires nor even encourages an individual to prepare—along with members of his own family, neighbors, and other Local citizens—to engage in concerted action with firearms should that become necessary for the defense of their community against (say) criminal gangs. Of course, advocates of “the individual right” such as the NRA promote the exalted notion that each armed American is a brick in a bulwark raised up against usurpation, oppression, and tyranny at the hands of the worst of all criminals, rogue public officials. A patriot’s beautiful dream, this, to be sure. But a realist recognizes it as a cruel delusion. Being a thoroughly individualistic conception predicated exclusively on the last fourteen words of the Second Amendment, “the individual right” has, and can have, nothing to do with the kind of collective action by ordinary Americans with respect to firearms to which the Amendment’s first thirteen words refer—that is, providing “security” for “a free State” through the “necessary” efforts of “well regulated Militia”.

The history of tyrannies in one country after another during modern times is a collection of horrific facts. In contrast, that Americans exercising “the individual right to keep and bear arms” in mutual isolation could forefend the advent of tyranny in this country, let alone fight off a tyranny once ensconced in power, is a childish fantasy. Usurpation does not give birth to oppression, and oppression mature into tyranny, unless the aspiring usurpers, oppressors, and tyrants can call upon well-armed, -organized, and -trained contingents of myrmidons to stifle public criticism of, frighten political opposition to, and put down actual physical resistance against their rule. So, even with an AR-15 rifle and several thousand rounds of ammunition loaded into 30-round magazines at his side, a lone individual cowering in his cellar cannot hope, solely through his own actions, to defeat the forces of any tyranny worthy of that name. He cannot hope even to defend himself against it for any appreciable length of time. And therefore he cannot reasonably expect to deter it from attacking, enslaving, or murdering him or anyone else.

In sum—

• “The individual-right theory” is illiterate, illogical, and illegitimate, because it disregards the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment (a fatal demerit in constitutional analysis).
• “The individual-right theory” radically contracts the scope of the “Arms” the Second Amendment protects, because “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” which it posits is independent of any relationship between those “Arms” and “[a] well regulated Militia”. If the “Arms” at issue were those suitable for any conceivable type of service in the Militia, it would be impossible to identify any “Arms” the Second Amendment would not protect. But if (according to “the individual-right theory”) the “Arms” at issue are only those suitable for personal protection by an isolated individual, then the Amendment can protect only those “Arms” which such an individual reasonably needs for that purpose under the particular circumstances confronting him—which is a matter, not of straightforward and intelligible constitutional principle, but of conjecture, controversy, and the frothy crappuccino ladled out by “gun-control” fanatics.
• “The individual-right theory” acquiesces in unconstitutional limitations on which “people” may exercise “the right * * * to keep and bear Arms”—denying those “people” sixteen and seventeen years of age a right to possess either handguns or long guns, and those “people” eighteen through twenty years of age a right to possess handguns.
• “The individual-right theory” exposes ordinary Americans to perpetual legislative, judicial, and executive harassment by “gun controllers”, because it pits the mere private interests of individuals against the public interest the government serves—and in this contest the government always has the final say. Experience teaches that “the individual-right theory” cannot prevent “gun control” from being imposed throughout this country step by step, because “gun controllers” will always be able—in the future as they have been in the past—to conjure some “compelling governmental interest” which their latest “reasonable regulation” serves, and to convince the courts that “common sense” commends that “regulation” as imposing “the least-restrictive alternative” on the individuals being “regulated”.
• “The individual-right theory” deludes ordinary Americans into imagining that, with respect to firearms, individual action is sufficient, collective action unnecessary—when, as history repetitively evidences, only collective action offers any hope of successful deterrence, let alone resistance, against usurpers, oppressors, and tyrants. By inducing inactivity this mental intoxication is particularly pernicious, because in the realm of politics evildoers never sleep, but good men all too often do.
• Finally, “the individual right” is a right of an ordinary private citizen, asserting personal interests, not a right of a member of a governmental establishment, exercising governmental authority. This enables “gun controllers” to portray “gun control” as a policy proposed in the public interest, and to berate those Americans who oppose “gun control” as “anti-government extremists” acting against the general welfare.

C. The true “right of the people to keep and bear Arms” is to be found in two places: First, in the full wording of the Second Amendment. The overarching goal of the Amendment is to guarantee the survival of “a free State”. This requires the provision of “security”. “[N]ecessary to the security of a free State” is “[a] well regulated Militia”. And to ensure that “[a] well regulated Militia” always exists in every “free State” in the Union, “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed”. The obvious, unavoidable, conclusion is that the purpose of “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” is to guarantee that “the people” will always be capable of serving in —and therefore of always having at their own disposal—“well regulated Militia”, through which they themselves can provide “the security of a free State”.

Second, constitutional exegesis should not stop with the obvious. For the Second Amendment does not stand alone. It relates directly to provisions in the original Constitution which also deal with “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”.

To ensure that public officials would always adhere to the correct construction of the original Constitution, the Bill of Rights, consisting of “further declaratory and restrictive clauses”, was grafted onto the Constitution “in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers”. Resolution of the First Congress Submitting Twelve Amendments to the Constitution (4 March 1789), in Documents Illustrative of the Formation of the Union of the American States, House Document No. 398, 69th Congress, 1st Session (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1927), at 1063. Now, obviously, a “misconstruction * * * of [the] powers” which the original Constitution delegated to the General Government would involve a misreading, misinterpretation, or mistaken application of those “powers”—stemming, presumably, from an inadvertent and honest misunderstanding of some sort. Conversely, an “abuse of [the original Constitution’s] powers” would involve an intentional and dishonest extension (or perhaps an intentional and dishonest contraction) of those “powers” in derogation of their legitimate purpose and scope. In either case, the Bill of Rights was adopted, not on the premiss that the various actions which its Articles discountenanced were actually permitted by the original Constitution, but rather to ensure that the correct construction of the Constitution—which disallowed those actions in the first place—would be pellucid. Indeed, that the Bill of Rights added “further declaratory and restrictive clauses” plainly indicated that the original Constitution already contained some “declaratory and restrictive clauses” (whether express or implied) with respect to the subjects the Bill of Rights addressed. In this regard, Alexander Hamilton was correct to write that “the Constitution is itself, in every rational sense, and to every useful purpose, a BILL OF RIGHTS”. The Federalist No. 84.

Plainly enough, as its reference to “well regulated Militia” proves, the Second Amendment contains “further declaratory and restrictive clauses” which were added to the original Constitution “in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers” with respect to the Militia—namely, Article I, Section 8, Clauses 15 and 16; and Article II, Section 2, Clause 1. According to the logic of the Bill of Rights, if these powers were always properly construed and applied by Congress, the President, and the States, Americans would not need the Second Amendment. But because the enemies of “a free State” are always at work undermining its foundations, the Second Amendment exists to ensure that these powers will be so construed and applied no matter what.

Of no small moment is that “the individual-right theory” cannot point to any sentence, clause, or word in the original Constitution which might plausibly need the Second Amendment “in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of [that sentence’s, clause’s, or word’s] power[ ]” with respect to personal self-defense. As the Founders well knew, “[s]elf defence * * * , as it is justly called the primary law of nature, so it is not, neither can it be in fact, taken away by the law of society.” William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Robert Bell, American Edition, 4 Volumes & Appendix, 1771-1773), Volume 3, at 4. There being no imaginable provision of the Constitution which by any “misconstruction or abuse” could purport to “take[ ] away” “the primary law of nature” which cannot be “taken away by the law of society”, there could be no need for an article in the Bill of Rights to prevent such an impossible “misconstruction or abuse”. Thus, the very purpose of the Bill of Rights excludes “the individual-right theory” as an arguable exegesis of the Second Amendment.

As an aside, it is more than merely arguable that the Ninth Amendment protects “the individual right” to keep and bear arms for personal self-defense under some circumstances. The Ninth Amendment provides that “[t]he enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.” Plainly, no provision in the original Constitution relates to (let alone enumerates) the right of personal self-defense, Therefore, the Ninth Amendment would not be necessary “in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of [some nonexistent] power[ ]” relevant thereto. But it would be useful to establish that, notwithstanding the original Constitution’s silence on the subject of personal self-defense, “the people” retain that right in general, in addition to a specific right to employ for that purpose the “Arms” they possess for Militia service.

In any event, anyone who has perused The Sword and Sovereignty or has carefully studied the matter in some other manner understands what “the Militia of the several States” were when the original Constitution incorporated them as such as permanent institutions of government within its federal system in Article I, Section 8, Clauses 15 and 16, and in Article II, Section 2, Clause 1. Similarly, every such person understands what the power delegated to Congress “[t]o provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia” entailed at that time (Article I, Section 8, Clause 16). Furthermore, every such person understands that the States retained their own powers “[t]o provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the[ir own] Militia”, because the Militia are “the Militia of the several States” (that is, separate governmental establishments of and within each of the States), not “the Militia of the United States”. That is, “Militia” in the original Constitution is a plural not a singular noun. Moreover, every such person understands that the powers the original Constitution delegated to Congress, and reserved for the States, were then (and are now) simultaneously duties. For “[w]hatever functions Congress are by the Constitution authorized to perform they are, when the public good requires it, bound to perform”. United States v. Marigold, 50 U.S. (9 Howard) 560, 567 (1850). And even beyond the application of this general principle to the States, just as it does today the Supremacy Clause of the original Constitution (Article VI, Clause 2) disabled them from so disorganizing, disarming, or impairing the discipline of their Militia that the latter would be incapable of being “call[ed] forth [by Congress] to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 15), or of being deployed by the States themselves for the States’ own purposes beyond what the Constitution allows for Congress, such as “engag[ing] in War” when “actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay”, which the States may do “without the Consent of Congress” (Article I, Section 10, Clause 3).

Any student of this matter also knows that, from their inceptions in Colonial times, “the Militia of the several States” were institutions memberships in which were compulsory—that is, every individual eligible for service in the Militia was under a legal duty to serve. And for every such individual the duty to serve necessarily implied a corresponding right to serve as against anyone who might attempt to interfere with the performance of that duty. Inasmuch as everyone in the Militia (other than conscientious objectors) was required to acquire and possess throughout his time in service one or more firearms, suitable ammunition, and various accouterments, the duty to serve encompassed an absolute “right * * * to keep and bear Arms” of no less longevity. No “compelling governmental interest” could ever have interfered with that right, because service in the Militia was itself the highest of all “compelling governmental interest[s]”, being “necessary to the security of a free State”. In contrast, although “the individual-right theory” does promote a right to acquire and possess firearms, it does not impose, suggest, or even pose the possibility of a duty to do so. Neither does “the individual-right theory” require or encourage anyone to acquire a firearm for the specific purpose of serving in “[a] well regulated Militia”. Indeed, almost all of the proponents of “the individual-right theory” recoil from the word “militia” with the terror that garlic inspires in vampires.

Because the original Constitution incorporated “the Militia of the several States” as such as permanent institutions of government within its federal system (in Article I, Section 8, Clauses 15 and 16, and in Article II, Section 2, Clause 1), neither the States, nor Congress, nor the President, and certainly not the Judiciary, can dispense or interfere with them. In particular, because no “unarmed Militia” or “disarmed Militia” ever existed, or were ever even contemplated, in American pre-constitutional history, there can be no “gun control” of the modern sort which could injuriously affect the Militia, or any members thereof. To the contrary: Where the Militia are concerned, “gun control” involves the provision of firearms to everyone (other than conscientious objectors), not the withholding of as many firearms from as many ordinary Americans as quickly as possible, which is the ulterior, and often even the announced, goal of all contemporary “gun-control” fanatics.

The Constitution delegates to Congress the power “[t]o provide for * * * arming * * * the Militia” in order to enable them to be “call[ed] forth to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions” (Article I, Section 8, Clauses 16 and 15)—not “[t]o provide [against] * * * arming * * * the Militia”, or “[t]o provide for * * * [dis]arming” them, so that those purposes cannot be served. Congress cannot disarm the Militia of the several States, because the Militia must be armed by the States or by the members of the Militia themselves (if Congress does not “provide for * * * arming” them), so as always to be ready to perform, not only those three constitutional functions, but also whatever functions their States may require of them (with which Congress generally nothing to do). The States cannot disarm their own Militia, not only because there are no such things as “disarmed Militia”, but also because disarming their Militia would unconstitutionally interfere with the powers, duties, and rights of Congress to arm the selfsame Militia and to call those armed Militia forth. Moreover, in general, for any State to disarm her Militia would leave the people of that State incapable of providing “the security of a free State” within their State, because the “necessary” means—“[a] well regulated Militia”—would not exist. In particular, such a State would disable herself from “engag[ing] in War” even when “actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay” (Article I, Section 10, Clause 3), a consequence the absurdity of which needs only to be enunciated to be appreciated.

Beyond this, the Declaration of Independence asserts that, “when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce the[ People] under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.” In practice, however, the people could never enforce this “right” and fulfill this “duty” unless they were, not simply armed as isolated individuals, but instead armed, organized, trained, and disciplined collectively in appropriate Militia units infused with governmental authority as manifestations of the people’s sovereignty. So, unless Americans are ready to dismiss the Declaration of Independence as a childish fantasy, they must demand—and against any and all opposition must enforce their demand—that the Militia always be armed.

Because the Militia must be armed, the people who serve in the Militia must be armed. But who are those people? Everyone familiar with the pre-constitutional Militia—that is, the Militia incorporated into the original Constitution as “the Militia of the several States”—knows that, in general, all free males from 16 upwards to 45, 50, 55, or even 60 years of age (excluding those who were severely physically disabled, who were mentally defective, or in some cases who had been convicted of serious criminal offenses) were required to enroll in the Militia. The lower age-limit turned on the idea that a sixteen-year-old was sufficiently mature to be expected to participate in protection of the community. The upper limit (actually, an exemption rather than an exclusion) turned on the reality that in those days most superannuated individuals suffered from illnesses or disabilities beyond treatment or correction, which excused them from trying to fulfill the para-military duties the Militia typically performed. Although at some point compelled today by the constitutional consideration that one cannot be required to serve if he is simply unable to do so, the upper age-limit remains subject to statutory adjustment, just as it was in pre-constitutional times, on the basis of practicality. Today, however, society having advanced in complexity, the Militia would be responsible for many more functions than they were in the Founding Era, functions which could easily be performed by elderly or partially disabled individuals, especially where technical expertise acquired over a lifetime were required. Thus, the people who would exercise “the right * * * to keep and bear Arms” in the Militia would include those from 16 years of age to those just under the age at which they were more or less incapable of “keep[ing] and bear[ing] Arms” at all. Women having been legally emancipated since the Founding Era, this set would include them as well, under conditions appropriately tailored to their peculiar needs.

Analysis must now turn to the question of what sort of “Arms” people enrolled in the Militia would have the right, and the duty, “to keep and bear”. Although many vocal proponents of “the individual-right theory” claim that the Second Amendment entitles all law-abiding individuals “to keep and bear Arms”—or at least firearms—of all sorts, that theory itself advances no objective standard in this regard. Rather, it loosely refers to “Arms” which an ordinary individual, under circumstances typical in contemporary society, would be likely to have at hand to use for personal self-defense. (That, after all, is the gist of the Heller decision, at least as far as some handguns are concerned.) All of these matters, of course, are subject to sufficient doubt, debate, disagreement, and dissension to foster arguments that some “compelling governmental interests” exist for banning this or that type of firearm, or even all firearms, from private citizens’ possession. Indeed, “the individual-right theory” has not prevented lower courts from venturing even more deeply into the thickets of judicial absurdity, to rule that broad categories of “Arms” which undoubtedly could be used for self-defense are not protected by the Second Amendment at all—in particular, as in the Kolbe case, so-called “assault firearms” (such as AR-15 rifles) which the Judges denounced as akin to “weapons of war”.

How does this compare to the “Arms” people enrolled in the Militia would be, not only entitled, but also required by law, “to keep and bear”? Other than conscientious objectors, everyone enrolled in the Militia would be obliged to possess firearms suitable for the various types of Militia duty he (or she) might perform. For just about all persons not suffering from a disqualifying physical disability, this would mandate possession of at least one military-grade “assault rifle” and a military- or police-grade semiautomatic pistol (with ammunition and various accessories). Not Heller, not McDonald, but United States v. Miller provides the applicable principle: A firearm comes within the ken of the Second Amendment if “at this time [it] has some reasonable relationship to the preservation or efficiency of a well regulated militia”, such that “this weapon is part of the ordinary military equipment or that its use could contribute to the common defense.” 307 U.S. 174, 179 (1937). So, contrary to the Judges who mangled Kolbe, “weapons of war” form the very first rank of the “Arms” which the Second Amendment protects—which should be obvious (even to those Judges) simply from the constitutional authority and responsibility of the Militia to “repel Invasions” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 15). Actually, each member of the Militia could—and would be encouraged to—acquire in the free market as many firearms of as many types as might be useful for any and every sort of Militia service to which that individual might be assigned by specific orders or in which he might be caught up through adventitious circumstances. That being the case, it would be impossible to imagine any working firearm which could not be included in this set of “Arms”. That, of course, is not the case where “the individual right” is under scrutiny—to which any American who cannot easily acquire an automatic rifle (or even a silly “bump stock”) in the open market will attest.

“The individual-right theory” is also defective because, by its own terms, it applies only to private citizens acting as such, with only the rights, powers, privileges, and immunities which pertain to such individuals. In contrast, at all times individuals enrolled in the Militia are members of governmental institutions—“the Militia of the several States”—exercising the rights, powers, privileges, and immunities which pertain to those institutions. And at some times members of “the Militia of the several States” may be “call[ed] forth to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions” in “the actual Service of the United States” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 15, and Article II, Section 2, Clause 1)—then to exercise the rights, powers, privileges, and immunities which pertain to persons “employed in the Service of the United States” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 16). Thus, where the Militia are concerned, no dichotomy or disjunction exists between mere “private citizens” and “the government”. The Militia are components of the governments of each of the several States all of the time and of the United States some of the time. At no time are they not governmental entities. So individual members of the Militia are always public officials, because within the Militia they exercise public authority for public purposes—indeed, for the most important public purpose of all, because the highest statement of public authority (the Constitution itself) deems them “necessary to the security of a free State”.

Champions of “the individual-right theory” will doubtlessly complain that law-abiding individuals not enrolled in the Militia will not be assured of a “right * * * to keep and bear Arms”. This fear is wildly overblown. To be sure, some individuals not subject to enrollment in the Militia will not be assured of that right—and rightly so. Those who, being less than 16 years of age, are too young to serve in the Militia can claim no “individual right” with respect to firearms today. No responsible person advocates allowing children to purchase firearms on their own accounts, or to possess firearms even for legitimate uses, without close parental or other adult supervision. On the other hand, individuals who became too old or too infirm to continue to serve in the Militia could not be dispossessed of the firearms they had acquired when enrolled in the Militia, because these are their own private property subject to the general constitutional protections of Due Process (Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments). And the very few individuals who for some innocent reasons were never eligible for service in the Militia could not be prohibited from acquiring firearms suitable for purposes of self-defense (Ninth Amendment).

It should be obvious, too, that the absolute “right of the people to keep and bear Arms” in order to facilitate their service in the Militia is perfectly compatible with—indeed, is the very best way to effectuate—“the individual right” “to keep and bear Arms” for personal self-defense. Americans today should be as well aware as were the Founders in their own time that self-defense constitutes execution of “the primary law of nature”. The law of society “considers that the future process of law is by no means an adequate remedy for injuries accompanied with force; since it is impossible to say, to what wanton lengths of rapine or cruelty outrages of this sort would be carried, unless it were permitted a man immediately to oppose one violence with another.” William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Robert Bell, American Edition, 4 Volumes & Appendix, 1771-1773), Volume 3, at 4. So self-defense is, at its very foundation, a Militia function: namely, the execution of “the primary law of nature” when no law of society can be brought to bear to prevent some irremediable harm. And, self-evidently, as a practical matter everyone who is required to possess firearms suitable for Militia service can also employ those firearms for self-protection (or the protection of others) should the need arise. Thus considered in the correct constitutional context, “the individual right” of self-defense becomes inseparable from Americans’ rights and duties pertaining to the Militia. Moreover, as an aspect of executing the law, self-defense implies an absolute right derived from service in the Militia “to keep and bear Arms” useful for that purpose—which “Arms” will inevitably include numerous types of firearms perfectly adequate for self-defense even if not usually deemed suitable for “execut[ing other] Laws”, “suppress[ing] Insurrections”, or “repel[ling] Invasions” (Article I, Section 8, Clause 15).

For this commentary to go further than it has would bring owls to Athens. It is enough to ask which the reader would have: the illlogical mish-mash which “the individual-right theory” imposes upon a truncated Second Amendment of only fourteen words; or the coherent construction of that Amendment which reliance on all of its twenty-seven words makes possible? The choice is yours. I, however, am under the distinct impression that the exponents of “the individual-right theory” will cling to it no matter what. The reason is subject to conjecture: ignorance, willful blindness, reckless disregard of the facts, a stubborn refusal to admit error? What difference, though, can the reason make now? “No matter what” will all too soon be upon us. Give the “gun-control” fanatics their heads in the 2020 elections, and they will destroy this country in very short order, as sure as shooting. And “the individual-right theory” of the Second Amendment will do nothing to stop them.

© 2019 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

When growing up in Cleveland during my first twelve years, life was mostly very good. As parents go, my Dad was simply the best.  He was a great teacher about life, our republic and good solid principles.  Dad was a firm believer in God almighty and how life is not fair, but thank God America is the land of the godly principle of equal opportunity.  Dad instructed me about the wisdom of the Founding Fathers who smartly set America onto the good path of being a blessed land of opportunity.  Dad, like the Founders understood that real equal opportunity negates the efforts of those who have sought to bring about unfairness, preplanned equal results and other statist nonsense.  Unfortunately, after my wonderful Dad passed away just a little more than two months after my twelfth birthday, I got an up close and personal view of what happens when good principles are either half way adhered to or thrown out altogether.

Almost immediately I witnessed a lessening of real principles regarding how the house was run and the exercise of discipline.  It was replaced by favoritism toward my older sisters and emotional based discipline that had nothing to do with proper correction, but rather centered around the practice of exercising a double standard.  As a result, the sacred home devolved into a sometimes rather cruel animal house where nothing I did was good enough and the slightest infractions or mistakes were treated like crimes of the lowest order.  Thank goodness that my Dad taught me well about the ups and downs of life and that no matter what with God’s help, if I stay focused I can circumvent the circumstances.   However as is often the case, there were those days when the pressure of the massive home based double standard took it’s toll on me and negatively impacted family relationships and unity.  Somehow in the eyes of the double standard family members, my good wasn’t good enough or ignored and they waited to pounce on real or imagined mistakes, often exaggerating alleged wrongdoings.

When I view the never ending politically motivated double standard wielded by politicians and media leftists, the double trouble it causes could potentially destroy our republic.  Operating on the practice of double standards is far more dangerous than not seeing eye to eye on a certain issue.  For example, many Americans disagree on the implementation of full blown socialism into the fabric of our society.  The negatives of socialism are self evident.  So, it simply comes down to whether those of us who do not want it will win the battle to maintain American prosperity via the free market.  But now the leftist politicians and their wicked media friends are in support of destroying our prosperity by any means available.  The reason being their vile hatred of the pro American president Donald J. Trump who favors national sovereignty over nation destroying globalism.

Right now, with the exception of the multi trillion dollar debt and deficits, the United States economy is strong, growing and is providing equal opportunities for Americans and legal immigrants to pursue.  But many leftists in government and the dragon media are not happy with Americans benefiting from prosperity, because it is happening during and because of the Trump administration.  The leftists know their policies cannot facilitate genuine prosperity.  But are hoping to convince the incurably ignorant masses to hate Trump enough to accept their mission to fundamentally transform America. There are more job openings than unemployed people for the first time in decades. But the double standard leftists and media maggots call Trump’s economy bad, while wishing to return the United States economy back to the lumbering downtrodden days of the dull Obama years.

The double standard leanings of the leftists are just as noticeable when it comes to other societal issues.  Leftists are always complaining about intolerance, whether it is involving physical confrontations or Israel.  Leftists say they denounce physical violence.  But yet Cloward/Piven inspired Antifa gang thug cowards gang up on physically weaker elderly people and non-threatening journalists and club them or throw hard objects at their heads.  The double standard operations of the political left in this republic are a clear and present danger to “We the people”.  If they do not cease from their wicked double standard ways, they may one day find themselves on the receiving end of an equal and opposite reaction.  Like Howard Beale shouted in the movie Network, people are becoming mad as hell and won’t take it anymore.  After all, we are endowed from our heavenly creator with the unalienable right of self protection.  The leftist double standard must go.    Join me on another addition of the Ron Edwards Experience Fridays at 4:00 M EDT,  2:00 PM CT, 1:00 PM PT emanating from flagship station KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada and worldwide via www.americamatters.us.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

© 2019 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Jeffrey Epstein was a self made billionaire. Not from being a clever stock trader, expert investor. or economic genius, mind you. He made his fortune on very weak men in the clutches of sexual lusts for little girls, that could not be controlled or contained. With this savage, totally uncontrolled behavior, man has sinned beyond all limits and God has stated in His Word, specifically Matthew 18:6, “But whoever shall offend (harm) one of these little ones it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.” The fate of all these men will be horrifying. That also goes for those other than Christians. One will never escape severe punishment for this sin against God and any harm against His children.

Bill Clinton who never saw an empty dress he didn’t like, has a strange track record with both documented sexual assaults and vanishing acts of former associates who are later found dead. Clinton stated that he only began socializing with Epstein in 2002. Since this is 2019, that means they have been socializing for 17 years. One can get to know someone pretty well in 17 years, but Clinton pontificates that is was only a short time. He said he only took about four flights on the Lolita Express. That is four too many. Why did he take those? Those planes picked up men from all over the world to dispatch them to this kiddy sex nest. But Clinton said that this is no big deal. Sure. But this is what made pervert Jeffrey Epstein a billionaire.There is a lot of money in sex trafficking.

“Lolita Express,” flew men from all over the world to his sex nest. Just four flights? Even four flights on that plane, to that location, is too many. Yet Clinton said ‘it’s no big deal. A check of flight plans shows that Bill Clinton, who once occupied the White House with a blue stained dress on the premises, made 26 flights to the kiddy rendezvous. And it is noticeable that five of those flights were made without secret service men accompanying him for which strings were pulled to get him that freedom. Most of these things occurred while Clinton was in the Oval office in the mid 1990s.

Epstein kept a book of all his “clients.” There was a long list of sexual maniacs who were hooked on pedophilia. The guilty names on that list were kept fairly quiet. However, the demoncrats chose to spotlight one as a customer who was not.. But let us state clearly that PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP WAS NEVER IN THAT CIRCLE, even though the democrats are trying to make it appear as though he was. That is a LIE!.

As a matter of public records, Trump was purportedly the only one to help a prosecuting attorney representing one of Epstein’s victims. So the demoncrats again, lied, in a statement about President Donald Trump.

Did Jeffrey Epstein REALLY Commit Suicide??

This columnist does NOT believe he did. For years I worked in the field as a chaplain and dealt with many suicide cases. Many called me before committing the act. It is good to report that there was 100% success rate in suicide prevention. Too often ( it is regrettable to say), the call came after the suicide had taken place. One thing that stands out. There was never one case where someone committing suicide screamed as they did it. They just wanted to get out of life which had become too painful to handle. Again, not once did any suicidal person scream as they checked out of this world. Screaming was heard coming from Epstein’s cell along with rustling of objects in that cell. So we think the answer is obvious.

So there is your case. Nobody on that list wanted to be exposed. It could have been any number of people who did it, and since those who booked Epstein’s services feared being named, and were all billionaires, they could have bought their way into the prison to commit the deed or have it committed. And frankly had he gone to trial, that would have taken years, mass publicity, while victims of the child rape would not have seen any semblance of justice. His death prevented this all from happening. This columnist is not saying that this was a good thing…..However…….

Photo Caption: Jeffrey Epstein and Bill Clinton

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

One of the drearier aspects of history is the certainty that any damnfool thing that’s gone around is sure to come around again.

Five hundred years ago, Martin Luther confronted a Church that had strayed many miles off the way of Holy Scripture. Among its more grievous errors was the teaching that you could *buy* your way out of Purgatory by purchasing, from the Church, indulgences.

The false doctrine of salvation by works of the flesh—that is, if you’re “good enough,” and have done a certain number of good works, God has to let you into Heaven—well, that was bad enough, even in its mildest forms. Buying and selling indulgences compounded the error. Luther had his hands full, trying to stop the corruption.

We have pretty much the same thing going on today. It’s still a spiritual tort, but now it’s being perpetrated by the secularists instead of by an erring Church.

America’s true Original Sin, the teaching goes, is “racism.” And everyone who is not a “person of color” is guilty. With the Russian Collusion house of cards collapsed, “You’re all racists” is the Democrats’ Plan B. And all their mob of presidential candidates, the ones who aren’t black, are pleading guilty to it.

The idea is, Democrats win the 2020 presidential election by denouncing America as racist. In a confidential but subsequently leaked speech to New York Times employees, the executive editor admitted that the Times had put all its eggs in one basket, Russian Collusion; and now that the bottom has fallen out of that basket, it is time to shift to a new one: “America is racist”.

As the candidates strive to outdo one another in groveling confessions of past and present racism—these have come to be known as “purity tests”—the public is supposed to react with paroxysms of self-doubt and guilt. “Oh, no—I’m a racist, too! I voted for Trump! And I was even thinking of doing it again! This is terrible! I thought I was a good person, but it turns out I’m a racist. What can I do?” [Cue wailing and gnashing of teeth]

Here’s where the phony religion kicks in.

First you have to confess your sin. You’re just a no-good stinkin’ racist, white privilege and all. You were born a racist. Whatever’s bad about America, it’s all your fault.

So what do you do about it?

You buy an indulgence. The price is your vote, paid to the Democrat Party. You know you’ve got to do it because the New York Times has just spent over a year telling you so. Not only the Times, but also CNN, Hollywood, the universities, and all the rest of the whoopee crowd: not omitting Whoopee Goldberg and “The View.”

But see how easily your sin is washed away! All you have to do is vote for Democrats—and don’t worry, all the candidates are clean, they’ve all confessed—and support their policies. Open Borders! Reparations! The Fundamental Transformation of America! The whole deluxe Democrat fun-pack—just support it with your vote, and your tax dollars, and you’re in the clear.

Now you can get to sleep at night. You’ve submitted to the purity test. As long as you keep submitting to every test they dream up for you, you’re doing your part to wash away America’s evil racist heritage.

Is it truly possible for a defeated political party to rise to rulership by calling everyone a racist? Are we so timorous, so servile, so gullible, as to fall for that?

God help us if we do: we don’t have a Martin Luther.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in for a visit; a single click will take you there. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

“Thou shalt not kill.” Exodus 20:13

“…I have set before you life and death, blessings and curses. Now choose life, so that you and your children may live:” —Deuteronomy 30:19

Remember good ole boy Johnny Edwards––actually North Carolina Democrat Senator John Edwards (1998-2012), VP candidate in 2004, and presidential candidate in 2008? Edwards is hard to forget because he burst upon the national stage as the golden-tongued lawyer who was famous for defending the rights of the unborn.

According to writer Douglas Johnson in National Review, “in 1985, John Edwards stood before a jury and channeled the words of an unborn baby girl. In his closing argument to the jury, Edwards conveyed what the unborn child, Jennifer Campbell, purportedly had been feeling hour-by-hour as her distress grew.

“She speaks to you through me,” Edwards told the jury. “And I have to tell you right now––I didn’t plan to talk about this––right now I feel her. I feel her presence. She’s inside me, and she’s talking to you.”

Edwards won that lawsuit and went on to file at least 20 similar lawsuits in the years following, achieving verdicts and settlements of more than $60 million for his clients.
Johnson writes that 13 years after the Jennifer Campbell lawsuit, Edwards was elected to the U.S. Senate from North Carolina, but “…somewhere along the line, John Edwards lost his ability to hear the voices of unborn victims.”

Yep…that’s what happens when the poohbahs of the Democrat Party dictate that anyone who wants “in” to their baby-killer cabal get rid of that empathic feel-for-the-baby stuff and embrace their kill-‘em-in-the-womb mantra. And Mr. Smoothie did just that––became deaf to the pain of in-utero infants and on-board with the baby killers.

MR. PRESCIENT

It is chillingly accurate to say of the former pretty-boy senator––not to mention his affair with Rielle Hunter and the baby girl they had while his wife was dying of breast cancer––that he was a morbid harbinger of his fellow Democrats’ devolution.

While abortion was always their Holy Grail––a virtual litmus test for admittance into the world of their perverse values––even Mr. Edwards and his flexible morality could not have imagined that in January of 2019, the entire Democrat New York State legislature would give a standing ovation to the passage of a law that sanctioned abortion up until the very moment of birth!

That’s right, a law that gave the right to a mother––exhausted by labor and in pain––to decide to snuff out the life of her fully-developed, perfectly intact full-term baby.

Did these Democrats recoil at the very idea of this kind of savagery? Did they weep or wring their hands at the barbarity of it all? Did they stage a protest against the infanticide that is forbidden in both Hebrew and Christian bibles?

No––they stood up and applauded!

Writer Wesley Smith, in Infanticide Makes a Comeback, recalls a recent Senate bill–– the “Born-Alive Abortion Survivors Protection Act”––that requires any baby who survives an abortion to be treated with “the same degree of professional skill and care as [would be given] to any other child born alive at the same gestational age.” And the bill also would have outlawed infanticide.

Guess who objected to these eminently reasonable and humane guidelines in February of this year? None other than 44 out of 47 Senate Democrats who blocked the Senate from voting on this bill, including presidential wannabes Kamala Harris, Bernie Sanders, Kirsten Gillibrand, Amy Klobuchar, Cory Booker, and Elizabeth Warren!

WHAT THEY KNOW

Since Roe v Wade was passed in January 1973, over 61 million babies have been killed––legally.

To underscore the kind of vibrant lives of each of these babies––even at 12 weeks––and who these “pro-choice” candidates want to continue to snuff out, here is the clearest MRI of a pregnancy every recorded––only 44 seconds.

Every Democrat candidate for president has seen this or a similar film, and is also aware of the following irrefutable fact: Unborn babies feel! This is the conclusion of one of many studies––this one from Heidelberg psychotherapist Ludwig Janus, reported in February of this year.

“Babies in utero are happy…angry….fearful…and they like music,” Janus concluded. By eight weeks, the fetus has developed a sense of touch, by 13 weeks taste, at 17 weeks hearing, at 25 weeks sight, the miracles go on.

But none of this matters to people who think that the inconvenience of an unwanted pregnancy is worthy of infanticide.

And to think––one of these moral paragons wants your vote! Who will they target next––your disabled child, your elderly parent, your beloved pet?

THE PARTY OF DEATH

Clearly dazzled by the beauty of the NY State infanticide law, the governor of Virginia, Ralph Northam––a pediatric neurologist no less!––decided to go one better. Within days of the NY decision, he announced that, in his state, mothers whose babies survived abortion would and should have the right to kill their babies after they’re born.

“If a mother is in labor,” Gov. Northam said, “I can tell you exactly what would happen. The infant would be delivered. The infant would be kept comfortable. The infant would be resuscitated if that’s what the mother and the family desired, and then a discussion would ensue between the physicians and the mother.”

Disgusted yet? It gets worse.

IN LOVE WITH DEATH

If you had a measured conversation with a Democrat––in strict privacy and away from cell phones, microphones and cameras––and asked if he or she actually liked:

• High taxes
• Regulations that require months or years simply to add a room to one’s home
• A weakened military
• Billions spent on Sanctuary Cities to afford illegal aliens free housing, food, healthcare, education, on and on

All of them would tell you a resounding NO!

But if you followed up and asked, then how on earth could you vote Democrat? Reflexively, they would answer: ABORTION!

According to Sebastian Gorka, former Deputy Asst. to President Trump, in his recent article “Death and the Democrats”, “our existence as free men and women starts not with the right of association, or a free press, or freedom of conscience, or the right to keep and bear arms. Everything begins with the right to life. But in 2019––the Democrat Party “has quite literally become the political party of death.”

Gorka documents the grisly statistics: “The U.S. abortion industry that Planned Parenthood champions kills at least 600,000 babies in utero each year. For perspective, the 70,000 plus deaths last year from opioid overdoses is deemed to be a national crisis with federal and state programs created to staunch the flow of drugs into our nations and prevent needless loss of life.

“But more than eight times that number are killed as a matter of choice, not addiction or accident, and the Left celebrates it and wants more….the arch-eugenicist Margaret Sanger and Adolf Hitler would be most proud.”

RACIST DEMOCRATS

In fact, writer Patricia McCarthy reminds us that Sanger “founded Planned Parenthood to purposefully dispose of black babies ––and the Democrat Party has at last embraced her cause openly and without shame.”

Pro-life advocates remind us that abortions are not only immoral but are racist, in effect decimating the black population.

According to Right to Life of Michigan:

♦ More than 19 million black babies have been aborted since 1973
♦ Black women have a significantly higher abortion rate than whites and Hispanics.
♦ 36.0% of all abortions in the U.S. in 2014 were performed on black women, yet only about 13.3% of the total population is black

And Professor William D. Rubinstein of the University of Wales posits in his stunning article, “Legalized Abortion and the Triumph of Eugenics,” that “the total black population of the United States is about 40 million. Including the children and grandchildren of these 19 million who were never born, it is reasonable to assume that, without legalized abortions, America’s black population would be in the order of 70 million or even more.”

And fake news calls Republicans racist! Typical projection––accusing your competition of what you yourself are guilty of!

THE BANDWAGON EFFECT

The Democrat governors of New York and Virginia are not alone in their cravenly enthusiastic approval of infanticide. According to Tony Perkins, president of the Family Research Council, Wisconsin Democrat Governor Tony Evers (who succeeded pro-life Republican Gov. Scott Walker) “is perfectly okay with…infanticide as long as it’s done neatly and under the watchful eye of a healthcare professional.”

“We have all sorts of issues to deal with in the state of Wisconsin,” Evers told reporters, “and to pass a bill [like born-alive] seems to be not a productive use of time.”

In other words, kill those pesky babies so we can get to the important work of raising your taxes!

Following suit, the state of Rhode Island, led by Governor Gina Raimondo––you guessed it, a Democrat!––just enacted legislation to make abortion legal up to the moment of birth, including partial birth abortions.

And we know that California’s Democrat Governor Gavin Newsom is hunky dory about abortions at any stage, but ever so sanguine about the lives of career murderers. He just abolished the state’s death penalty, effectively sparing the lives of over 700 savage killers on death row.

Not to omit that last May, the Illinois House passed a bill to repeal the ban on “partial-birth” abortions, and the Illinois Senate did them one better by expanding abortions through nine months and requiring insurance companies to provide coverage––and Democrat Gov. J.B. Pritzker signed it in June.

Democrat depravity marches on!

FIGHTING BACK

In May, the Alabama state legislature passed a bill banning abortion in the state––“except [when] necessary to prevent a serious health risk to the unborn child’s mother.”––the underlying goal of which is to challenge the legal precedent across the country: overturning the landmark Roe v. Wade ruling.

The state’s chief executive, Governor Kay Ivey––you guessed it again, a Republican––promptly signed the bill into law.

In addition, this year five states— Kentucky, Mississippi, Louisiana, Ohio and Georgia— enacted abortion bans at six weeks of gestation, while Missouri passed a law prohibiting terminations at eight weeks.

Betsy McCaughey, former Lt. Gov. of New York, public policy expert, and prolific writer, cites a number of young girls and women whose penalties for killing their newborn babies ranged from probation to life in prison.

“Where are the extreme pro-choice advocates when these pathetic women are led to prison in shackles?” McCaughey asks. “They are silent, even though late-term abortion is hardly different from what these convicted women did.”

“At least 12,000 late-term abortions take place yearly,” she continues, “but that’s not enough for Democrats. Abortion extremism is the new normal for Democratic politicians.”

Ms. McCaughey suggests several concrete strategies to deal with unwanted pregnancies.

♦ “To prevent the double tragedy of a new life taken and a woman’s life ruined, all 50 states have “safe haven” laws that allow newborns to be left at firehouses and hospitals.”
♦ School sex educators should “shorten the lessons on alternate sexual lifestyles and make time to warn young women that if they give birth, they don’t have to kill their baby and land in prison. There are people who can help.”
♦ Parents, if they see their daughter “wearing baggy clothes for several months, [should] call her out.”
♦ “For preventing legal infanticide, the best remedy is to vote against abortion extremists.”

Last month, the Trump Administration mandated that taxpayer-funded family planning clinics immediately stop referring women for abortions, maintain separate finances from facilities that provide abortions, and that both kinds of facilities not be under the same roof––rules that critics say deals a mortal blow to Planned Parenthood––which earns over 50 percent of its income from abortion.

THE LAST WORD

In a powerful article, “The Silent Scream and the Lies of Roe v Wade,” Alicia Cohen discusses Norma McCorvey––the Ms. Roe who brought the Roe v Wade suit to the Supreme Court.

“In her second book, Won By Love, Ms. McCorvey wrote about why she changed her stance on abortion:

“I was sitting in O.R.’s offices when I noticed a fetal development poster. The progression was so obvious, the eyes were so sweet. It hurt my heart, just looking at them. I ran outside and finally, it dawned on me. ‘Norma’, I said to myself, ‘They’re right’. I had worked with pregnant women for years. I had been through three pregnancies and deliveries myself. I should have known. Yet something in that poster made me lose my breath. I kept seeing the picture of that tiny, 10-week-old embryo, and I said to myself, that’s a baby! It’s as if blinders just fell off my eyes and I suddenly understood the truth—that’s a baby!

“I felt crushed under the truth of this realization. I had to face up to the awful reality. Abortion wasn’t about ‘products of conception’. It wasn’t about ‘missed periods’. It was about children being killed in their mother’s wombs. All those years I was wrong. Signing that affidavit, I was wrong. Working in an abortion clinic, I was wrong. No more of this first trimester, second trimester, third trimester stuff. Abortion—at any point—was wrong. It was so clear. Painfully clear.”

© 2019 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

“The great masses of the people will more easily fall victims to a big lie than to a small one.”  —Adolf Hitler

People keep asking, especially those over 70, what the Hell happened to my country?  How is it that America spawned the likes of Bernie Sanders, Elizabeth Warren, Cory Booker, Kamala Harris and some gay mayor from Indiana named “Boodugig,” or whatever, running for president?  How did the idiot Bill de Blasio, ever become mayor of New York?  Why are Democrat-controlled cities going (or have gone) bankrupt and are hotbeds of riots, protests, mayhem, shootings, killings, murders, robberies and general unrest and high anxiety?  Why is America suffering from an invasion of illegal aliens from Mexico and Central American Countries?  Why are there so many homeless in America, the richest country in the world?  Why did Americans let the Democrats destroy the American healthcare system by passing Obama Care?  But worse than that, why have our public schools and colleges been turned into indoctrination centers for Progressivism, socialism, radical environmentalism and world government?

One of our readers wrote: “Those of us who grew up in the 1940’s and 1950’s are well aware that we grew up in an America much different from the America of today.  It is truly sad how we, and our parents, allowed the government to gain so much power at the expense of our liberty and freedom.  Once we allowed the government to require a license to exercise any of our rights, that right became a privilege and the freedom was gone.”

Every American exists in a bubble of propaganda, manipulation and elaborate cons that come at them from every direction.  From TV, to radio, to newspapers, to public schools, to the Internet, to government pronouncements and military operations, truth is cloaked in subterfuge, half-truths and lies.  Advertising, especially TV ads, are the worst.  Sadly, most Americans have not been trained to see through the propaganda, expose the con and filter out the lies and half-truths because they never learned or were taught how to use logic, intellect and common sense.

There are many reasons why we are where we are today.  But one of the main reasons is, we have allowed the flawed and anti-American ideology of Progressivism to be slowly embedded in all of our institutions over the last Century plus.  We have allowed a perversion of science under Climate Change, to create an imaginary crisis that has permeated the body politic such that to deny Climate Change is heresy and must be censored by any means.  Man is the culprit and he must be punished.  The climate alarmists are afraid to even debate the science for fear that their con game will be exposed.  We have an entire web page packed with highly credible articles debunking Climate Change HERE.  See for yourself.

If our public schools and colleges had fostered and promoted critical thinking instead of socialist, environmental and one-world mush by rote learning, the masses would see through Progressivism and Climate Change as nothing more than government mechanisms to control the people and make them debt slaves such that they are incapable of rising up against government.

To the exclusion of reality, high tech has wooed us into obsessive oblivion and addiction where reality resides inside a 3″ x 5″ electronic plastic box.  On top of that our public schools and colleges have continued Progressive indoctrination for at least the last three or four generations of Americans and those three or four generations are none the wiser.  You don’t know what you don’t know!

Our children are the leaders of the next generation.  The greatest gift we can give to them is not just our undying love and reasonable discipline, but what we teach them and how we oversee what others are teaching them.  If you are not interested in how your children are being manipulated, molded and indoctrinated by the public education system, at the behest of government, unions and special interest groups, you are not interested in your children’s, much less the nation’s, long-term well being and future.

There are three major influences on your children’s public education.  The unions that control the teachers, the colleges that teach the teachers and those individuals and entities that control the curriculum and the textbooks from which your children will learn.  Although most teachers are basically devoted to teaching their students, they are still controlled by the unions and most unions are hopelessly corrupt.  The teachers are also a product of what they are taught in the liberal teaching colleges.  Both the teaching colleges and the individuals and entities that control the curriculum and the textbooks are equally corrupt because they are fundamentally controlled by a single, distorted and flawed ideology that permeates our culture.  This ideology (Progressivism) is tantamount to a cult like religion where the ideology is an absolute (like Islam), at the exclusion of all other ideologies, ideas and concepts.  Make no mistake.  The goal of this ideology is to obtain absolute power and they are very close to being successful ….. by any means.

What children will learn in public education will have a profound effect on the rest of their lives.  We call it, filling up their “Little Black Boxes.”  It would seem that a parent’s primary duty and obligation is to make sure that what goes into their highly impressionable “Little Black Boxes” is essentially fundamental truths on which their children can rely on in their adult lives.  That is not happening in America’s public school system today.  Just the opposite is true and we are paying the price with a younger generation being fully and formally indoctrinated into socialism, radical environmentalism, pseudo climate science and a world dominated by a single governing body.  That is why millennials are going for socialist Bernie Sanders (and the other socialist candidates for president) by the millions and “light up” at the thought of free everything, totally ignorant of the fact that nothing is free.

On top of generational indoctrination by government and special interests in our public schools and colleges, our younger generation has now succumbed to the siren call of addictive high technology.  You can’t go into a restaurant without seeing family members, at one table after another, fiddling with their Iphones or Ipads.  They hardly talk to each other.  These devices are so innocently seductive, a person falls into the hidden trap of obsessive addiction almost instantly.  The younger they are the quicker the addiction.

One woman wrote about her experience with the Iphone and her two-year old:

“My son is 22 months old, and his favorite toy is my iPhone X.  I hide it everywhere: behind stuffed animals, between books, in potted plants.  He finds it every time and toddles up to me, clutching it in his tiny fist and wailing, ‘Melmo. Melmo, pease. Melmo. Melmo, pease.’ ‘Melmo’ is how he says ‘Elmo,’ and what he wants is to watch Sesame Street videos on YouTube.  When I say no, he crumples onto the floor and weeps.”

One wonders why a mother would introduce her two-year old to an Iphone in the first place.  If the weeping two-year old was instead an adult and addicted to drugs, that mother’s son could very well be tempted to rob a store, or a bank, to get the money to buy the drugs to which he is addicted.

America has the most powerful, well-trained and well-equipped military on the planet.  Our power to destroy or defeat an enemy militarily is unmatched.  But with all this military might, that same military is powerless against an embedded and institutionalized ideology, whether that ideology is abroad (Islam), or right here at home  (Progressivism).  It is also powerless against the hidden enemy of broad cultural technological addiction.

The Romans learned this the hard way when they were confronted by the ideology of Christianity.  First, Christianity was little more than wispy smoke that smoldered in the far reaches of the empire.  But then it became a raging fire that burned its way across all of the lands surrounding the Mediterranean and beyond.  There is nothing more powerful than an idea that becomes embedded in the minds of the general population.

Added to this toxic soup of Progressivism is the deadly whirlpool of technological seduction.  Sadly, a powerful but flawed ideology and an incurable addiction have become the norm in the general population of America and if that ideology and addiction are not defeated, America has no future as a free nation.

So many of us profess to be smart, educated, knowledgeable and wise and yet we are taken in virtually every day by scoundrels, traitors and the con artists that walk the halls of government and talk out of both sides of their mouths about freedom, liberty and the American way.  When we discover their treachery or corruption, our mouths drop open in disbelief.  We cry, “How can this be?  Are not those that represent us honorable men?”  After a brief moment of registering our disgust and disdain with politics as usual, we return to “Dancing With The Stars”, or “Wide World of Wrestling”, or football, while the politicians return to treachery and corruption, no longer anxious that the people might actually rise up and challenge them.  The politicians have nothing to fear when the people are paper tigers and at best, the American people are paper tigers.  Except maybe independent rural landowners who still believe in the foundations of our liberty and are willing to fight for it and preserve their CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS.

If you are over 70, you know what we are talking about.  If you are under 40, most probably don’t have a clue.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

“Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful…” – George Orwell

Being in ministry and traveling as much as we do, we have the opportunity to see and meet a lot of people and in the process, we notice what it is that people feed upon.  And let me tell you, this explains why this country is in the condition that it is in today.

When you are on an airplane, a bus or a train you see what people are feeding upon, they are feeding upon gossip magazines or maybe they are playing poker on their phones or perhaps viewing a filthy movie on the back of one of the airplane seats (Hosea 8:7).  You can rest assured that a majority of them who are feeding on this garbage are them that continually complain about what’s wrong with their country rather than standing up and fighting for the country that they say they love (Matthew 15:8). And of course, everyone that we see or meet across the country is surely involved with politics in one way or another; for we all live politics. But I have to ask, who is it that you live unto (Matthew 6:24)?

[YouTube Video]

^“Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you. And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” -2 Corinthians 6:14-18

[YouTube Video]

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/did-the-political-prisoners-of-the-holocaust-live-politics/

Many in America today justify their standing (1 Corinthians 10:12) as Christian-conservative patriots by holding to secularists such as Mark Levin, Laura Ingram, Glenn Beck, Ann Coulter, Rush Limbaugh or Ben Shapiro etc. This may explain why we as a country are in so much trouble.  It’s not because of these talking heads (The best that the Christian conservatives have to offer?) so much as it is the Americans that have forsaken the Word of God and the US Constitution.

“The Bible is the rock upon which our Republic rests” -President Andrew Jackson

These conservative talking heads (Yesterday’s liberals) do not make reference to biblical and constitutional laws exposing the criminals in the Church and in politics to bring about much needed resolve through justice (Psalm 9:16; Isaiah 51:4).

[YouTube Video]

As a matter of fact, it is these talking head conservative spin doctors that are the very ones fueling the narratives that secure the establishment of which Americans claim they are sick and tired of. Furthermore, they individually define out as to being the very controlled opposition (Keeping the conservatives in order) that is needed to keep pushing the agenda forward, for they are no threat to the establishment that they make claim to be exposing (Romans 3:20).

Let us start out with the dazed and confused Ben Shapiro, who not only denies the Christ but believed that Jesus was a Jew who led up a revolt against the Romans and got killed just like a lot of Jews who were crucified for the same thing.

Well, Ben:

“The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it?” -Jeremiah 17:9

Apparently, Ben knows more than the very God that he declares to believe in outside of the Savior that was and is sent on his behalf.

Oh, how it stands true when Jesus said, “He came unto his own, and his own received him not” (John 1:11).

Wisdom will not long hold a seat in the head of that man who has yielded up his heart to folly.

What about Glenn Beck? In his confusion, he goes on the air with his panel of hand-picked guests that are calling out radical Muslim Ilhan Omar’s subversive crimes who, without a doubt, is playing a very dangerous game in attacking the American system of government merely to overthrow and to conquer. This no one can deny, not even Ilhan who is telling you through her actions (Action speaks louder than words) what she is all about.

Yet, one panel member tells the listening and viewing audience that they need to temper down the rhetoric in dealing with her lawlessness (Revelation 3:16). Is this somehow a game?  How does this make any sense? Maybe these spineless individuals on this panel, along with Beck, should take the time to understand that hundreds of thousands of Americans have fought, bled and died fighting against the very crimes that this panel member, in particular, is attempting to condition the American people to submit to, namely, the likes of radicals such as Ilhan Omar.  How un-American!

In other words, this panel member is saying that freedom is free and that freedom will remain without a fight, not so. So then, I ask what is the difference between him and Ilhan Omar being enemies to this country? There isn’t one. He thinks that talk is going to get the job done when it will not, just ask Ilhan Omar.

[YouTube Video]

What about Rush Limbaugh, a professing Christian, who has married four times and divorced three times.  Rush might want to read Matthew 5:32.  “Adulterers have no inheritance into the kingdom of Heaven” (1Corinthians 6:9).  At his last wedding, Rush hired sodomite (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13) Elton John to play for $1,000,000. You heard me right 1 million dollars.

People must come to terms with the fact that these conservative talking heads are financially fed by staying loyal to their sponsors not the American people, and how do they do that, by staying on cue as to what it is that they can and cannot talk about.  This is how they make their millions (James 4:4) and you will find that where their sponsors are, there are their golden calves (Exodus 32:1-23).

To prove the point, just last week, Rush reported that Michele Obama is the most admired woman in America.  Who told him that?  He’s quoting the same media that 94% of the American people say they do not believe.

These conservative talking heads are nothing but mere “Enquiring minds need to know gossips” (Acts 17:18). They are simply conveying to their base the same message that the liberals are to their bases except by the personalities that people adhere to the most. No wonder Jesus told us to beware of the leaven of the Herodians (Mark 8:15). These are the blind leading the blind (Matthew 15:14) driving Americans into the ditch.

These talking heads say the right things to them that do not know the difference.  I am not saying that they have not done good things, but I am saying that they are not the standard (John 14:6), but like lying and corrupt politicians, they are no different than those they complain about because they are securing their positions, as well as the corrupt politicians’ positions, and in the end, solidifying the establishment that again, everyone is complaining about.

Yet, they live by continuously feeding the error of politicians and hypocrisies as nothing more than just talk.  And why?  It’s because to go any further, would be condemning and judgmental, at least to them that refuse to correct themselves (John 3:19-21).  In turn, it lowers the honor of the sacrifice given (John 3:16) which was paid for our liberty and our God-given rights to a mere sportsmanlike conduct on a field. Let me remind you that this is not a game.

These conservatives talking heads are nothing more than controlled opposition.  They are not a threat to the establishment that they continue to feed into and promote.  Yet, as they say, the show must go on, and so it does.

[YouTube Video]

These conservative Christians, as they are labeled, are allowed to play the front as some sort of leaders of the flock to further open up the sheep to the wolves (John 10:12-13), giving an excuse for every defeat, all the while capitulating incrementally by forfeiting right after right, and they do this by blaming an unconstitutional party for what another unconstitutional party has failed to keep and maintain. Remember, if the right was doing the right thing all of the time, there would be no left!

These are diplomatic compromisers that have set themselves up for you to follow in the place of the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, while ignoring His law (Exodus 18:21; John 14:6) that established our freedoms (Isaiah 42:21; Romans 3:31). And this explains as to why they magnify the crimes of the politicians rather than the law against the crimes of the politicians in establishing judgment which guards our liberties (Isaiah 51:4).

These are mere secularists who spew out their continued support and allegiance to the very establishment which they tell you that you should denounce but only in word (James 2:14-26).

They constantly talk of democracy, even though we are a Constitutional Republic (Article 4, Section 4, US Constitution; Hosea 4:6), as if to suggest that we are ruled by their opinions rather then the law, and fuel the narrative to further divide the left from the right, which is a political language to deceive the masses (Mark 3:25) and counters the US Constitution.

“There is nothing which I dread so much as a division of the republic into two great parties, each arranged under its leader, and concerting measures in opposition to each other. This, in my humble apprehension, is to be dreaded as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.” -John Adams, Letter to Jonathan Jackson (2 October 1780), “The Works of John Adams”, vol 9, p.511

[YouTube Video]

Finally, we have Mark Levin, who spent his show opener this last week with the many reasons for praising this current administration.  I have to say, for every reason that Mark gave as to why you should praise this administration, I could show you the fruit of this administration that contradicts Mark Levin’s misinformation. Where Mark says that the president needs to be praised, I can show by the president’s fruit (Matthew 7:16) and why it is that he needs to be lawfully removed and indicted for his crimes (Article 2 section 4 US Constitution) in tearing away the rights of the American people (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution).

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/how-does-one-deny-the-fruit-that-the-tree-bears/

In contrast, the Bible (Christ) and the Constitution are where the answers are to be found.  These are the best that you have got, in Christ, with feet (James 2:14-26)!

If impotent and capitulating “conservative” men and woman leading you astray into unbiblical and unconstitutional gossip and inaction is what you are after, then it is self-explanatory as to why the country is where it is today (Psalm 78:9).

I cannot do it for you.  These that I am highlighting surely cannot do it for you. Americans have to take responsibility and do for it for themselves (Philippians 2:12).

Stay ignorant to the Word of God and the US Constitution and you can rest assured you will not only remain under the establishment’s control, but you will also ensure a short-lived future for you and your posterity as your country is further turned into the hell (Psalm 9:17).

© 2019 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

Are you distressed that many in America are rapidly digressing from the principled, honorable standard of morality we once held? This standard produced an example of biblical morality that constructed one of the greatest civil documents of liberty the world has ever seen: the Declaration of Independence. The principles of this Document still motivate the world, as seen by recent demonstrations in Hong Kong.

As America progressed we have corrected enormous hypocrisies, and to say we are a flawless country that will soon attain perfection is absurd.

In our “struggle for liberty,” what should be the rules, so to speak? Should they be Republican Rules, Democrat Rules, Fascist, Antifa, Black, White, Socialist, or Trump’s Rules?

Thankfully our Founding Fathers codified the principles of our Creator God as the standard in the struggle to maintain Liberty.

In a letter to Thomas Jefferson, John Adams makes known the American standard and principles of Liberty:

“The general principles, on which the Fathers achieved independence, were the only Principles in which that beautiful Assembly of young Gentlemen could Unite, and these Principles only could be intended by them in their address, or by me in my answer. And what were these general Principles? I answer, the general Principles of Christianity, in which all these Sects were United: And the general Principles of English and American Liberty…

“Now I will avow, that I then believed, and now believe, that those general Principles of Christianity, are as eternal and immutable, as the Existence and Attributes of God; and that those Principles of Liberty, are as unalterable as human Nature and our terrestrial, mundane System.”

This rule has corrected many erroneous laws not only in America, but also across the world. Take, for example, the amazing redemptive power of the Christian Church born over 2,000 years ago in a revolution of true love and freedom.

In 369 AD, the Christian Church built their first hospital. Today Christian-provided health care still stands as the single largest provider in history.

The Christian Church created the first and largest orphanage system in the world.

Of America’s first 110 universities, 100 were founded as Christian institutions of learning.

The Christian Church has shaped much of the world’s greatest art, science, literature, and music.

Because of their fidelity to the Creator’s command to “love thy neighbor,” the Christian Church will continue to provide food and water, disaster relief, justice, and the abolition of slavery to the world every day until Jesus Christ, the Prince of Peace, restores His reign.

I submit that the true enemy of liberty, American or otherwise, is the loss of that virtue given by the Creator, personified in Christ.

For in the words of Founding Father Samuel Adams, “A general dissolution of principles and manners will more surely overthrow the liberties of America than the whole force of the common enemy. While the people are virtuous they cannot be subdued; but when once they lose their virtue they will be ready to surrender their liberties to the first external or internal invader.”

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

Many people walk around believing that leftist media personalities, leftists Democrats, RINO Republicans and leftists in the academic fields are not literally seeking to literally destroy the United States.  I pray for their ability to grow mentally and face reality. To be honest with you, the variety of efforts to exterminate our republic are so numerous.  But I will focus on a few major ones due to the limited space allotted for this column.  Though I am tempted to begin with obvious participants in the massive battle against our exceptional republic, it is most fitting to start among the ranks of “We the People.”  Sometimes when battle lines are drawn, there are those who shoot themselves in the foot.  Or they simply are not an asset either unwittingly or on purpose.

On both sides of the political battle lines, there are those declaring they are fighting for freedom and justice.  However, I am compelled to ask, “freedom to do what”?  We may have often times heard or read about the leftists declaring they are fighting for freedom. That concerns me because the leftist pursuit of freedom presents either danger or major inconvenience for others.  When thousands of left leaning Muslims decide to kneel on little prayer rugs in the middle of New York City to bump their foreheads, they say that they are free to do so.  But the problem is, those Muslims are obstructing the freedom of their more numerous non Muslim neighbors to freely drive or walk down the street they freely blocked up with their bullying presence.

The fact that the abusive Muslims are never arrested or reprimanded for preventing the free passage of their neighbors is even much more than disappointing.  Far too many American students experience the most deplorable education or indoctrination among almost all of the nations of the earth.  In fact, the quality of American government school education/indoctrination is far below that of nations like Ghana and India.  Unfortunately, when students are given a bad education/indoctrination void of any proper moral instruction, the results are far too often most devastating.

There are those on the battle line side of indoctrinating, rather than properly educating students about the results of their actions. As a result, they have produced more than one generation of Americans who believe they have the freedom to ruin life for others.  The street blocking Muslims of Queens New York are a perfect example.  In the commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Grace Brown, a 20 year old operating under a retarded interpretation of freedom, urinated on a bin of potatoes in a Pennsylvania Walmart.  Days later the misguided female turned herself in to authorities after a surveillance video of her nasty deed her performing the putrid act.

Leftist democrats like Bernie Sanders, Kamala Harris, Alexandria Ocasio Cortez and numerous others are so indoctrinated in leftist dogma, that they believe they are free to literally destroy our republic.  They along with all true leftists long ago decided to battle to the very end to rule over you and I from cradle to grave.  That is why Uncle Joe Biden and his fellow comrades only propose plans to literally crush our economy to dust.  Among those the things Biden wants to do is get rid of all the Trump tax cuts.  On top of that Biden, and Elizabeth Warren hope to do away with your private medical plans once and for all.  The main reason is so they can be free to force you and I to live according to their Cloward and Piven Strategy inspired dictates.

“We the People” can no longer sit idly by and allow those in government and the leftist media freely have their way wish us through dictates, misinformation or both.  The Republic we save may be our own.  Just know that the battle lines have been drawn and it is our duty stand up and fight for life liberty and the pursuit of happiness.  My fellow Americans, let us together make sure those who seek to make the United States over into their unholy image of depravity, despair and doom.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary now heard on hundreds of radio stations throughout America.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Recently, I came across a website by the name of Organization of Iranian American communities or (OIAC). Its mission statement says: “OIAC works to promote human rights and democratic freedoms for the people of Iran. This includes advocating for a democratic secular government in Iran, founded on respect for human rights, religious tolerance, and equality among all citizens.” Nothing could be further from the truth.

Well, it appears OIAC or better known as the MEK is following in the footsteps of the National Iranian American Council (NIAC), an influential Islamic Republic of Iran (IRI) lobby in Washington, DC, one which has long sought rapprochement between Washington and Tehran and has infiltrated the US Congress promoting Iran’s Mullahs agenda while claiming “NIAC promotes an active and engaged Iranian-American community in the US and celebrates the community’s deep historical and cultural roots and traditions.” Pure garbage.

Hassan Dai, an Iranian activist and political analyst, in an OP-ED slammed this despised and deceptive group that used the White House (during the Obama administration) to advance The Islamic Republic’s agenda.

OIAC or MEK is an Islamist-Marxist cultish group headed by Maryam Rajavi, the wife of the deceased co-founder of MEK, Massoud Rajavi. During the 1970’s they rebelled against the Shah and were involved in bombing and shooting American and Iranian targets. The MEK or (OIAC) executed U.S. Army Lt. Col. Lewis Hawkins in 1973 as he was walking home from the U.S. Embassy and in 1975 killed two American Air Force officers in their chauffeur driven car, an incident that was studied and subsequently used in CIA training as an example of how not to get caught and killed by terrorists. Between 1976 and 1978, the group bombed American commercial targets and killed three Rockwell defense contractors and one Texaco executive.

Republican and Democratic US officials back the MEK against the government in Iran [Reuters]

Mujahedin-e Khalq (MEK) is known for its cultish Foreign Terrorist Organizations and represents a critical threat to Iran’s indigenous democratic movement. Unlike Iran’s democratic opposition, which advances the principles of democracy and human rights through nonviolence, the MEK is an undemocratic organization that pursues its agenda through violence.

Michael Rubin, penned an Op-Ed stating:  The Mujahidin e-Khalq Aren’t America’s Friends.

“The Trump administration, however, is reportedly reconsidering the pariah status of the MEK within U.S. diplomacy. Barbara Slavin, an American analyst often apologetic to the Islamic Republic, reports that “US administration talking points no longer exclude the Mujahidin-e Khalq as a potential replacement for the government of the Islamic Republic of Iran.” While there remains a great difference between “refuses to exclude” and “supports,” Slavin is correct to raise concern.

Houston, we have a problem. The MEK cult was listed as a terrorist group in the US until 2012 – but its opposition to Tehran has attracted the backing of John Bolton, Rudy Giuliani and others bent on regime change.

John Bolton and the People’s Mujahedeen of Iran.

After the American invasion of Iraq, Maryam fled to France. Her headquarters in Auver sur d’oise in the suburb of Paris was raided by the French Police in June 2003. She was placed under arrest together with 160 of the group members and the assets of the MEK were frozen by the French judiciary. The Police seized millions of dollars from the group’s headquarters. The group was accused of preparing to commit or finance acts of terrorism and money laundering.

A dozen diehard supporters of the Cult of Rajavi set themselves on fire to protest the arrest of Maryam. Two women were killed eventually.

French Police released the cult leader to stop the horrible scenes of self-immolations in European capitals. In France, Maryam became the administrator of Massoud’s office. The close relationship between Maryam and Massoud in the office led to their dramatic marriage in 1985 immediately after her divorce from Medi Abrishamchi. The marriage was celebrated as an ideological revolution in the history of the group. Maryam Rajavi was named the co-leader of the MEK.

Maryam Rajavi is highly admired by America’s mayor, Rudy Giuliani. For years, Giuliani has been one of the most prominent American officials to advocate on behalf of the MEK, a Marxist Iranian opposition group that claims to be the legitimate government of Iran and more resembles a cult.

Giuliani went so far as to call Maryam Rajavi a heroic woman. He tweeted: “2018 Iran Uprising Summit #FREEIRAN2018 is focused on the uprising in Iran posing an alternative to the homicidal regime. The regime has announced that the MEK is the only organization that can realistically replace them. The movement is led by Maryam Rajavi, a heroic woman.”

Maryam Rajavi, a self-styled president in exile is another Khomeini like leader. Like her deceased husband, she is extremely narcissistic and an Islamist-Marxist fanatic.  If she ever grabs the power in Iran, the first thing she would do is to eliminate the opposition and use the mass media to brainwash the people just as the MEK has done to their handful of followers. They will create a Stalinist dictatorship that would make both Iranians and Westerners nostalgic for the mullahs. Don’t do it!

© 2019 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

Israel officially denied access to Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib yesterday (August 15^th), which is of course igniting a firestorm of protest among Democrats.  Top Democrats were quick to rebuke this decision while being deliberately ignorant of the facts.

Nancy Pelosi immediately criticized Israel’s decision calling it, “a sign of weakness, and beneath the dignity of the great State of Israel.”  Chuck-you Schumer claimed that Israel’s decision would only hurt U.S. Israeli relations. Really?  According to who – besides those who have long ago made it clear they are against Israel?

Of course the media is jumping all over the fact that President Trump called for Israel to deny these two members of “The Squad,” and Israel within hours of the Trump tweet did just that.

“It would show great weakness if Israel allowed Rep. Omar and Rep.Tlaib [sic] to visit. They hate Israel & all Jewish people, & there is nothing that can be said or done to change their minds. Minnesota and Michigan will have a hard time putting them back in office. They are a disgrace!”

There is of course a huge uproar on Twitter against the president and his comments.

“I can’t wait until you get sued for slander. You’re putting these congress members in danger by inciting hate within their own country against them and its transparent. We know you want to be a dictator more than anything. Good thing you’re so bad at it.”

So telling the truth about these two women who openly support the anti-Israel BDS movement, are associated with Islam and Israeli hating groups like CAIR and others, and have made disparaging remarks towards Israel – this is slander and endangering Tlaib and Omar?  Oh please, get serious.

“Our president is trying to get American Muslims killed.

Not just these two congresswomen.

Muslims. In general.

There’s no other way to read this.”

So because the president calls out two members of Congress who are Muslims for their anti-Israeli attitude and obvious dislike and even hatred for Israel, President Trump is trying to get American Muslims killed?  This is nothing more than the typical Leftist paradigm of over exaggeration and finger pointing to divert negative attention away from Tlaib and Omar (who bring it on themselves) and turn this into an attack on Trump.

This is all to common among Democrats and their supporters, there is never any accountability for their actions and comments, instead, the blame for anything they do or say is shifted to Trump or some other scapegoat.  This happened because Trump said, this occurred because the Republicans did this, Trump supporters are all haters, blah, blah, blah, blah.

The Democrats however conveniently leave out a few pertinent facts.  Lets look at these facts shall we?

From Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s Facebook Page:

“As a free and vibrant democracy, Israel is open to critics and criticism, with one exception: Israeli law prohibits the entry into Israel of those who call for and work to impose boycotts on Israel, as do other democracies that prohibit the entry of people who seek to harm the country. In fact, in the past the US did this to an Israeli member of Knesset, as well as to other public figures from around the world.”

Ok, so it is against Israeli law to allow Omar and Tlaib into Israel as they have actively supported the anti-Israel group BDS.  Did any Democrat happen to mention this in their outrage against the Israeli decision?  Of course not. What???  The U.S. did the same thing?  Hmmmm.

Here are some further facts regarding the Omar/Tlaib visit the Democrats will not tell you, and do not want you to know:

This visit was categorized as visiting “Palestine,” not Israel.  As well, there was no request to meet with any Israeli official, as is usual for both Democrats and Republicans – but you can bet the bank that there would have been a press conference or at the very least a photo op with Hamas officials in Gaza.

So Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar who openly display hatred for Israel, and actively work to dismiss Israel’s legitimacy as well as to destroy them, were going to go to Israel and snub the Israeli government while visiting with the so-called Palestinian state (which I want to remind the reader does not, and never did exist!) and it’s officials, namely Hamas.  Hamas of course need I remind the reader is a terrorist group and denies that Israel has any right to exist, and is actively working to destroy Israel – hand in hand with Iran.  But it’s ok for two U.S. Congress women to support these people.

A week ago, Israel welcomed Democrats in Israel for a meeting; yes you read that right, Democrats!

Read this last comment from the obviously hateful Prime Minister of Israel:

“Nonetheless, if Congresswoman Tlaib submits a humanitarian request to visit her relatives, the minister of interior has announced that he will consider her request on the condition that she pledges not to act to promote boycotts against Israel during her visit.”

So, Israel would allow Rashida Tlaib to visit her family if she simply pledges not to work against Israel while there.  Seems pretty reasonable to this writer.  Would Tlaib do the same?  I rather doubt it.

It would be well worth your time to read the entire statement; the Dems will not convey this information to the public.

Maybe President Trump should have stayed out of this and let Israel handle it.  Maybe Israel made a mistake in barring these two members of Congress from entering Israel.  That being said, I do not believe for one minute that Prime Minister Netanyahu or a member of his government would deny Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar access to their country based solely on Donald Trump’s opinion.  Denying these two Israeli haters access is to me only common sense.

Many political commentators including some who support Israel are saying that Israel has made a serious mistake in denying access to Tlaib and Omar.

A serious question needs to be asked here:

Would anyone with even a smattering of brain cells invite or allow a known enemy of the United States to enter our country, knowing that these people desire the complete and utter destruction of the United States?  The answer is obvious to any thinking person. Yet, the United States paid off just such an enemy with billions of dollars under the direction of President Obama – I am of course talking about Iran and the Iran “nuke deal,” Iran, whom refers to the U.S. as “the great Satan.”

Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar both support Islam, and they are known to associate with CAIR and other Islamic organizations, which by the way financially support them.  News flash, Islam hates the United States and seeks to dominate it by bringing in Sharia Law and turning the entire country into an Islamic caliphate.  The Democrats are cutting their own throats, not to mention the throats of all Americans in supporting these two enemies of America.

America had better wake up, and do so soon.  Far too many support these two anti-American Muslim women, while Omar and Tlaib along with the rest of “The Squad” continue to advance an anti-American agenda meant to weaken America so as to make us vulnerable to an Islamic and New World Order take over.  If you believe this is all a far-right fairy tale, then you are not paying attention.

America needs to follow in the footsteps of “the Donald” as well as the Israelis, and stop making nice with these anti-American destroyers.  “The Squad” and all others like them need to be voted out of office and never allowed to hold power again.

Rashida Tlaib, Ilhan Omar, Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, and Ayanna Pressley – otherwise known as “The Squad,” need to be eliminated from office for being the dangerous anti-American, pro socialism, pro open borders, and pro New World Order vermin that they are.

Wake up America, before it is too late.  Read my new book that deals with all of this in more depth: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on Facebook, Gab, USA Life, Twitter, Pinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Less than a year after Judicial Watch reported on the terrorist ties of an African refugee living in Arizona,  federal authorities in the Grand Canyon State have arrested two refugees from the same continent for conspiring to provide material support to ISIS. In both cases the terrorists entered the United States legally under an Obama era program that welcomed—and offered residency—to hundreds of thousands from Muslim countries notorious for terrorist activity. Also, in both instances the terrorists settled in Tucson, about 70 miles north of the Mexican border.

In this most recent case FBI agents from the Tucson Joint Terrorism Task Force arrested two Somalian men, 21-year-old Ahmed Mahad Mohamed and 20-year-old Abdi Yemani Hussein, after a months-long investigation. During the undercover probe the men “repeatedly demonstrated their allegiance and support for ISIS,” according to an FBI affidavit in support of a criminal complaint.

Mohamed and Hussein also discussed their desire and plans to join ISIS overseas and purchased airline tickets from Tucson to Cairo, Egypt to join the terrorist group. The affidavit includes online and personal communications between the suspects and undercover agents expressing their plan to behead non-believers of Islam like animals.

“The best wakeup call is Islamic State to get victory or another 911,” according to one of Mohamed’s emails with an undercover agent. Hussein wrote that he wanted to blow up the White House and Tucson if anyone tries to stop him. Both men disclosed that they strived to be the most wanted terrorists in the world.

Incredibly, Mohamed and Hussein lived in the U.S. legally because they entered as refugees from Somalia, according to the FBI document. “At the time of their arrest, Mohamed had obtained lawful permanent resident status and Hussein remained a refugee,” according to a Justice Department statement that also reveals Mohamed and Hussein planned to conduct an attack within the United States if they were unable to travel to Sinai, an Egyptian peninsula that borders Israel and the Gaza Strip, to join ISIS.

The State Department warns against travel to the region due to terrorism. “The Sinai Peninsula remains a particularly dangerous area, with frequent attacks on security forces and civilians,” the agency writes in its warning to American citizens. Planned travel to the area by two African young men welcomed as refugees by the U.S. rightfully caught the attention of federal authorities.

In a similar case out of Tucson last fall, an Ethiopian man granted refugee status by the Obama administration was later discovered to be a terrorist who lied to the government about his identity.

The man, Mohamed Abdirahman Osman, and his wife, Zeinab Abdirahman Mohamed, lived in Tucson since Uncle Sam invited them into the country as refugees in 2014. Less than a year ago a grand jury indicted the couple for making false statements to a government agency and lying about the husband’s ties to the militant Somali group Al-Shabaab.

Osman used a fake Somalian passport to get to the U.S., according to the 11-count indictment, which charged the husband with eight crimes and the wife with three for helping him conceal his true identity. Osman and his wife fled to China and applied for refugee status with a U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) officer in Beijing using an alias. Documents submitted by the couple contained “false, fictitious, and fraudulent statements,” according to the indictment.

These two cases out of Tucson prove once again that there are gaping vulnerabilities in the refugee program. Judicial Watch has reported on this for years. In fact, back in 2011 Islamic terrorists— including two al Qaeda affiliates indicted in Kentucky—entered the United States legally through a refugee resettlement program. It was called the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program (USRAP), a joint venture between the State Department and USCIS to help tens of thousands of the world’s most vulnerable refugees start a new life in America each year. Most of the refugee referrals in USRAP are made by the notoriously corrupt United Nations, which has published an extensive handbook on the subject. In 2016, an Iraqi refugee granted residency after coming to the U.S. as a teenager, was charged with supporting the jihadist group Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL).

The once-displaced refugee, Omar Faraj Saeed Al Hardan, was 24 years old and lived in Houston, Texas. He tried to supply material support to ISIL and lied about his ties to the terrorist organization and his weapons training when applying to become a U.S. citizen, according to a federal indictment. That was hardly an isolated incident.

The Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) confirmed that individuals with ties to terrorist groups in Syria tried to infiltrate the U.S. through the Obama refugee program that admitted 10,000 Syrians. The agency that serves as the umbrella for the intelligence community also revealed the obvious, that “the refugee system, like all immigration programs, is vulnerable to exploitation from extremist groups seeking to send operatives to the West.”

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

Just about all the attention right now is being directed at President Trump and his bid for reelection.

The howling and screeching from the 20+ candidates for the Democratic/Communist Party USA is relentless. A collective body of political whores who will promise anything, and I mean anything, to become the DNC candidate at their convention.

Protect murderers, rapists and diseased illegals invading this country is high on their agenda. They care NOTHING about the victims.  Just sickening but goes on every damn day:

ICE arrests convicted illegal alien sex offender RELEASED by sanctuary Boulder County, August 16, 2019

ICE arrests illegal alien accused of rape and child sex offense after North Carolina sanctuary county released him, August 16, 2019

Millionaire, Bernie Sanders, continues to push his poison and love for socialism which has failed in every country on earth. Free college tuition paid for with the sweat off your back. Free health care for all!

The braying asses pushing to forgive student debt forget one important thing.  Well, two actually. First of all, college is elective not mandatory. No one forces anyone to go to college – except parents pushing unqualified kids into college.

Paying for college is the individual’s responsibility. When a person signs documents for a student loan (federal or state) it is a binding contract to repay the debt. Just like when you purchase a car or home.

Second. Congress has ZERO constitutional authority to fund the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education. ZERO. We had the finest education system in this country until education was hijacked from states and local governments.

A cabinet that sucks down close to $100 BILLION BORROWED dollars a year with over 4,400 employees.  All unconstitutional as are student loans. Congress has never had any authority to loan money to individuals directly or through any cabinet or agency.

States DO NOT have to genuflect at the altar of the DOE. They can refuse those so-called federal dollars. Remember this: You and I already pay property taxes for schools in our cities and towns. Yes, there are a handful of counties in Texas who have no property taxes. But, most counties in the U.S. do.

If you live in a state with a state personal income tax (nine states like Texas do not have a state personal income tax), you are once again raped to pay for dumbing down America’s school children. All the states do allocate money to local school districts from things like sales taxes.

And in states like California, you are forced to fund MANDATORY classes (no opt out) teaching little boys it’s normal and healthy when they grow up to have sex in another man’s sh*t. It’s wonderful to be gay!

The Feds then dole back chunks to states with more strings attached than a tank of spaghetti. All with a diabolical agenda attached.

“I am convinced that the battle for humankind’s future must be waged and won in the public classroom by teachers that correctly perceive their role as proselytizers of a new faith which will replace the rotting corpse of Christianity.” -John J. Dunphy, Humanist Magazine, January-February 1983

Then along came the pimps called teacher’s unions whose agenda for decades has been the dumbing down of American’s children and grooming them into mindless robots. I highly recommend the book and column below:

The Teacher’s Union: How They Sabotage Educational Reform and Why by Myron Lieberman

5 smart reasons to abolish the Department of Education

I am a part-time substitute teacher and I can’t tell you how absolutely delighted I was last year over at the high school. Right across the hall from my classroom and down the walls were big posters warning students about student loans and debt.  Well done graphics and excellent bullet points. Bravo!

Students are coming out of college under educated and drowning in student loans. Doesn’t anyone ever wonder why college tuition shot through the roof after that cabinet came into being?

Why, it’s simple. Colleges and universities suddenly discovered they had YOUR blank checkbook at their disposal courtesy of the prostitutes in Congress. More money for education! Every child deserves a college education paid for by YOU!

If there were no longer all those loans, America’s young folks would not graduate buried in so much debt. They would attend a college they could afford. All those graduates have to look forward to is despair trying to pay off huge school loans while working at McDonald’s.

Make it go away. Without your checkbook, colleges and universities would have to compete in the market place to attract qualified students. Let the free market work and you will see a huge adjustment in tuition.

Flashback from one of my columns:

November 18, 2010. Dunbar seeks to nullify federal education laws

“Outgoing State Board of Education member Cynthia Dunbar offered a “parting gift” to her fellow board members in the form of a resolution declaring the U.S. Department of Education an unconstitutional bureaucracy with no authority to impose restrictions upon Texas or its school districts.

“No action was taken Thursday on Dunbar’s resolution, which states that education policy is outside the purview of the federal government granted by the U.S. Constitution so federal legislation addressing education is for naught.

“Therefore, the Education Department “shall be put on notice that any such unconstitutional directives given by it to the Texas State Board of Education will be met with the principle of nullification and the clear admonition of ‘Don’t Mess with Texas!’”

“Nullification is the legal theory that a state may deem invalid any federal law that the state finds unacceptable or unconstitutional. Most legal scholars maintain that nullification is unconstitutional.

“But Dunbar, who decided not to seek re-election to a second term, is an assistant professor of law at Liberty University School of Law and has more than once used her own knowledge of the U.S. Constitution to make a point through board policy.

“The resolution could be considered in January, when the 15-member board, including its five new members, next meets.”

Most legal scholars maintain nullification is unconstitutional? Really? This is a MUST read because the aforementioned legal ‘scholars’ apparently have no idea the history and birthing of this constitutional republic:

The States’ Rights Tradition Nobody Knows

This is not just about education:

“Memorandum for Walter Zellman from Sallyanne Payton, clearly marked: Preliminary Draft for Official Use Only. Do Not Quote or Release For Any Purpose, page 4, Health Care Task Reform under Hillary Clinton:. Please note these sections:

“(b) may the federal government use other actors in the governmental system and the private sector as its agents and give them orders as though they were parts of a prefectorial system? The short answer is “no.” State governments are independent, although subordinated, sovereignties, not subdivisions of the federal government.

“Although the federal government may regulate many of their functions directly [as well, for example, it subjects state water districts to the Clean Water Act], it may not require them to exercise their own governmental powers in a manner dictated by federal law. The states may be encouraged, bribed or threatened into entering into joint federal state programs of various sorts, from unemployment insurance to Medicaid; but they may not be commanded directly to use their own governmental apparatus in the service of federal policy. There is a modest jurisprudence of the Tenth Amendment that seems to have settled on this proposition. See the DOJ [Dept. of Justice] memorandum for a fuller elaboration.”

What does this have to do with voting every two years?

IF YOU KEEP VOTING BACK THE SAME INCUMBENTS TO YOUR STATE CAPITOLS, GOVERNORS AND CONGRESS WHO IGNORE THEIR OATH OF OFFICE AND ARE DESTROYING THIS COUNTRY – WHY WOULD YOU THINK ANYTHING WILL CHANGE?

GOP Incumbents Will Betray America End of Year, Feb. 2014; my column. And, they did. Just like the Democrats. Republicans just package their poison in different wrapping.

Are Americans Really This Stupid? June 2012; my column.

“In mid-2007, the housing market crash predicted by many and ignored by tens of millions “suddenly” became a raging path of destruction across this country. By summer 2008, panic set in and the thieves in the U.S. Congress literally stole the fruits of your labor to unconstitutionally bail out banks and the auto industry. Without a scintilla of constitutional authority, the federal mafia bled us dry while 401(k)s bled in millions of households.

“Americans got angry. They said we will hold you responsible in November 2010!

“Sure, they did. With an approval rating of 11% for the gangsters in the Outlaw Congress, a whopping 86% of incumbents were sent back to Washington, DC., after the 2010 elections to continue stealing us blind and passing more and more unconstitutional laws while allowing alphabet soup agencies like the FDA, EPA and USDA to continue running amok. I suppose one could say it was an improvement over the usual 96% reelection stats for incumbents.

“Great fanfare went on though over the success of getting tea party candidates elected. Newbies who said all the right things while saying nothing. A new set of Band Aid pushers who have yet to understand the critical issues destroying this country: the disabilities of our monetary system, heavy progressive taxation, unconstitutional foreign aid, getting the US out of the UN; the list goes on and on. They just keep on voting for unconstitutional funding while saying the latest flavor of what appeals to voters.”

Republicans allegedly took a blood bath in November 2018. Don’t believe it for a second. Vote fraud is the key to the game played by the Unseen Hand. With Trump in office the only way to hog tie his hands was to make sure the U.S. House went back to a Democrat majority.

As I wrote several months ago, the November 2020 election begins in a few short months with the primaries. Either YOU get out there and work to get a challenger elected (as we did in our recent mayor’s race) or we will end up with the same “hold your nose and vote” syndrome come November 2020.

There are but a handful of individuals in Congress who should get reelected in my personal opinion. No, none of them have picked up where former Congressman Ron Paul left off in trying to abolish the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Banking Act.

But, most of those I would reelect are trying if you look at their voting records on the issues.  As for the Fed, it’s too late. We have passed the point of no return; the debt bubble is exploding while Americans diddle on their electronic gadgets.

In the senate, keep Tim Scott, Rand Paul, Martha McSally, Marsha Blackburn and Bill Cassidy. The rest need to go. On the house side, keep:

Andy Biggs,  Mo Brooks, Matt Gaetz, Louis Gohmert,  Jim Jordan, Mark Meadows, Devan Nunes, Steve Scalise.  And, Rep. Thomas Massie from the great State of Kentucky. If I had my way, Trump would put Massie as his new VP for 2020 and Massie would go on to win the presidency in 2024. That man is for America and the U.S. Constitution.

Massie is the most constitutionally grounded Rep. in the U.S. House. He continues to introduce constitutional legislation that dies every damn session – even when Republicans held the majority.

Stop double taxing social security benefits. Get rid of the unconstitutional EPA. Abolish the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education. Get us out of the world government cabal UN. DC Personal Protection Reciprocity Act. List of his bills.

Congressman Massie’s 500-Yard Run That is Driving Congress Crazy – Totally cool.

THIS IS YOUR Congress critter and how they violate their oath of office and have bankrupted this country. We ARE going over the cliff. Low unemployment gets all the headlines but believe me when I tell you – the bubble is bursting just like 2008 only much worse and Trump will get blamed.

Read: Rep. Massie Explains Why ‘Congress Is More Broken Than It’s Ever Been’

Sadly, I would say, too many Americans who actually know what’s going on are too busy to fight for freedom and liberty. Let someone else make the effort. Let someone else get out and knock on doors for a challenger. Let someone else do what all adult Americans should be doing and that is being part of the solution.

Self-governing means just that and voting every two November’s will never cure the cancer. It’s WHO you continue to vote back into office starting with the primaries.

In closing I am encouraged by the number of people who sent email after my column on Trump’s GMO EO. Two people declared their candidacy for their local county commissioner seats and are determined, if elected, to get GMOs banned in their counties. Just like those six counties have done in Commie California. They won and all Californians benefit.

One individual declared for sheriff and four declared their candidacy for their local school boards. These Americans have decided what’s important and what can wait in life.

Bravo! All politics are local. Those individuals are willing to sacrifice their time and likely some of their own money to run for office. They will make new friends; new enemies who hate this country or who don’t want to upset the ‘good old boy’ mentality all over this country.

But candidates can’t do it without your support in your county or district. THAT is a fact. And, if a constitutionalist loses, there must be a forensic examination of the ballots, machines and scanners because I damn straight guarantee you as someone on the vote fraud issue since 1993 – stealing our elections is the name of the game.

But, most of all, they can look in the mirror every night and say I tried. I will not give up my country and will fight for my family and the American way no matter how hard the journey.

How about you?

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2019 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

READ: How ‘They’ Sell Vote Fraud as Legitimate Election Totals, 2017

American Electorate Rewards Lying, Anti-American Congress, 2004

The window for being a congressional candidate is closing fast. You must register with the FEC (Federal Elections Commission) after you are ballot qualified. First you have to go through the hoops with your Secty of State.

If you don’t know who is running against your incumbent, call your state Secretary of State Elections division or go on line. All candidates must be registered.

The Constitution shall never be construed… to prevent the people of the United States who are peaceable citizens from keeping their own arms. – Samuel Adams

The laws that forbid the carrying of arms are laws of such a nature. They disarm only those who are neither inclined nor determined to commit crimes…. Such laws make things worse for the assaulted and better for the assailants; they serve rather to encourage than to prevent homicides, for an unarmed man may be attacked with greater confidence than an armed man. – Thomas Jefferson

The supreme power in America cannot enforce unjust laws by the sword; because the whole body of the people are armed, and constitute a force superior to any band of regular troops that can be, on any pretense, raised in the United States. – Noah Webster

Before a standing army can rule, the people must be disarmed.  Noah Webster

We’ve all heard it before: the second amendment never meant for citizens to have the sort of guns available today – it was just for hunting! Bull hockey, it was written to protect the right to shoot at tyrants and their agents when they have stolen liberty or property from the people. By that same logic the first amendment doesn’t apply to the internet (which didn’t exist at the time) so kiss your free speech rights online goodbye!  We’ve already seen massive censorship.

Then there’s the “it was only implied for a militia” argument.  Another crock.

There’s a certain level of irony in liberals claiming that the second amendment was only implied for a militia. Any time a militia group does spring up they’re quickly denounced by the left including much of the neo-con establishment right.

Even National Review has had at least nine articles supporting various gun control laws. They advocated everything from universal background checks to Red Flag laws.  By now people should understand that William F. Buckley and Irving Kristol were the two men who changed the old right conservative Republican Party into this new neo-con Trotskyite left leaning cabal who will not stand up for our God given rights in the Constitution.

They tell us we don’t need guns, and I say, “The hell we don’t!”

El Paso, Texas – Dayton, Ohio

Call me cynical, or donning a tinfoil hat, but these shootings seem planned and coincidentally appear just at the right time for use by politicians who go to the extremes against firearms, including President Trump and his closest “advisors.” Let’s pray he backs away from all of this and keeps his promises to the American people.

Notice that after Congressman Steve Scalise was shot and nearly died at a Republican baseball game, there was not a scintilla of outrage for gun control by the left.

Interesting, is it not…The suspect in the congressional baseball practice shooting, James Hodgkinson, was a fierce Trump opponent who called him a traitor.  The left ignored it.

The manifesto written by the 21-year-old El Paso shooter who killed 20 and injured 26, was a leftist screed.  Patrick Crusius’s “My Life Page” was changed by progressive pinkos from Democrat to Republican as reported by Jim Hoft of the Gateway Pundit.  Crusius was a soulless video game player, just as President Trump stated.   His crime might be described as one of nihilism, the rejection of all religious and moral principles, in the belief that life is meaningless, an ideology of despair that has motivated rootless young men toward violent crimes throughout human history.

Dayton shooter, 24-year-old Connor Betz, was shot dead by police but not before he killed nine innocent people.  Betz had satanic patches on his clothing and was a registered democrat and a supporter of Elizabeth Warren.  The NY Post snagged over 3,000 of his tweets which included embraces of far-left stances and politicians — including presidential-hopeful senators Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts and Bernie Sanders of Vermont — as well as Antifa, anti-fascist protesters known to resort to violent tactics.  “I want socialism, and I’ll not wait for the idiots to finally come round to understanding,” reads one tweet from the Betz account, according to Newsweek.

A person willing to kill innocents and be killed by the police while doing so surely would have no qualms about violating a state or federal law that prohibited the general ownership of the weapon he was about to use.

New Laws Are Lies

There are enough laws on the books.  There’s not a single new law that would change anything.  First Trump agreed to ban bump stocks, a stupid argument if there ever was one.  By labeling bump stocks “machine guns,” the ATF effectively changed their classification under the 1934 National Firearms Act (NFA) and made them illegal under the 1968 Gun Control Act (GCA), a move which retroactively criminalizes their purchase and ownership.  By the way, the 1968 GCA was taken from Adolph Hitler’s gun ban.

If Trump signs any new laws, this will drive a huge wedge between him and his supporters.  True, there is no one else to vote for, but Trump supporters will not go out in droves as they did in 2016, which could give the election to the Democratic Socialists. If the President backs down on his promises, he will lose…and the left wants our guns, they want them out of our hands, and when the movie, The Hunt, becomes reality even though it’s now been pulled, we won’t have any way of firing back.

Our God given freedoms are codified by our Bill of Rights and the U.S. Constitution.  Pressures are being applied on all Republican politicians to again bend to the socialists’ desires to eliminate firearms, especially by Ivanka Trump.  Stupid deals with these enemies of freedom have been made in the past, and every single time, Republicans have lost.  Why?  Because most of them do not represent us or Constitutional conservatism; they are part of the same globalist establishment as the Democratic Socialists.

Gun Free Zones and Joe Biden

Gun Free Zones are killing fields.  Whenever there is a shooting, the socialist democrats propose gun control; but when someone is raped or murdered by an illegal alien, the same people never demand border control!  This law has effectively turned schools into shooting galleries for deranged lunatics.

Research from the Crime Prevention Research Center shows that 98 percent of all public mass shootings that occurred between 1950 and July 10, 2016, happened in gun-free zones.  Responding to this research, USA Today contributor Erich Pratt recently opined, “No wonder that 81% of police officers support arming teachers and principals, so that the real first responders — the potential victims — can protect the children.”

As of early 2018, educators in 33 states may not arm themselves to protect their students. Nor may schools in these 33 states even hire armed security guards.  Our children are literally sitting ducks.  This in turn means one and only one thing, as recently noted by conservative commentator Rush Limbaugh, “Everybody that wants to shoot up a school knows that they are going to be the only one armed.”

Exactly. And if you scroll back through history, you’ll find that the reason this situation exists is because of Joe Biden who introduced the Gun-Free School Zones Act in 1990. Out of fairness, though, it should be noted that then New World Order President George H.W. Bush signed it into law after it passed the Democrat-led House and Senate.

Bush, a Republican, was no Second Amendment champion throughout his time in office. When he could have stood up for gun rights, Bush kowtowed to anti-gun pressure and signed this bill into law.

Nearly three decades later, Republican governors have made up ground by passing pro-gun legislation like Constitutional Carry.

However, this case is another reminder that just because a politician is a Republican does not guarantee that they will be a pro-gun champion.

Assault Weapon Bans

John Lott, President of Crime Prevention Research Center was interviewed on Mark Levin’s radio program and explained the three gun control bills now up by both Democratic Socialists and neo-con Trotskyite Republicans.  They are Assault Weapon Bans, Universal Background Checks and Red Flag Laws.

John Lott says they’re banning guns based on how they look rather than how they function.  The idiots in Congress have no clue of what they’re doing.  So, you can have a semi-automatic hunting rifle, which fires the same bullets with the same rapidity doing the same damage as a gun that looks like an M-16, but it’s not a weapon that militaries around the world would use.  The inside guts of it, which civilians have, is the same as any small caliber hunting rifle.  The vast majority of semi-automatic rifles in the United States are owned by people who own guns.  Banning guns on their looks when other guns operate the same way is pure stupidity.

The original assault weapons ban which Senator Feinstein and her staff got passed, was by flipping through pages of catalogues on assault weapons and marking off different names of guns simply by how they looked.  Even people paid by the Clinton administration couldn’t find any benefit of this insane law.  There was actually a small drop in the states where the assault weapon ban was dropped versus the states where it was not.  The original Feinstein ban expired in 2004.

Universal Background Checks

Now they want background checks on the private transfer of firearms, which means going to a licensed dealer and having them do the background check.  In Washington DC you’d have to pay the dealer $125.00 to do the background check, and that’s per firearm.  Another monetary leeching of the gun owners.  According to John Lott of Crime Prevention Research Center, there have been no mass murders this century by anyone who privately purchased a firearm.  The vast majority of firearms are purchased through dealers where there is already a background check via the National Instant Background Check Systems (NICS).

The Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act of 1993 was launched by the FBI on November 30, 1998 and mandated NICS. It is used by Federal Firearms Licensees (FFLs) to instantly determine whether a prospective buyer is eligible to buy firearms. Before ringing up the sale, cashiers call in a check to the FBI or to other designated agencies to ensure that each customer does not have a criminal record or isn’t otherwise ineligible to make a purchase. More than 230 million such checks have been made, leading to more than 1.3 million denials.  NICS is located at the FBI’s Criminal Justice Information Services Division in Clarksburg, West Virginia.

Red Flag Laws

A red flag law is a politically divided gun control law that permits police or family members to petition a state court to order the temporary removal of firearms from a person who may present a danger to others or themselves without due process and facing their accusers in a court of law.

Again, these laws, also called “extreme risk protection orders,” allow courts to issue orders allowing law enforcement to seize firearms from people who’ve committed no crime but are believed to be a danger to themselves or others.

President Trump has signaled his backing of bipartisan Senate legislation sponsored by Sens. Lindsey Graham (R-SC), and Richard Blumenthal (D-CT).  This is very dangerous.  Any extreme leftist neighbor who decides they don’t like you, can report that you own firearms and are acting in a way that could harm someone.  Whether true or not, you could lose your ability to own firearms.  President Trump in one tweet shows why ‘red flag’ laws are so very dangerous.

The Red Flag Laws virtually have nothing to do with mental health.  There are 17 states which have this law now and only one of them even mentions the term “mental health” in it.  The basic notion is that they’re trying to predict whether someone will commit a crime or harm themselves.  This reminds me of the Tom Cruise movie, Minority Report where the government would predict someone’s future crimes and arrest the person before the behavior.

Already on the books is a 72-hour hold (Baker Act) on someone who has psychiatric problems and has been reported.  However, what the Red Flag law wants to do is to get rid of some of the restrictions from the Baker Act.  With the Baker Act, you have psychiatric experts evaluate the person and make a decision, but with Red Flag laws there are no psychiatric experts making a decision.

First you have a complaint and it varies across states, some states friends can do it, some states relatives can do it…police, or in Colorado, anyone can do it.  A judge basically looks at a piece of paper that summarizes the complaint, then in a short period of time depending on the state, the police will go in and take the firearms.  They’ll have a hearing in a couple weeks, but the problem is there’s no legal representation automatically provided to the targeted person.  The prosecutors basically act as lawyers for the person making the complaint.

Red Flag laws are totally unconstitutional, the very presumption of innocence and the due process of law requirement of demonstrable fault as a precondition to punishment or sanctions prohibits the loss of liberty.  Recently we’ve seen the presumption of innocence turned upside down with Judge Kavanaugh’s confirmation and the spurious investigation of our President for nearly three years.

Nevertheless, the American left has diligently tried to punish people and deprive us of liberty on the basis of what might happen in the future.  The Soviets used psychiatric testimony to predict criminal behavior which we condemned in the 80s, but now our President seems to want it here.  In America, we do not punish a person or deprive anyone of liberty on the basis of a fear of what the person might do.

This is a “turn in your conservative neighbor” law, and is a massive danger to freedom.

Conclusion

Kentucky Governor Matt Bevin said, “In a nation where over the last 50 years we’ve aborted 60 million unborn babies, and we have multiple states with medically assisted suicide being provided by physicians at both ends of the life spectrum, we’re losing the value for life that we once historically had.  Firearms are not the problem; the problem is our culture of death.”

Fifty years ago, children didn’t walk into schools with firearms and shoot their fellow classmates.  In fact, the high school I went to in Park Ridge, Illinois had an underground shooting range and a Rifle Club.  There were pickup trucks in the parking lot with gun racks on the back and the rifles in plain view.  Kids brought their rifles on the bus with them, they kept them in their cars, most of which were unlocked.  We were never exposed to what today’s children are exposed to at a very young age.  The problems with our culture are systemic, and day by day they are growing worse.

It’s easy to blame the tools used in these killings so as to part American citizens from their own self-defense, but the real cultural issues are far more complex and are rarely discussed. It’s the morality, and what’s the cause of this morality? We have driven God out of the public arena.

George Washington said in his Farewell Address that it is religion that sustains morality. If you undermine religion, you’ll undermine morality.

That is precisely what has happened to America. Beginning with a whole series of misguided Supreme Court decisions, religious influence in society, especially Christian, was restricted more and more. By the 1960s, God was effectively kicked out of the public schools along with prayer and the Ten Commandments.

When we had God in the classrooms, there was no need for armed guards in the hallways.

© 2019 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

In this high-speed society we created for ourselves, Americans live in traffic-congested cities with skyscrapers piercing the sky.

On the ground floor, humans race to catch crowded busses, packed subways and Yellow Cabs. With expressways gridlocked from dawn to dusk, people overflow sidewalks and sirens slash through the air 24/7. The evening news reports robberies,  accidents, homicides and a plethora of  calamities too numerous for human emotions to endure.

(Kayaker battling whitewater in Clear Creek, Golden, CO) Photo by Frosty Wooldridge

But if you look at all the people living in cities, whether in their workplace or their office cubicle, what do you see on the partition wall?

You see posters of what they would rather being doing: windsurfing, skiing, sunbathing on a beach in the Caribbean, scuba diving, dancing, mountain climbing, camping, rafting, bicycling and a dozen other activities they would rather be living.

If you’re one of those people wishing you lived a different life or wishing you could live your dreams, then why don’t you go after it?

Why not live your poster instead of wishing you were windsurfing across Lake Tahoe or sunning on the beach in Hawaii?

Did you ever wonder how those people you see traveling around the world with a backpack or bicycle, or climbing mountains or taking a winter off to go ski bumming do it?

They defeat the tyranny of resistance.

Henry David Thoreau said, “The mass of men and women live lives of quiet desperation”.

In 2014 America, anyone at any station in life, at any age, can renew his or her life by choice, by intention and by action. Such individuals learn how to defeat the “tyranny of resistance.”

First of all, what constitutes this modern day tyranny that locks people into cubicle prisons in cities or into humdrum jobs that provide zero meaning?

Such persons yield to an inner resistance to transform themselves because they feel afraid, don’t know how to break their cubicle-bonds and, often times, none of their office mates know any better. It’s easier to be safe with the constancy and comfort of a paycheck and friends.

Do you remember the TV sitcom “King of Queens” with the fat boy Kevin James and co-star Leah Remini, who also got fat in the series, staged in New York City?  They never showed any happiness, but mostly conflict. Their  jobs: meaningless! They didn’t know how to escape their relationship or their jobs.

If you live such a scenario, how can you avoid a lifetime of regrets?

• Find your gift of what turns you on to life.  Discover your talent, your ability, your genius and your expertise. You can find it by examining what you do in your spare time. Pursue it, love it and live it.
• Practice self-awareness.  Socrates said, “The unexamined life is not worth living”. Instead of going through the motions, create your own wave and ride it.
• Incorporate your independent will as a “course correction” on your way to your life’s destination. As Jack London said, “You can’t wait for inspiration to change your life; you have to go after it with a club.”
• Discover your True North in the scheme of your life.  That’s your soul’s true knowing and what you desire most about your life. It’s your deepest truth.

Finally, you must engage your physical, emotional, mental and spiritual well-being.

Exercise daily to blow off excess energy in the body to release your mind to express itself.  Eat healthy foods to maintain a lean frame.  That, in turn, allows you emotional balance that originates with your relationship with friends, families and co-workers.  For your mental well-being, read books, take classes and express yourself through journaling, painting, sculpting or other art forms.  Finally, feed your spiritual being via inspirational books, church or nature, and the peace you find from a walk down a tree-lined path.

You will find the tyranny of resistance fades as you walk or gallop toward your happiness in work, play and friends. You won’t wish for what you see in the poster on your cubicle wall, you will live it for real.

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

2 Thessalonians 2:3  Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition. We are witnessing the falling away.  Churches by the dozens are going a different direction than the principles of God dictate and they don’t seem to care.  I heard a preacher tell the story of a dream he had where he was in hell and witnessed a man running around looking into the many pits of fire there and he would occasionally stop at one look in reach in a grab someone and pull them out only to throw them back in.  This preacher was so curious he asked the guy what he was doing and he said he was looking for the preacher who lied to him!  That should curl the hair of any preacher.  God holds a minister of the gospel to a higher standard than the average pew sitter.  I’ve sat under preachers that are more afraid of the IRS than they are of God.  They’re so afraid of losing their 501(c)3, they won’t take the chance of offending anyone.

Tithes are another sacred item to a pastor.  I understand that those tithes are important.  You have bills to pay and a payroll to make but God tells us in 2Timothy 4:2  Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.  That means whether it is a popular message or not, preach it.  If the government doesn’t like it, too bad, preach it.  Government has no authority over what the minister of the gospel preaches.  They tried to control the church and did for many decades with the Johnson Gag Order, but Trump has removed that obstacle.  Now preachers can preach the truth including who a Christian should vote for.

Now I’m sure that there will be some that think that it is unconstitutional but before the Johnson Gag Order in 1954 preachers would always inform their parishioners who they should vote for.  In reality, even with the Gag Order, a minister had the right to compare candidate/Party to the principles of God but so many stepped away from that responsibility because they didn’t want to offend anyone.  One church I attended did bring up the difference between the candidates in 2008 and lost a bunch of his black congregation.  He refused to bring it up again even though Obama was the most ungodly man to ever sit in the White House.  In fact, you’d never even know there was an election going on in 2010, 2012, and 2014 because it was never mentioned in the pulpit again.  His church has continued to decline in membership.  The mandate is to preach in season and out of season.  When it is popular and when it isn’t popular.

I know another pastor that felt convicted that he needed to get political from the pulpit and did.  He too lost a lot of people but believed God would bring in the people that would listen and He did.  His church is now almost twice what it was. There are churches that ignore the ‘trend’ and preach what God has called the church to preach and they are flourishing.

Then we have churches that totally ignored Gods scriptural teaching on Israel.  Some consider Israel to be a product of the Rothchild’s instead of what God said he would do with Israel in the end times.  Some even refer to Israel as terrorists.[1]  It is said of them because they attacked Egypt as they were building up forces against Israel.  Surprise is always an advantage when war is imminent.  Even with the many excellent churches that support Israel, there are some that consider the churches Zionism as anti-Semitic and a danger to Israel and Palestine.  In reality, right-wing Christian supporters of Israel like CUFI pose a grave danger to the safety and well-being of both Jews and Palestinians, as well as to hopes for a true and lasting peace in the Holy Land. Anyone who actually listens to CUFI’s leader, the Rev. John Hagee, will be horrified at the meeting’s toxic blend of anti-Semitism, racism, homophobia, Islamophobia, and sexism.

Hagee and his more than 5 million followers believe that the establishment of Israel in 1948 and its subsequent military occupation and colonization of Palestinian and other Arab lands are the fulfillment of biblical prophecy and the necessary precursors to the return of Jesus Christ and the coming of the apocalypse. [2]

The failure of pastors to understand what God said He would do with Israel is mind-boggling.  Numerous time He stated that He would scatter Israel over the world: Ezekiel 20:23  “I lifted up mine hand unto them also in the wilderness, that I would scatter them among the heathen, and disperse them through the countries;” and then He said that in the end times He would bring Israel back to the land He gave them: Jeremiah_33:7  And I will cause the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to return, and will build them, as at the first.  It’s not rocket science, but some preachers have determined that they must redefine Israel of the end times.

One of the main purposes of the church is to raise up men to be placed in positions of authority:  Exodus 18:21  Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens: but for the last sixty-five to seventy years they have failed miserably at it.  They have failed to follow God’s precepts and hold our leaders accountable for their ungodly actions.  Now we have a political party, Democrats that won’t even pass a law to protect our unborn or even those born alive during a botched abortion!  They have blocked the bill over 70 times this year that would require the doctor to give a child medical attention that survived an abortion.  Churches aren’t talking about it!  What kind of insanity is that?  I assure you it is NOT a representation of the church of Jesus Christ. It is a representation of the church of satan and no one can call themselves a Christian and support the Democrat Party.  That would be apostasy on steroids.

© 2019 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. https://chuckbaldwinlive.com/Articles/tabid/109/ID/3705/Fifty-Years-Of-Occupation.aspx
2. https://chuckbaldwinlive.com/Articles/tabid/109/ID/3897/At-Its-Core-Christian-Zionism-Is-Anti-Semitic.aspx
3. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, Bloomington, IN) pp. 154-155

One more column reacting to the responses I received after Tuesday’s confession about Crossing the Tiber.  Before I get to that a programming note.  I’ve received some complaints about the fact that these PDF files don’t include active links.  I don’t know how to make hyperlinks active in PDF files.  I probably must own some expensive Adobe software.  Anyway, what I’m going to do as a work around is provide a link in all PDF files going forward to the archived email version of this column.  That version of the daily column will include clickable links.  I will include any links that I use in the printable PDF version in their full typed out form.  The archived email version of the email is just below the headline.  It isn’t clickable so you’ll have to copy and paste it into your browser.

I received too many questions and comments to respond to them all in any column.  Some probably require a book length response to be fair.  Five hundred years of theological and ideological conflict doesn’t resolve itself overnight.  And I probably won’t take the time to write any books on this issue.  I’ve never written even one book.  Alas.

One of my interlocutors suggested my consideration of conversion to the Catholic Church is motivated by personal angst over how I’ve been treated by the Evangelical Church.  He said he noticed an overly personal and dark tone in my columns in general.

It is true that my columns are written from a personal point of view.  I don’t know how else to write as much as I do — every morning — without letting my personality through.  I’ve always found that writing is a pretty revealing exercise personally.  I don’t know what else to say about that.

As to my being dark … well, when the righteous Christian is the gay “Christian” I should think we’d all be feeling dark.  I, like every other serious Christian in the West, is trying to figure this out.  And those of us who have been working on the Sodomy issue for multiple decades probably have cause to feel gloomy right now.  It’s only natural.

And if we’re honest, as I try to be, we’re going to use fighting words a lot.  This leads me to comment on another of my respondents.

He suggested that things aren’t as bad as I claim in America and the Church.  I should write more about the good things that are happening, he said.  That reminds me of what the Governor of Maine’s office advised me to do for a career one time as I was whining to them about how hard it was to stand against sodomy.  They said I should become a Prison Chaplain.  That way I could help people.

This particular Governor was pro sodomy, and the ministry I was leading made things difficult for him — but not difficult enough.  He was a master manipulator, and I was too immature at the time to understand the manipulation.  The person in the office who gave the advice was very close to the Governor, and had a background in the Church.  It is hard for me to think back on that relationship.

Prison … but not as a chaplain … is where this Leftist totalitarianism is leading Christianity in the West.  They want us in prison because we are “haters” for not embracing their perversion and warmongering.  There isn’t room for all of us in prison so their utopian vision will have to be accomplished through murder.  That is always the way with ideologies that careen off the rails of good and reasonable philosophy and theology.  Christian leadership is always among the first to be rounded up and cattlecarred off to the gulags by these pathetically intolerant Godless ideologies.

Positive thinking is a pagan diversion in the West.  It has done much harm to the psychology of Western man.  Combine it with egalitarianism in thought and you’ve got a real soul killer.  All ideas and religions are NOT equal.  We aren’t better people if we emphasize the good at the expense of deploring and crushing evil.  Evil in every generation must be confronted and crushed.  It starts in the home.

What happens if the parents don’t confront evil in their children.  What if there is no parental discipline?  What happens to those children?  We’re confronted now with the rotten fruit of this style of parenting.  It was encouraged by a guy named Spock (not the Star Trek Vulcan).  His idea was to be hands off with children, especially with respect to religion.  Only Satan himself could dream up something so diabolical.

Tens of millions of church going Christians bought the lie and practiced it.  I don’t think America can survive the toxic immorality that was bred into so many as a result of pop-psychology and propaganda.  I hope and pray I’m wrong.  But I don’t see much evidence of a willingness to do what is going to be required to right the ship.

Even Trump (who I support by the way) is weaponizing the word “gay” for political gain.  I don’t think he’s into sodomy himself.  But he sure does like the low hanging political fruit that American corporate, political and religious culture dangles in front of his lust-filled eyes.

And this is where we’re at dear fellow American.  Either we choose to repent and grovel before the Christian God of the universe declaring the extreme wickedness of our baby murder, sodomy, usury and hate for the good the true and the beautiful or we go the way of every other narcissistic empire on the planet.   The United States of America is not divine.  It is not heaven on earth, even though we are the most materially prosperous civilization ever produced by mankind.

Materialism is toxic.  It isn’t a spiritual virtue.  It is dangerous.  God doesn’t put up with idolatry forever.  Eventually there is a reckoning.

I have grandchildren.  I want the best future possible for them.  And I know that this future will not be good if Christianity disappears from the world, and is replaced by the feminist hell that is now forcefully possessing all the institutions of the West — especially the Church.

We need a metaphorical exorcism of our most powerful institutions.  And you know what … I see it starting.
Praise God.

© 2019 Michael Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org

I remember watching Christian-based movies back in the 1970s and ‘80s having to do with the end times.  They were not very well done, and I found one aspect of these movies to be a little bit hard to grasp.  They always showed Christians under great persecution.  Society had changed so much that Christians were now portrayed as haters – as a dangerous faction that had to be done away with.  Christians were, in fact, HATED, because they were perceived as being hateful.  They were attacked in the streets, churches were burned, some were hauled off to concentration – or “re-education” camps.  Many had to worship secretly in private homes, and even these home meetings were made illegal.

At the time, I could not understand how such a scenario could possibly happen in America, even though Scripture warns about persecution in the last days.  But today, I realize these scenes portrayed in movies a generation ago were not so preposterous, but instead, prophetic.

Indeed, how quickly things have turned around.  Today, in our age of unbridled tolerance, everything is readily accepted, and no one is willing to judge right and wrong or declare moral absolutes.  No one, that is, except the bible-believing Christian.  In a world that seeks not just acceptance, but celebration of any act, any lifestyle, it is only the Scripture-studying Christian who recognizes a law higher than man’s, it is only the Christian, seeking to proclaim God’s Word, that represents a thorn in the side of the sinner.

The tide has turned, and the direction is irreversible.  Those who hold to the Scriptures cannot, at the same time, turn a blind eye to sin and evil.  We can’t look at the great wickedness of abortion and ignore it.  We can’t watch the militant efforts of the homosexual lobby to indoctrinate even our children into an aberrant lifestyle, and look the other way.  We can’t, in good conscience, watch in silence as millions embrace the demonic religion of evolution, as they declare the existence of a Creator to be a fairytale of the ignorant.  And as we seek to obey the Great Commission, we cannot help but speak out, and share our faith in our Savior with a world heading full speed down the road to hell.

Christianity is not for everyone.  It is not INclusive.  It is EXclusive.  Jesus said, “Enter through the narrow gate.  For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.  But small is the gate and narrow is the road that leads to life, and only a few find it.”

This is why the world will hate us.  Because we dare to proclaim the words of Christ.  In a world that wants no personal responsibility, no “judging,” no moral absolutes, no such thing as “sin,” when we dare to speak otherwise, we will be called “haters.”  And so, today, we are.

But we don’t want to be.  And so many of us try to compromise.  There are many so-called “Christian” groups out there that now pick and choose what to embrace from God’s word, or worse yet, they re-write Scripture to fit the new world order.  We have large denominations that have rejected God’s plan for Holy Matrimony and replaced it with the world’s definition.  These same denominations go even further by ordaining as pastors and priests those who are without natural affection.

Meanwhile, in the past decade we have seen the emergence of “Mega-Churches” – where thousands gather weekly, where their message goes out to millions via television and radio, and where the Mega-church pastors, such as Rick Warren, Rob Bell, Joel Osteen and others have now become the most popular preachers in America.  The trouble is, you really can’t be speaking the full and true Gospel of the Lord and at the same time be “Mega-popular.”  You can be popular, or you can speak the truth.  It is not possible, in these last days, to do both.

Rick Warren, whose Purpose Driven movement, I have personally seen destroy dozens of churches, openly embraces Islam and has partnered with Southern California mosques, proposing a set of theological principles that includes acknowledging that Christians and Muslims worship the same God.  This may sound sweet and lovely, and it may appeal to many who desire peace and unity among religions, but the bottom line is, it’s simply not true.  But it IS popular.  The ignorant masses love it.

Time Magazine called Rob Bell, “the most exciting voice in the church today.”    Perhaps this is because Bell preaches a more popular “gospel,” of Universal Salvation, where everyone goes to heaven, and in which hell does not exist.  Like so many others, he also embraces homosexuality and is constantly seeking ways to cast doubt on the authority and reliability of Scripture, choosing instead to “reinterpret” Scripture to fit more comfortably with cultural whims.  Bell’s teachings are decidedly NOT biblical.  But in a world where the truths of Scripture are said to be antiquated and obsolete, they ARE popular.

Joel Osteen has openly admitted that he does not preach on sin, or call sinners to repentance, and I am not sure he has ever preached the actual soul-saving Gospel message in his life.  But he does put on a very encouraging pep rally.  Unfortunately, these uplifting messages are extremely popular.  It is unfortunate, because so many hear these messages and believe they are hearing Scripture.  They are not.  He uses the Bible as a lucky charm.  As he begins his church services, he advises the congregation of more than 43,000 people to hold their Bibles in the air and proclaim, “This is my Bible: I am what it says I am; I have what it says I have; I can do what it says I can do. Today, I will be taught the Word of God. I’ll boldly confess. My mind is alert; my heart is receptive; I will never be the same. I am about to receive the incorruptible, indestructible, ever-living Seed of the Word of God. I’ll never be the same – never, never, never!  I’ll never be the same, in Jesus’ Name.”

The trouble is that he does NOT teach the Word of God, but instead teaches a false, prosperity gospel where God becomes our errand boy.  The gist of his theology is stated in his book, “Your Best Life Now” — “If you’re struggling financially, go out and help somebody who has less than you have.  If you want to reap financial blessings, you must sow financial seeds in the lives of others.  If you want to see healing and restoration come to your life, go out and help somebody else get well.”  These are nice, happy thoughts but they are NOT the gospel.  But they ARE popular.

When Pope Francis was chosen by the Roman Catholic Church, Time Magazine declared him “The New World Pope,” and he has made it clear that ecumenical outreach and inclusivity is going to be his top priority.    This includes more dialogue with other religions.  In his first ecumenical meeting he stated, “I then greet and cordially thank you all, dear friends, belonging to other religious traditions; first of all the Muslims, who worship the one God, living and merciful, and call upon Him in prayer…”

He later included even atheists in the big tent, by saying, “You ask me if the God of the Christians forgives those who don’t believe and who don’t seek the faith.  I start by saying…that God’s mercy has no limits if you go to Him with a sincere and contrite heart.  The issue for those who do not believe in God is to obey their conscience.  Sin, even for those who have no faith, exists when people disobey their conscience.”

Most recently, Francis declared that the Church must end its “obsession” with gays, contraception and abortion.  All these statements of the “infallible” Pope have met with wholehearted acceptance and celebration by the world at large.  Left-leaning celebrities have gone on TV talk shows declaring him a “breath of fresh air,” and the world has celebrated his statements because now the leader of the largest church in the world is finally getting on board with the program.  His statements and actions may not be biblical.  But no one can argue, they ARE popular.

Friends, the issue here is biblical literacy.  It’s been said that the Bible is the number one best-selling book of all time, even today, but it’s the one book that few people ever read.  Those who hold to biblical truth will understand that Christianity is not a big tent.  It is a small gate and a narrow road.  FEW, the Bible says, find this road.  MOST, the Bible says go through the wide gate and the broad road that leads to destruction.

Just because a speaker sounds good to you does not mean he is speaking the truth. Do not trust your heart. God’s Word tells us the heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked. As fallen, sinful human beings, we will always seek validation and permission for our wicked, sinful desires.  Many will come, even in God’s name, to grant such permission and soothe our consciences, and such people will be very popular.  But do not be deceived.  1 John 4:1, “Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see whether they are from God, for many false prophets have gone out into the world.”

Rather, we must be redeemed, by the blood of our Savior, and then we must live according to our new nature in Christ.  1 John tells us, “If we say we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.  If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.  If we say we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.”

Christians are sinners, saved by God’s grace.  As we walk by the Spirit, and obediently declare His truths, we will inevitably come into conflict with the unsaved, those who wish to have no authority or moral absolutes, other than those they construct in their own imaginations.  These people will seek a utopian world of inclusiveness and permissiveness and acceptance for any and all behaviors.  They will seek to create a world without judgement or consequences.  Those who oppose them will be labeled as haters.

Matthew 10:22, “You will be hated by all for My name’s sake.  But the one who endures to the end will be saved.”

These should be startling words.  None of us wants to be hated.  But the time is coming when we will have to make a stand.  In fact, it’s here today.   Each day we have many choices to make as we go about our daily affairs.  Do we compromise with the world?  Do we go along with the crowd to avoid conflict?  I’m not suggesting we seek out conflict, but when error is spoken, do we speak up to correct it?  Or do we go along to get along?  Remember Luke 9:26, “Whoever is ashamed of Me and My words, the Son of Man will be ashamed of them when He comes in His glory and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels.” 

That which is called the “Church” is being corrupted at an unprecedented pace today.  Be vigilant and be in study in the Scriptures so that you can discern the truth from the lies.  It is the responsibility of each of us, individually, and our duty as Christians to know the truth and to daily proclaim it, unashamedly.

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 262.

© 2019 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

While driving on a beautiful day in West Virginia, I heard this news reported over my car radio. Democrat presidential candidate Elizabeth Warren said Michael Brown was “murdered” by a “white” policeman in Ferguson Mo. I became filled with anger. I thought, “This wicked woman’s presidential run should be over.” Everyone knows Brown was shot while assaulting a police officer in his patrol car while Brown tried to take the officer’s gun.

This insidiously evil lie by Warren tells voters everything they need to know about her. Obsessed with gaining power, Warren has decided that the lives of brave and honorable police officers and the lives of Americans potentially killed in a race war are acceptable collateral damage to achieve her goal – the White House.

My thoughts raced back to the heartbreaking Facebook post by 13 year old Jaden Ramos. Jaden’s dad was a NYC police officer who was assassinated along with another officer while sitting in their cruiser on special patrol doing crime reduction work.

Jaden and numerous other children of police officers lost their fathers because Democrats and fake news media lied about the Brown shooting in Ferguson and other incidents. Consequently, Black Lives Matter declared it “open season” on killing police and white people. Angry black youths responded with revenge assassinations of police across America.

Jaden posted: “Today I had to say bye to my father. He was their for me everyday of my life, he was the best father I could ask for. It’s horrible that someone gets shot dead just for being a police officer. Everyone says they hate cops but they are the people that they call for help. I will always love you and I will never forget you. RIP Dad.”

For Warren to reignite the “Brown was murdered” lie five years later is beyond the pale. Warren deceptively markets herself as having superior compassion for victims. In reality, Warren is cold and calculating; willing to say anything in her perverse quest for power to control every aspect of our lives. Elizabeth Warren is a despicable human being.

If you watch, people always show you who they really are. Years ago, I attended a meeting in Washington DC. I met a politician who sounded great. After the meeting, away from cameras and microphones, he treated his assistant humiliatingly. My opinion of him suffered.

Just like her fake Indian heritage, Warren has shown us that her self-proclaimed superior compassion is fake also.

Warren’s irresponsible lie about the circumstances of Brown’s death so infuriated me because it sent a clarion call to blacks to kill more cops. I have had my fill of Democrats instigating hate, violence and divisiveness while falsely portraying themselves as paragons of superior compassion. Meanwhile, Democrats’ fake news media buddies demonize decent everyday Americans for opposing socialism and anti-Americanism.

Does character matter when selecting our leaders? Absolutely. “When the righteous increase, the people rejoice, but when a wicked man rules, the people groan.” Proverbs 29:2.

President George Washington said, “…a good moral character is the first essential in a man…It is therefore highly important that you should endeavor not only to be learned but virtuous.”

Presidential candidates Elizabeth Warren, Kamala Harris and their fellow Democrats instigating the murdering of police by continuing to lie about Michael Brown is the polar opposite of virtuous.

“The people “have a right, an indisputable, unalienable, indefeasible, divine right to that most dreaded and envied kind of knowledge– I mean of the character and conduct of their rulers.” —John Adams

“The qualities of a great man are “vision, integrity, courage, understanding, the power of articulation, and profundity of character.” —Dwight Eisenhower

“Character is the only secure foundation of the state.” —Calvin Coolidge

“Americanism is a question of principle, of purpose, of idealism, of character. It is not a matter of birthplace or creed or line of descent.”  —Theodore Roosevelt

“Character is like a tree and reputation like its shadow. The shadow is what we think of it; the tree is the real thing.: “I desire so to conduct the affairs of this administration that if at the end, when I come to lay down the reins of power, I have lost every other friend on earth, I shall at least have one friend left, and that friend shall be down inside me.” —Abraham Lincoln

Since having to defend President Bill Clinton’s serial adultery and numerous allegations of sexual assault, Democrats and fake news media say expecting character in our leaders is unrealistic.

Elizabeth Warren seated in the big chair in the Oval Office would be the equivalent of wicked Hillary on steroids; severely punishing achievers, disarming law abiding gun-owners, jailing political opponents, dividing Americans into groups that hate each other, persecuting Christians, killing babies after birth, crushing our economy and government tyrannically micromanaging our lives.

As president, Warren’s lack of character would reap horrifying and devastating consequences. Who in their right mind would vote for a presidential candidate who is complicit in the murdering of police? Elizabeth “Pocahontas” Warren must never be allowed anywhere near becoming leader of the free world.

© 2019 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American
Help Lloyd spread the Truth
http://LloydMarcus.com

Politicians who support gun control, and gun control advocates, are either ignorant, power hungry control freaks, or delusional idealists. Ignorance would mean simply lacking in knowledge of the subject, but because of their positions, and touted “research,” they should know the subject. Power hungry control freaks would indicate a desire to subjugate a population under their perspective of reality regardless of facts. And finally delusional idealists believe that all mankind can live in such a way as to make weapons unnecessary and that we can force this position by simply taking away the weapons.

Each and every position is lacking in common sense and logic.  First:  history of mankind has shown that violence by man against man has always taken place.  Some have argued that it is human nature but in a civilized society we try to provide mechanisms to allow alternatives to violence.  For many of us that is sufficient, for others – not so much.  Secondly: for whatever reason; some people seemed to be pre-disposed to violence.  Jack the ripper, who still evokes terror and disgust from society, did his deeds with a knife.  Whether you call it a mental derangement or just plain evil there are bad people in the world, there always has been and there always will be.  Lastly; to believe a utopian ideal can be accomplished by forcing people to do so is delusional on its face.  The vast majority of people when facing starvation or watching their loved ones starve will do things they normally would not do to save them – steal, fight, and perhaps even kill to save the lives of themselves and their loved ones.

To be right up front – gun control is not about guns, it never has been, it is about control.  There is no other conclusion that can be drawn.  Let’s take the Colorado movie theater nut-job for instance; at his home police found a number of explosives and bomb making equipment.  He had the knowledge to build “sophisticated” explosive devices.  Do we think for one moment that if by some miracle every firearm in the US was confiscated and no firearms were smuggled into the country and no garage shop machinist built a weapon for him that he would not have used those explosive devices to carry out his fiendish plot?

The common denominator in all this is the individual.  Does a person become more dead if he is killed by a firearm rather than a pipe bomb or a sword or an icepick?  The object that kills is merely a tool chosen by the individual.  The act of killing, by whatever tool, is still a crime, and has always been a crime.

We also always hear from the left that we need to make it harder for the criminals to get guns.  Really?  So why do they pass laws against the law abiding citizen making it harder for them to defend themselves from the criminal?  The criminal is doing nothing new.  His behavior has not changed only the tools he has used.  We have outlawed many inanimate objects over the centuries and not once has it made those objects go away.  A perfect example are drug laws.  We have passed thousands of pages of laws to outlaw drugs and decades later we have more drugs on the street than ever before.  We outlawed alcohol nation-wide only to repeal it a few years later after it failed so miserably.

What is the common denominator here?  To use a TV phrase it is the “human factor.”  Does it matter what drug a person is on when he runs someone over in his car?  Does it change the effect on the person struck?  Does it matter what tool was used to threaten someone in a robbery? Is the effect more devasting if he uses a black Beamer instead of a station wagon?  What we need to focus on is the behavior – not tools.

An example of the lefts logic is given by ex-President Jimmy Carter who stated

“I have used weapons since I was big enough to carry one, and now own two handguns, four shotguns and three rifles, two with scopes.  I use them carefully, for hunting game from our family woods and fields, and occasionally for hunting with my family and friends in other places. We cherish the right to own a gun and some of my hunting companions like to collect rare weapons. One of them is a superb craftsman who makes muzzle-loading rifles, one of which I displayed for four years in my private White House office.

But none of us wants to own an assault weapon, because we have no desire to kill policemen or go to a school or workplace to see how many victims we can accumulate before we are finally shot or take our own lives. That’s why the White House and Congress must not give up on trying to reinstate a ban on assault weapons, even if it may be politically difficult.”[1]

First of all try to overlook the rhetoric of wanting “to kill policemen” etc.  This is an emotional plea to sway people to his position and has nothing to do with the facts.  No law abiding citizen wants to do these things and having a law against assault weapons will not deter a criminal from getting them.  Secondly, President Carter is disingenuous at best when he talks about the “assault weapons” ban.  He stated he owns three rifles, two with scopes and the only difference between his firearms and the assault weapon is in the furniture attached to it.  (Furniture is the items attached to the firearm, stock, hand guards, flash suppressor, etc.)

An assault weapon, according to the assault weapon ban, is any firearm that had a certain number of furniture items on the firearm.  For instance if I remove the “flash suppressor” and replace it with a muzzle break, change the pistol grip to a one piece stock that had a thumb-hole in it, and reduced the magazine from 20 rounds to 10 – have I changed the ballistic capability of the weapon?   A 7.62 (30 cal) round will impact with the same devastation regardless of what the weapon LOOKS LIKE.  An M-16 rifle shoots the 5.56/.223 round and is used around the world by many militaries.  Do you think the round will be less effective if shot from a rifle that is set-up as a non-militaristic looking weapon?

Let’s look at this from a different point of view: in the Supreme Court case of United States V. Miller, the Supreme Court found in favor of the United States concerning the interstate transportation of a sawed off shotgun.  The defense argued that the weapon was protected under the Second Amendment and Justice McReynolds gave the opinion of the court stating:

“In the absence of any evidence tending to show that possession or use of a “shotgun having a barrel of less than eighteen inches in length” at this time has some reasonable relationship to the preservation or efficiency of a well-regulated militia, we cannot say that the Second Amendment guarantees the right to keep and bear such an instrument. Certainly it is not within judicial notice that this weapon is any part of the ordinary military equipment, or that its use could contribute to the common defense.”[2]

Their finding of the court in supporting the US government’s position was that the weapon would NOT be covered under the second amendment as it was NOT a part of the “ordinary military equipment.”  However, assault weapons ARE a part of the normal military equipment and therefore ARE covered under the Second Amendment.  We cannot have it both ways.

Senator Diane Feinstein likewise shows here ignorance stating:

“Weapons of war don’t belong on the streets,” Feinstein said on Fox News. This is a powerful weapon, it had a 100-round drum; this is a man who planned, who went in, and his purpose was to kill as many people as he could in a sold-out theater. We’ve got to really sit down and come to grips with what is sold to the average citizen in America.”

“I have no problem with people being licensed to buy a firearm, but these are weapons that are only going to be used to kill a lot of people in close combat,” she said.[3]

We have already covered the legal, Second Amendment, aspect to gun control but what about the moral rights of the citizen to have firearms?   She states that these are used to kill people “in close combat.”  It is interesting that she uses that terminology.  I’m sure she used it to evoke a negative militaristic emotion from the reader as something inherently evil.  The act at the theater was most definitely evil but the weapon was just a tool.

But getting back to Ms. Feinstein and the moral right of the people – why did the founders put the second amendment into the Bill of Rights?  Was it to allow Americans to hunt and go target shooting?  No. Was it to come to the aid of the country and keep the peace?  Yes in part.  Was it to be a check and balance to civil authority against a tyrannical government?  Absolutely.

United States Representative Ron Paul, from the 14^th District in Texas, stated in a November 6^th, 2006 article entitled “Gun Control on the Back Burner”:

“The Second amendment is not about hunting deer or keeping a pistol in your nightstand. It is not about protecting oneself against common criminals. It is about preventing tyranny. The Founders knew that unarmed citizens would never be able to overthrow a tyrannical government as they did. They envisioned government as a servant, not a master, of the American people. The muskets they used against the British Army were the assault rifles of that time. It is practical, rather than alarmist, to understand that unarmed citizens cannot be secure in their freedoms.”[4]

We know this is the position of those that organized this country for it was written in the Declaration of Independence stating that “to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, -That whenever any form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it”… but “not for light and transient causes…”  but for when that government becomes tyrannical “it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.”

This is the reason that the Second Amendment was secured to the people.  Because this is exactly what they experienced, and the history of mankind has shown this pattern to repeat in every government since the dawn of man.

Those on the left talk of wanting to protect the citizens by enacting tougher gun laws but by enacting these laws they disarm law abiding citizens thereby aiding the criminal.  They totally overlook the entire history of mankind and the fact that governments have killed more of their own citizens than the criminals ever have and the very first thing a government does is to remove the ability of the citizen to resist by first registering and then confiscating weapons; whether that is a sword or a rifle.

The gun control advocates would have us believe the following:

First: Gun control laws curb criminal behavior.
Second: If gun availability is lessened there would be a decrease in gun crimes.
Third: More gun control means safer streets, schools, homes, etc.

All three statements would be true, in a vacuum or in a totally controlled environment. If we add the human element into the equation, these statements become false.

First, as we have already discussed, the criminal does not obey the law and therefore does not care about legally purchasing or owning firearms.  Do we really believe that someone who is capable of rape or murder cares one whit about registering a firearm or submitting for a license?  Of course not!  He does not obey the law; therefore, no law will curb his behavior.

Second, in every state where handguns are freely permitted to be carried there has been a lessening of overall violent crimes.  It does seem to follow, “if you outlaw guns, the only people who will have guns will be the outlaws.”

Third, the city with the most stringent gun control laws is the city with the highest gun crime, Washington D.C.

So why doesn’t gun control work?  It is really quite simple, laws are meant to control and regulate “behavior” not objects, a set of standards, if you will, that says these things we do not do, and if you do them there will be consequences.  Legal systems are designed to provide a framework of acceptable “behavior” by which persons within a society interact with each other.  Murder is illegal in nearly every society on the face of the earth.  The manner in which that murder is accomplished is simply tool identification.  The lack of moral upbringing and interference by the government has removed parental power.  Today a child in some cities cannot be spanked out of fear that child protective services will take their child away.  Yet, the state makes the parents responsible for the child’s behavior, and stands between the child and parent when discipline is most needed.  If a child grows up thinking there are no harsh consequences to whatever he does, then he will do whatever he wants.  The problem with our society is not the availability of guns it is the absence of a moral standard for our society and an advancement of secular belief that denies God in the public square.

What our nation needs are laws that punish criminal behavior and to stop criminalizing honest citizens who wish only to protect themselves and their families.   Both the Department of Justice and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF) statistics have shown that the majority of violent crimes are committed without firearms, and the vast majority of gun crimes are committed with guns that were illegally obtained, bypassing gun laws.  So the net effect of gun control laws is to affect the law abiding citizen and has virtually no effect on the criminal element of our society.

So instead of listening to lying politicians, agenda driven special interest groups, start taking responsibility for your own life.  Stop demanding from someone else what you are too much of a coward to do yourself.  The Supreme Court has stated the police are not liable to protect any individual citizen.  Then if they are not – who is?  YOU!

If more law abiding citizens would purchase, train, and start taking responsibility for themselves and their position in society, those who would do them ill would think twice about it.  And all you PC business owners, like Colorado movie theaters, who make it unlawful for a law abiding citizen to defend himself have created an environment that emboldens the lawless because no one is going to be able to do a damn thing to stop them.  These businesses have a degree of responsibility for creating a venue of criminal terror.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Lemieux: raven-1911@hotmail.com

Footnotes:

[i] http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/27/opinion/27Carter.html

[ii] http://www.law.cornell.edu/supct/html/historics/USSC_CR_0307_0174_ZO.html

[iii]http://thehill.com/blogs/blog-briefing-room/news/239343-feinstein-johnson-spar-over-expired-assault-weapons-ban

[iv] http://www.house.gov/paul/tst/tst2006/ tst110606.htm

“Isn’t it wonderful for governments that its citizens no longer think.” – Adolph Hitler

Imagine going to a golf game.  Before the game starts the announcer says,” Good afternoon ladies and gentlemen, today we will toss a coin to determine the winner of the game.”  Coin is tossed, then we hear,  “The winner of today’s game will be Tiger Woods.” How would you feel? Would you want to stay? Would the golfers want to play? Or would you feel cheated and get up and leave.  That is what happens when you know the outcome in advance. This is America today.  The outcome is known and planned in advance.  That is why the narrative can never be changed. ,i.e. Kavanaugh, Russia, man made global warning and racist Trump to name a few.

It is impossible for them to stop the blame game.

Socialism demands that the outcome of plans and policies are determined in advance. The narrative must fit the outcome. Why you ask?  Because it is easier to control billions of people when you have determined where they will wind up. Then anyone off the plantation will be isolated, demonized, re-educated then put back in society or eliminated. The master goal of socialism is to own and control all means of creation, distribution, consumption, and production.  They must regulate all aspects of human activity.  They use fairness to distract.  Step out of line and you are a racist, misogynist, white supremacist, etc, any term they can think of to separate people into groups by making one group victims and the other group the oppressor.

How do they intend to implement this plan? 

First they must reduce the population.  7Billion people are just too many so they create talking points like:  The world will run out of food, water, resources.  Babies are not babies in the womb and deserve to be aborted. They look the other way at mass killings, immigrant crime and color on color crime advocating for criminals while demonizing law enforcement.  They advocate for drugs and crime to mess with the mind.  Suicide is promoted as the means to an end.    Socialists/Communists/Globalists intend to change the face and values of America by demanding open borders. Make no mistake. Open borders to them means more votes and more minorities to control and make victims.   They also change the names of their groups and programs often so you will not think they are all the same. In this article I call them Socialists/Communists/Globalists and they all have the same goals.  They are in the Deep State and both political parties.

Let’s look at the progress of the Globalist 6 E’s:  Energy, Equity, Environment, Economy, Education and Entertainment. What do the Socialists/Communists/Globalists believe?

They believe any opposition is racist, bigoted, evil and must be eliminated at all costs and they don’t care how or by whom. Throughout the years the Socialists/Communists/Globalists have joined with the Islamists as they have the same goal – DESTROY ALL WESTERN CULTURE.

Energy is the life blood of every country. Exploring the Energy sector we find oil and coal originally were dirty jobs and caused a lot of pollution.  The original unconstitutional EPA, mandated that the industry clean itself.  They did and today coal and oil are clean, emitting little or no pollution.  By mingling pollution and climate change they were able to show the masses how industry was dirty and contributed to climate change.   America produces more and emits less than any other country.  Not good enough because the businesses were still free of government ownership. That is the key, Government ownership.  Socialists/Communists/Globalists systematically demonize businesses in the private sector so they can bankrupt the business, take it over and redistribute wealth to themselves, their supporters and foreign allies.  Obama set out to bankrupt oil and coal by over regulating, withholding leases and allowing the Gulf oil spill to last for 83 days.    Americans watched as rigs and their jobs went 15 miles south to drill in Mexican waters. Socialists/Communists/Globalists want America dependent on our enemies.  If enemies supply our energy, energy can be controlled by the government. Then the government can control the growth and make sure America does not exceed its place in the world. Can’t have America grow or Socialists/Communists/Globalists will claim its not equal.  They are really afraid that others will want what America has. “Educated people require more from their government.”

Equity is your ownership of you, your property and business.  This is the total American Dream where you control your life. You are not jealous of others. You are concerned with making yourself strong.  Your family relationships are strong, your belief in morality is strong and your belief in yourself and your responsibility to others is strong.  You are self reliant and are determined to be the best you can be.  You will make yourself strong so you can turn around and help others. That is America. Life is good.

This is unacceptable to Socialists/Communists/Globalists.  You must be part of the herd – your new family.  You must demonize G-d and life.  The only thoughts you can have are those you are told to have. You can’t own anything for that would be unfair.  You can never speak out and oppose any of their talking points.  Everything they say must be true.  There is no reality unless it is determined by the Socialists/Communists/Globalists in charge.  Your truth is what you are told to believe that day. You must do more for less so you can pay for those who do nothing. Everything you have is supplied by the government, you must be eternally grateful.  You own nothing.  Do as I say, not as I do.    You must be happy in your 700 sq ft walk up dwelling without air conditioning while riding your bike to work in 100 degree weather as a sudden thunderstorm appears. Life sucks. If a person can only think of one thought at a time, why would you want it to be bad?   Communist China has already implemented this by giving each citizen a Social Credit card. You lose credits if you oppose any policy. This card is tied to travel. No credits, no travel.

The Environment was hijacked by Socialists/Communists/Globalists as a means of control.  Scientists were paid to come up with the outcome the Socialists/Communists/Globalists desired so blame for climate change can be laid at the feet of humanity. Fact:  Man has a miniscule affect if at all on climate. CO2, a gas which is .03% of the atmosphere does not affect climate.  The computer models rarely show the affect of the sun and clouds – evaporation.  Lack of a science education allows scientists, IPCC, NOAA and think tanks to lie, even report they lied and the ignorant masses bobble, yes masser.  Not to worry, MSM will help too. MSM will create a crisis to divert attention to any finding contradictory to the narrative.  It is impossible that a gas CO2, emitted after the atmosphere warms can also cause warming. A result of something can not be a cause of something unless you were using outcome based theories. The outcome states evil CO2 must be stopped or we will destroy the planet.

Why?  Money, Power, Control 

Money – trillions to be made from a Carbon tax scheme and other schemes eliminating competition of independent companies.  With regulation the right donors can be put in new businesses that support the climate change hoax. Remember Solindra?  $500 million tax payer dollars to Obama’s friends is now bankrupt.

Control – get the environmental fanatics to push more regulations to put more private businesses out of business.  Eliminate home, car ownership by making them too expensive. Plastic straws, light bulbs, aerosol cans, cars, etc all used to change behavior and will affect nothing.  BUT once you comply you are owned.

Power – Blind compliance of the herd message regardless of truth is demanded.  They must get the people to turn on each other, hate each other, not have relationships, and turn in those committing infractions against the predetermined truth.  Blind obedience is called for. Relationships are out as they might cause a conversation which could lead to opposition.  Therefore, have a relationship with a bot or on line, no face to face.  What a great way to depopulate!

Economy –

How do you get millions of people to follow you – You lie to them.

By using Fabian Socialism, the legislators believed that you could use culture rather than revolution to slowly infiltrate socialism and destroy capitalism. They practiced Keynesian economics whereby the Government controls everything. The one with the greatest debt wins.

Copying that approach, let’s look at the student loan debt.  Obama eliminated Sallie Mae, the private lender for college loans. Once the government guaranteed loans, colleges raised tuition.  Who cares, the government will pay.  The Socialists/Communists/Globalists message will be carried throughout K-16.  Who cares the debt is $1.52 trillion. The government (We the People) now owns the debt.

“You can keep your doctor.” was the slogan used by Obama to take over the healthcare industry representing 17.8% of the American economy. This debt is now owned by We the People.

How do you promote and maintain the lie? – Education and Entertainment.

Education – K-16 = Cradle to grave indoctrination

Common Core is Outcome Based Education aka Mastery Learning.

The goal is to dumb the world with American stupidity as the lead. Promote evil America, confuse subject matter so students no longer enjoy learning. We the people are paying for this K-College communist education. And we are silent. We the people are dumb!

By demonizing America the students believe that America is evil. Look at what the brightest read.

What is the goal of Common Core or Outcome Based Education?  Under communism or common core, your child will have no choices.  A computer program with algorithms (programs) will pick up your child’s key strokes, key words, key answers and determine what vocation your child is best suited for. I can’t tell you how many youngsters I taught who change their career every time I taught them something new. I changed careers several times but THAT DOOR IS CLOSING FAST.

ESEA (Elementary Secondary Education Act) was reauthorized by the Obama administration. This forces Common Core on every state requesting federal money.  Will your state be strong enough to say NO?  The model for Common Core is soviet communist education. Milton Eisenhower, Ike’s brother was a communist and an advisor to 5 presidents.  Ike created the unconstitutional Dept of Health, Education and Welfare.  Did he use a communist model? Also, think: If Common Core is mandated in order to get Fed funding, that what is the difference where a child learns?  Choice is a diversion. It’s the curricula, stupid!

Entertainment – the agenda of Hollywood and MSM is to normalize the message.  By repeating the lie over and over, it will be assumed as true.  Ignorant graduates will just carry on the message with compassion.  Look at the SQUAD.  They are a perfect example of a communist education.  They are relentless, they will never quit because Americans are evil, racists destroying their quest for utopia. Imagine if these legislators were educated in the truth.   Today you can not watch a series, sports, movie without getting the same message. Americans are white supremacist, and racist.  America is a country founded on evil and should not exist.  White men are the worst offenders.  You can not watch a show any more without getting the women are superior, message.  Look at Hollywood’s depiction of the evolution of the family.  We went from “Father Know Best”, to “All in the Family” to “Married with Children”.  MSM showed Americans that dysfunctional families are the new normal.

Any time you disagree, you are a racist.  End of conversation.  But remember Socialists/Communists/Globalists use this tactic when they have no message. Calling someone a racist while retaining victim status is worth big bucks as donations will flow.

“Everything is connected. Everything has been planned. There are no coincidences.  Everything is a lie.” Karen Schoen

The machine running the government/world is huge. Their focus is Money, Power, Control.  The mechanism to control people is SCHOOL.   The conditioning is in school, the reinforcement is the media, the tools are technology.   I suggest Building the Machine on Youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjxBClx01jc

When the constitution, freedom, liberty and America are not taught, they are not remembered.  This is the third generation of ignorant Americans. Students are taught communism. Why are we surprised they are now communists?  Fixing the constitution is not the answer. There is nothing wrong with the constitution. Getting the liberals out of school is the only answer.  Just think of America’s future as it is controlled by millions of “SQUAD” members. What will America look like?

Is America worth saving?

Will you:

Stop being part of the Silent Majority. Talk up.
Demand America be taught in school, get rid of the liberal agenda in public schools.
Vet candidates.
Exercise the 9th and 10 Amendment
Stop taking grants, actually the states should stop paying the feds.
Boycott – movies of liberals, or soda which contains CO2.
Run for Office.

Send this article to 5 others and ask them to do the same.

© 2019 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

There is no doubt that most Americans have viewed the questionable operations of the FBI as separate events which are not connected, but there is a long list of FBI behavior that is not confluent with the reputation of the bureau.

Louisiana State Senator John Milkovich recently published a book, “Robert Muller, Errand Boy for the New World Order” which chronicles the actions of the FBI under Mueller’s leadership from Whitey Bulger, Ruby Ridge, Pan Am 103, 9-11 and much more, all of which reveals a 30-year pattern by the FBI to cover-up actions of the guilty and punish the innocent.

Readers may think this is old news, but the same kind of coverups continue with those agents who were affiliated with Robert Mueller for over 12 years.

Mueller Obstructed 9/11 Investigation

With respect to 9-11, Mueller was the catalyst that obstructed the full investigation.  He lied to Congress, telling members that the government and intelligence community had no forewarnings, when in fact they knew who, what, when and probably where.  His claim that the Government had no forewarning of the attack is irreconcilable with the facts.

Robert Mueller concealed the culpability of the perpetrators rather than revealing their guilt. His actions actually point to a specific intent to conceal the involvement of the Saudi Government and their links to Al Qaeda.

Mueller actually blocked a major funding increase for an effort to wage a cyber and intelligence war against Al Qaeda.  A former FBI agent and American patriot who tried to stop this terrorist tragedy paid for it with his life.

It is difficult to rationally look at Mueller’s actions and avoid the conclusion that his real motive for constructing a Surveillance State was to spy on Americans, not to investigate and expose terrorists.

It is apparent that even before Mueller became the director of the FBI, beginning with the Oklahoma City Bombing case, the goal of the FBI was to proceed with their operations in a manner conducive to resulting in the development of a national mind-set entering into a crises of domestic terrorism and thereby making it easier to move into a Surveillance State.

One standard tactic used by the left to result in change is to seize upon a crisis or the perception of a crisis and use it as an excuse to make changes in the law or rules of conduct.  We’ve seen that time and again and we’ll continue to see it, especially with these latest shootings in El Paso and Dayton.

Alfred P. Murrah Building

In the case of the bombing of the Murrah Building, the people who were charged with the bombing, McVeigh and Nichols, were not the only ones involved; there were others.  The FBI managed to cover up the other guilty parties who murdered all those people.

Jayna Davis, a reporter for the Oklahoma City NBC affiliate, said that there were other people involved beside Nichols and Mc Veigh.  As a part of her job, she was tasked with finding out others who were involved with the bombing. According to her investigation, an intelligence source in one of the highest levels of the federal government later confirmed it was a Middle Eastern terrorist cell living and operating in the heart of Oklahoma City just a few miles from the Murrah Building. However, she said that when she took her information to the FBI, they wanted to make the bombing of the Murrah Building a domestic terrorist incident only.

I believe the forces behind the scenes were involved in manufacturing a crisis to support their concocted plans.  Those plans ultimately resulted in Mueller’s Surveillance State via the unconstitutional Patriot Act.

Logic deduces truth.  First, we have to consider that there was a Middle Eastern terrorist cell living and operating in the heart of Oklahoma City just a few miles from the Murrah Building. One would think the FBI would be glad to receive this information. However, when Jayna Davis turned this information over to the FBI; they concluded the bombing of the Murrah Building was a domestic terrorist incident only. This validates what was said about the FBI’s goal to produce a national mind-set which accepted the media-spin about a home-grown domestic crisis.

The point is…that this Middle Eastern terrorist cell didn’t exist in the heart of Oklahoma City by itself.  It had some help, someone or some entity had to do a lot of facilitating to pull this off. This is where I believe the CIA comes into the picture.

For this exercise to have been successful there had to have been a well-coordinated collusion between the FBI and the CIA. This suggests the possibility of direction from a higher echelon which makes it even more imperative that the operation had to be acknowledged as a domestic terrorist incident only. And that is why the findings of Jayna Davis were Dead On Arrival.

The CIA and WMDs

We have been programmed to think the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) is a necessary American intel org that we send all over the globe to investigate problems which could create trouble for national security. However, I am convinced that the CIA, in most cases, does not serve our best interests. On the contrary, it applies its efforts in the opposite direction by either serving the interests of opposing forces, or by releasing false, or concocted information that would result in governmental actions counter to American interests.

A case in point is the information claiming Iraq had weapons of mass destruction. In Senator Milkovich’s book, “Robert Mueller Errand Boy for the New World Order”, the claim was not only of monumental significance, it apparently was false. It was parroted by Robert Mueller in the lead up to the war on Iraq, an unnecessary war costing our soldiers their lives and well-being. Thus, on February 11, 2003, Robert Mueller appeared before Congress saying what he was told to say, making the moves he was told to make, stating:

As CIA Director Tenet has pointed out, Secretary Powell presented evidence last week that Baghdad has failed to disarm its weapons of mass destruction, willfully attempting to evade and deceive the international community. Our particular concern is that Saddam Hussein may supply terrorists with biological, chemical, or radiological material.

This played out with legitimacy to declare war on Iraq via the false claim that it had weapons of mass destruction. According to John Milkovich, “This false claim was of monumental significance, it helped mobilize America to go to war against one nation—Iraq—when America had been attacked on 9-11 by operatives from another nation—Saudi Arabia.”

Just why was Saudi Arabia’s involvement covered up and Iraq became the target?

Council on Foreign Relations

Remembering the agenda for the New World Order – i.e., World Government…it is a worldwide operation. If the powers behind this agenda decide that trouble in a certain part of the world is needed, then there will be trouble. They have command of all the necessary entities it takes to bring the desired trouble into action, while still remaining hidden from the American public.

These events were planned by forces high above the FBI and CIA, forces which have remained hidden, invisible for all practical reasons for over a hundred years and surfacing in organized form in 1921 as the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).  James Perloff exposes the truth of the CFR in his book, The Shadows of Power.

The CFR was established for the specific purpose of facilitating governmental procedures in ways that would be favorable for bringing to fruition the conspiratorial plan for one world government.

During the “cold war” there was a book published by John Stormer, “None Dare call it Treason” and in the chapter on internationalism was a recorded interview by Dan Rather of a representative of the CFR.  I will paraphrase:

Dan Rather was asking the CFR Rep why the U.S., in dealing with the Soviet Union, wasn’t being more forceful, why we were not resorting to the use of our dynamic? To which the CFR Rep replied, if we did so the people would lose their incentive for world government.

Engineered Climate of Fear

There you have it, or at least a part of it; an engineered and contrived climate of fear, which had been envisioned, even as far back as before WWI and had ensued not just nationally, but worldwide – that if we didn’t all come together and form a world government, then a possible nuclear holocaust was inevitable. This was the purpose for using the A-bomb on Japan – not only to deeply instill the climate of fear, but also to help stampede the U.S. Senate toward the 1945 ratification of the United Nations.

The goal of the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tabaco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) was to cause Americans to believe we were entering into crises of domestic terrorism.  This supplied the impetus to establish a Surveillance State, leading to the ultimate goal of a police state.  As in Hitler’s Nazi Germany, control of the populace is necessary.

Murders at Ruby Ridge

The powers above the FBI and ATF were dead-set on producing a show-case event that supported a mind-set of existing domestic terrorism. This was paramount in their plans to launch proceedings into other events which would lead to future crises favorable to fruition of “The New World Order,” i.e., World Government.

Randy Weaver, his wife, Vicki, and their children, moved to mountainous Ruby Ridge, Idaho in the early 1980s, where they bought 20 acres, and built a cabin. Weaver reportedly attended several Aryan Nation meetings. The FBI and ATF approached him and wanted him to spy on the group but he declined even when the agents told him they would bring false federal charges against him if he refused to become an undercover agent for them.  He also refused to take an agent with him to one of these “separatists” meetings in Montana.

He became a target of government entities.  Later an undercover ATF agent asked Weaver to illegally cut the length of a shotgun barrel which he refused to do. Ultimately, the FBI and an ATF sniper attacked Weaver’s family killing Randy’s wife Vicki as she held her 10-month-old infant in her arms, along with their 14-year-old son, and his dog.  Randy was shot in the arm.

Randy’s only alleged crimes consisted of attending several Aryan meetings before deciding not to join and selling a shotgun that was alleged to be illegally short which Weaver has always denied, and missing a court date after receiving an Appearance Notice with the wrong date.  His real offense was refusing to do undercover work for the ATF.  For these infractions, his son and wife were murdered along with their dog, and he was shot in the arm, although the intention of the sniper was to shoot him in the spine.  Randy Weaver was acquitted of all charges except failure to appear in court.  His friend, who was with them, was acquitted of all criminal charges.

Famous attorney Gerry Spence represented Randy Weaver.  The family received a total of $3.1 million as compensation by the Justice Department for killing Vicki and Sam. Our tax dollars paid for these crimes against American citizens.

In 1997, the District Attorney for Boundary County, Idaho charged FBI sniper Lon Horiuchi with involuntary manslaughter.  The U.S. Attorney for the District of Idaho intervened and dismissed the charges.  Horiuchi was later promoted.

In 1992 Mueller headed the Criminal Division of the Justice Department.  He was furious and incensed because members of Congress and public officials dared to complain when an FBI sniper killed a woman holding her baby and her 14-year-old son.  Neil Lewis reported for the New York Times, “Mueller’s associates recall his anger at members of Congress and others for criticism of the FBI’s siege of a separatist family at Ruby Ridge in Idaho, where a woman, her 14-year-old son, and a deputy U.S. marshal were killed.”

Conclusion

These two events are classic examples of how injustice can run amuck when forces like the FBI and ATF are overburdened with a Gestapo mentality.

© 2019 JW Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com

For the love of money is a root of all kinds of evil. Some people, eager for money, have wandered from the faith and pierced themselves with many griefs. —1 Timothy 6:10 (NIV)

It is also the root of destruction for governments of all forms. When people can achieve unchecked incredible wealth as civil servants, as the song reminds “And you tell me over and over and over again my friend, you don’t believe were on the eve of destruction.”

I made a small clockwise twist and there was a muffled pop. Fluorescent light shrapnel rained down around me in a perimeter of several feet.  It was a small twist in bulb rather than a tube, so my hand blocked what would have hit me in the face.  The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is concerned enough to put out instructions on cleaning up a broken compact fluorescent light (CFL).  Our politicians decided to ban the faithful incandescent light bulb.  The invention that lit the world.  We were asked to believe It was an environmental decision.  The incandescent bulb used too much energy, contributed to global warming, and was not good for the environment.  We were forced to purchase CFL, LED or some other more expensive replacement.  But they last longer, save energy and save the environment.  Insert Bronx cheer here.

Saving energy and the environment had nothing to do with the incandescent light ban.  Except for its propaganda value.  Who would not cheerfully pitch in to save the planet?  Led by our determined politicians, that’s just what we did.   Large corporations, GE, Philips, and Sylvania dominated the US incandescent market.   Because of the low cost of production, they could not raise prices to improve their profit margins, lest some other company move in and take the business away from them.  The beauty of capitalism is that you and I through the principle of supply and demand determine the price of goods.  Unless there is a government intervention, but then it’s no longer capitalism is it?  To increase their profit margins and force consumers to buy more expensive lighting products, they needed government to ban incandescent light bulbs.  Congress provided the legislation, President Bush signed it and they all celebrated heroically saving the planet and laughed all the way to the bank.   Mercury laden CFL waste now litters the landscape, which of course is great for people and the environment.  Another noteworthy achievement of Congress and its corporate cronies.

But, that’s an old story many of you know.  It’s how the American political industry works.  It’s how politicians on civil servant salaries become millionaires.  It would be interesting to see how many of them and friends and family used their inside knowledge to buy stock in the companies now uninhibited from increasing their profits.  Wink, snicker.  This is the swamp at its finest.  Self-serving at best, killing us bit by bit at worst.  So, the next time you’re picking fluorescent light glass from your hair after inhaling whatever the exploding bulb vented into the air, think about that.

While doing my hazmat clean up, I thought about it.  It angered me some.  No, that’s a lie it angered me quite a bit.  The thoughtless motives of politicians.  Take that example and follow the money on most every must have piece of legislation or every scandal that comes to mind.  You’ll come away disappointed in the politicians you supported.  Disappointed in the bastardization of our great legislative process.  Maybe a little exasperated with the whole 9 yards.  Emotions I’m trying hard to avoid these days.  But it’s a challenge.

From illegal immigration, to trade deals, to climate change and most everything in between, follow the cash flow.  Look at the McConnell-Chao China connections for example then tell me how any China trade deal beneficial to the US is going to get through McConnell’s Senate.  Ask yourself who is fighting hardest against needed immigration reform.  Businesses large and small, especially those who practically enslave illegal immigrants working them for low often under the table wages.  Facts are never part of the narrative.  Helping poor and desperate people makes a much better emotionally driven story.

As long as we have career politicians not term limited getting wealthy via the political industry they’ve built, America will not get well.  The greatest wealth will always belong to those with the means to entice politicians into crony capitalism arrangements.  That’s who we’ve become.  It’s what opens the doors to failed systems like socialism.  But the politicians still get wealthy.  Just ask millionaire Socialist Angry Bernie who, before politics, never held a job in his life.

© 2019 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

Website:. J.D. Pendry’s American Journal

“On a scale of one to ten, how stupid do you think I am, anyway?”  –Bester to Garibaldi, Babylon 5, (Season 5 episode “Phoenix Rising,” 1997).

In the wake of billionaire and known pedophile Jeffrey Epstein’s having been “suicided” in prison, and amidst the coverage of ensuing speculations over the most predicted “suicide” in recent memory, one thing should be abundantly clear to anyone with properly functioning brain cells: conspiracy theory (-ies) is now one of the most weaponized phrases on the planet.

Possibly it is the third most weaponized phrase in the corporate media’s limited vocabulary.

What are the first two? Without a doubt, white supremacist and white nationalist, now that racist has lost much of its sting from overuse.

You don’t even have to have a theory to be dismissed, a priori, as a conspiracy theorist.

To illustrate, let’s review the Epstein saga. It can be broken down into 12 easily-digested steps.

• Epstein, whose status as a known pedophile had been known for over 10 years, is arrested (July 6) and, denied bail, ends up in Metropolitan Correctional Center. Many folks predicted that he’d be “suicided” because he’d become a threat to wealthy and powerful elites, some of whom are pedophiles. He could therefore not allowed to be brought to trial.

Predictably, such folks were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists.”

A question we should be asking: was someone or some organization protecting him all this time, and did that someone or organization, for reasons unknown, withdraw their protection?

(What we know is that underage girls disappear without a trace all over the world every year.)

• Epstein’s being denied bail ensures that he will remain within easy reach.
• An incident occurs with no witnesses (July 23) and is reported by corporate media as a suicide attempt. Epstein is treated for neck wounds.
• He is then placed on suicide watch, which means 24/7 surveillance and nothing in his cell (including a bed) that could be used in a suicide attempt.
• He is, for reasons unknown, quietly taken off suicide watch (right around the start of August).
• Epstein’s cellmate is transferred.
• He is now isolated and alone on a Friday night (August 9).
• Guards are discovered to have failed to check his cell for over three hours. Turns out, they fell asleep.

While on duty watching the most publicly visible prisoner in the country.

• Surveillance cameras are suddenly either broken or turned off (it is unclear which it was).
• Epstein is found unresponsive the following morning (or so we are told). His body is spirited away as rapidly as if it had grown wings and taken flight.
• Within the hour, his death is declared a suicide.
• Autopsy reports released August 14 turn out to reveal bone fractures in his neck more consistent with strangulation than suicide.

Incidentally, not a one of the authors of these stories can avoid taking a swipe at “unfounded conspiracy theories.”

If you think that this sequence of events happening by chance is stretching the law of averages a bit, according to corporate media you are a conspiracy theorist.

Notice that nowhere above is there any theory. Although I concede that some including the President have insinuated Clinton involvement in Epstein’s death, we don’t have to name any names or cite any suspects to get a strong sense that somehow, the official narrative lacks all logic and credibility.

There is even a theory circulating that Epstein isn’t dead, that a lifeless body double was substituted while he was spirited off — possibly to enjoy himself in some hidden Deep Establishment facility filled with underaged girls. I have no evidence for this; I just cite it for completeness sake.

Leaving the Epstein case aside, let’s note: in a compelling article Ron Unz described how the CIA weaponized the term beginning in 1967. He shows how any narrative those with power want to discredit can be portrayed in dominant media as a “conspiracy theory.”

In the 1960s, the issue was clear. There was a need to discredit those questioning the Warren Commission Report’s claim that a “lone gunman” shot President Kennedy.

This was the narrative the Deep Establishment of the day wanted, and it was the narrative they got.

The phrase proved very useful. Once someone is accused of trading in “conspiracy theories,” his credibility with the mainstream is toast.

The phrase has been used for anyone questioning an official narrative, i.e., a government-approved account of some dramatic event, be it a political assassination, a terror attack, or a mass shooting. The narrative will be repeated over and over again, like a mantra. Repetition is not evidence, but as every psychologist knows, it functions like hypnosis in most people’s minds.

At the moment, government officials and corporate media are using it for all the mileage they can get from it!

No one will use it, of course, for theories those with power want the masses to believe, sometimes absent real evidence and sometimes even in the face of contrary findings of fact. The obvious examples are that Russians hacked the DNC computers (physical evidence showed that the “hack” was actually a download to a device, probably a flash drive, proving that it was done by someone on the inside, not a Russian operating from a remote location), and that the Trump campaign colluded with agents of the Russian government back in 2016 to steal the election from Her Royal Clintonness.

We recently learned that Epstein kept on display, in his $77 million 7-story palace in the Upper East Side, an oil painting of Bill Clinton in drag. Slick Willie is posing in a blue dress not unlike Monica Lewinsky’s infamous dress, and wearing red stilettos. He’s in the Oval Office and leering at the camera.

Only a painting, of course. Move on, move on….

Epstein’s residence, the largest in its area, is in fact a museum of the perverse and the bizarre, with a life-size inflatable doll greeting visitors at the entrance, a chess set with pieces modeled after staffers in provocative dress, and a hallway filled with depictions of eyeballs.

Bottom line: the weirdo had to be made to go away. He could not be allowed to come to trial. I suspect we don’t know the half of it. But as the suicide narrative continues to unravel, this case threatens to expose the sordid underbelly of Western power-elitism in the materialist / hedonist culture of the superrich. Something went terribly wrong in their corner of the universe, and now it threatens to blow up in their faces.

Hence the desperation to paint critics of the suicide narrative as “conspiracy theorists.”

Where could this go?

Possibly nowhere. At present, realistically, I don’t see anyone penetrating the cover being imposed by the weaponized language. I can envision the entire affair dropping down a deep dark memory hole as soon as the next media spectacle comes along.

I have no theories of my own. All one can do is watch and wait.

[Author’s note: as everyone knows, or should know, alternatives to Establishment corporate media are under direct attack. There is Google’s algorithmic censorship as well as the deplatforming we have seen on YouTube. Everyone is hurt by this! Those not supporting official narratives are being kicked off Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook, which will no longer link to sites accused of delivering — we still have no definition of the term — “hate speech.”

Sites like NewsWithViews.com, and self-employed writers like myself, are being relegated to invisibility, and ultimately will not survive unless readers donate. If you value content not beholden to the Deep Establishment, then support it! This is your site, too! My articles are your articles! Our free speech rights translate into your right to receive truthful information you won’t get from CNN or MSNBC! Absent donations, though, we all run the risk of “going dark” very soon; this could well be the last article of this sort I can make time for!

Donate to NewsWithViews.com here. Should you wish to support me personally, great, I accept tips! Please use PayPal via my email address at the end of this article. More details there.]

© 2019 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

“Armas, para qué?” (Arms, What for?) Fidel Castro’s 1959 speech to justify imposing strict gun control laws upon the Cuban people.

Just a few minutes after the mass shooting at a mall in El Paso, Texas — until that moment “the safest city in the U.S.”— a friend called to tell me that I have been prescient. He reminded me of a conversation we had just after the shooting in Gilroy, California, in which I told him more similar incidents were going to happen.

Do I have a crystal ball where I van see the future? Of course not.

What I do have, though, is a collection of books written by authors who, more than sixty years ago, wrote about what was coming to America.[1] As expected, at the time all of them were considered conspiracy theorists and kooks by “serious” critics and the mainstream press.

Thanks to reading those truly prescient books, I knew that the approaching new wave of mass shootings was just the implementation of Hegel’s[2] theory of dialectics: Thesis – Antithesis – Synthesis. Applied to mass brainwashing about gun control, it works this way:

The globalist conspirators see an armed citizenship as a big obstacle to their plans to enslave the American people and turning them into medieval serfs in a society they disingenuously call the New World Order. That’s the Thesis.

So, in order to brainwash us into voluntarily accepting being deprived of guns for self-defense, both against criminals and the agents of the New World Order, they artificially create a big, horrible problem. In this particular case it is mass shootings, that they blame on guns in the hands of lawful citizens, and they use the mainstream press which under their control to scare the people about the problem. That’s the Antithesis.

Then, to stop the carnage they have created, they offer a solution to the problem: gun control as a first step to fully disarm Americans. It is a solution that, without the shootings and the fear nobody would have previously accepted, but now seems the lesser of two evils. That’s the Synthesis.

Evidence that the shootings are artificially created is the fact that most of them show a sort of pre-arranged pattern, similar to a script for a Netflix series:

1. The shooter is described as a deranged, solitary individual without a previous record of violence.
2. Soon after the shooting, it is found that he is linked, directly or indirectly, to a right wing extremist group
3. Later it is revealed that he had been taking some type of psychotropic prescription drugs.
4. A few weeks later it is also revealed that he had been monitored for several months by the police or the FBI, but they never took action against him and eventually lost interest and stopped monitoring him.
5. In most cases, witnesses either doubt that the individual in custody was the real shooter or that there was a single shooter, but the authorities deny it and fail to clarify the veracity of the claims.
6. Those allegedly crazy individuals always carry out the shootings in schools, nightclubs, government offices and public places where there are strict gun control laws in place. They never attack a police station. Why? Well, they may be crazy, but they are not stupid. They know that in a police station everybody is carrying a gun, and nobody can carry out a mass shooting in a place where everybody is carrying a gun.[3]

So, the most elementary logic indicates that, instead a passing laws restricting gun possession, the best way to stop mass shootings is by passing laws making it mandatory for citizens with no criminal record to carry guns, both concealed and openly, for self-defense at all times. Of course, if your secret plan is to enslave the American people you will not like this logical solution.

By the way, thirty years ago the individual who carry out the mass shooting in El Paso would have been dead thirty seconds after he began shooting. But the fact that nobody opposed him shows that the progressive virus has contaminated even Texas.

Ohio State Rep. Candice Keller, blames mass shootings on homosexual marriage.[4] But this is a farfetched theory as implausible as blaming mass shootings on guns. Blaming mass shooting for what people have in their hands instead of what they have in their minds is a gross mistake.

I cannot end this article without mentioning my displeasure regarding the unnecessary show of force put in action by the El Paso police department’s SWAT team. The photos shows dozens of police officers carrying military weapons and more ornaments that Christmas trees, and moving around in armored vehicles. This explains why they arrived twenty minutes after the assassin had accomplished his goal. I wonder what would have been the response if the Chinese Army had invaded El Paso.[5]

Also, to me, the photos of people abandoning the buildings with their hands raised over their heads like a defeated army to avoid being shot down by the militarized police was very disheartening, to say the least. Americans, who were never defeated by an invading army, now seem to be defeated by their own army. Incredible!

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. Books such as Ralph de Toledano, Seeds of Treason (1950); Joseph McCarthy, America’s Retreat From Victory (1951); John Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason (1964); Emanuel Josephson, The Truth About Rockefeller (1964); Phoebe Courtney, The CFR (1968); Medford Evans, The Usurpers (1968); Gary Allen, None Dare Call It Conspiracy (1971), just to mention a few.
2. German philosopher Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel (1770-1831). Karl Marx turned Hegel’s idealistic theory of dialectics into a tool for political action.
3. In the so-called “Shooter’s Manifesto,” which appeared online just minutes before the killings, the alleged El Paso shooter wrote:

“Don’t attack heavily guarded areas to fulfill your super soldier COD fantasy. Attack low security targets. Even though you might out gun a security guard or policeman, they likely beat you in armor, training and numbers. Do not throw away your life on an unnecessarily dangerous target. If a target seems too hot, live to fight another day.” [Link]

In other part of his Manifesto, the shooter wrote: “If we can get rid of enough people, then our way of life can be more sustainable,” which is exactly what Bill Gates, Ted Turner and many key CFR members have been openly saying for years, but nobody calls them terrorists.

4. Alanna Vagianos, “Ohio GOP Lawmaker Blames Mass Shootings On Trans People, Gay Marriage And More.” The Huffpost, August 5, 2019.
5. Most Americans seem to ignore that despite their mottos of serving and protecting us, the police carry their guns to protect themselves and their families. Moreover, they usually arrive at the scene of a crime after it has been committed. Actually, they are not required by law to respond your call and come over to protect you. Lynda Greenhouse, “Justices Rule Police Do Not Have a Constitutional Duty to Protect Someone,” The New York Times, June 28, 2005.

What is “public” about “public education”? The only role the public plays in it is to get stuck with the tab.

In many school districts, “teachers” earn much higher salaries than the taxpayers who pay the school tax—to say nothing of fabulous pensions which the rest of us can only fantasize about. Oh, we get to elect the school board members; but they don’t represent us. They’re only there to carry out the state’s dictates.

The “pro-choice” leftists who own public education do nothing for us but take away our choices. We don’t have a say in what is taught, or who teaches it. All those choices are made for us by government.

In New Jersey, one of those choices made for the public by its Democrat governor and Democrat legislature is to teach seventh and eighth graders “LGBT history and contributions”. They’ll choose what kind of world you live in. You don’t get that choice.

The mayor of Barnegat Township, Alfonso Cirulli, has publicly called upon the people of New Jersey to demand that the new “law” be repealed.

“No group has a right to force others to comply with their beliefs, deprive them of their First Amendment rights—“ that would be free speech and religious liberty—“and strip the rights of parents of how to morally raise their children,” the mayor said.

Uh-uh, Mr. Mayor. These are “public” schools. Government, crack-brained education theorists, and Far Left teachers’ unions will decide what your children are to learn. Just shut up and pay your school tax.

Meanwhile at Denair Middle School in northern California, a “teacher” had to be stopped by the principal from handing out a worksheet to the kiddies asking them to reveal their “sexual preferences” and “sexual attractions”.

“The Gender Unicorn”—that’s the title of the worksheet—is published by some outfit called “Trans Student Educational Resources.” The alleged teacher had instructed his students not to call him “Mr.” anymore, but “Mx.”, reflecting the imaginary “gender” he has chosen for himself. He gets a choice; you don’t; shut up and pay.

This time the public got a bit steamed up, so the principal stopped the “lesson.” Mr. Mx., it seems, hadn’t asked her permission to impose it.

These classroom kooks are public employees–*our* employees. But we don’t get to decide which ones we want to employ and which ones we don’t. We don’t get to decide what they teach our children in those schools that we are compelled to pay for.

Early in our history, when Europeans marveled at America’s high rate of literacy, communities decided what kind of school they wanted, if any, built it with their own money and labor, and then chose whom they wanted to teach in it. No one in Washington, Trenton, or Sacramento had the right to nullify their choices. Nor did they have to contend with fantastically wealthy, politically powerful teachers’ unions.

Today the public has no choices, when it comes to education.

Oh! Wait a minute. We do have one choice left to us.

We still have the right to pull our children out of public schools and educate them at home or in a Christian school. That right took a lot of defending, back in the 1970s, when the Carter administration, having created a federal Department of Education, tried to wipe it out. To this day there is nothing the teachers’ unions would like better than to take away the choice to homeschool. Because most of what the “choice” crowd does is to take away our choices.

Kill public schooling, and American leftism dies. That’s a promise.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/. Stop in for a visit; a single click will take you there. You can also find my articles on www.chalcedon.edu/.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Perhaps I am showing my age a bit but that is a term they used to use before the recycling Nazi’s criminalized trash.  Coke bottles used to require a 2 cent deposit when you bought one to make sure that the bottles were returned so that they could be used again.

It wasn’t called recycling, but that is what it was.  My friends and I used to get pocket money by dumpster diving (they didn’t call it that back then) for bottles.  Although many states are bringing this idea back, in the mid 60’s they pretty much did away with idea.  Plastic bottles and aluminum cans replaced glass bottles and the recycling boom began.

Every kid in town had some money in his pockets back then because we simply walked the ditches outside of town and rummaged up 10 or so empty bottles along the road.  Twenty cents went a long way when I was a kid…heck…it bought a gallon of gas.

Today, Americans expect a return without a deposit. No wonder so many folks are walking around in desperation.

I don’t care what area of endeavor you find yourself operating in the old axiom of NO DEPOSIT, NO RETURN still rings true today.  If you want anything of value in this life you will find that you are going to have to put some skin in the game.  No deposit, no return.

Why don’t we teach that anymore?  Why does everyone demand equality when it is clear that, for the most part, you get out of something exactly what you put into it?  No deposit, no return.

I spent a career as a high school Coach.  Football was where I hung my hat, but I coached numerous other sports…both boys and girls…and the one truism that remained constant was that those who worked the hardest usually had the greatest success. Although some people were born on third base, the vast majority of successful people that I know earned their success through hard work.  No deposit, no return.

We have all heard the stories from our parents about how rough their lives were.  You know the old saw…they walked three miles to school, uphill both ways…but the truth is that they lived in a different world where there was a direct correlation between work and success.

There was no entitlement.  No one owed them anything.  The American dream was the idea that if you worked hard you could be successful.  There was no such thing as a free lunch or a free pass.  As the Beatles so aptly said, everyone “bought a ticket to ride.”  In other words, no deposit, no return.

That was the American way.

Hold on tight…I am about to make a hard right turn on you here.

Why is it that we think it would be any different in our personal lives?  Why would we make the mistake of thinking that the most important aspects of life would be successful apart from the principles that worked in other parts of our lives?  No deposit, no return applies across the board.

Why is your Spiritual life so bland?  Why is your relationship with Jesus Christ so casual and lukewarm?  How much time and energy do you invest in your Christian walk?  Do you read the Bible daily?  If so, do you simply read a few verses out of a Daily Devotional and then run to the office?  How could you ever have a deep, lasting relationship with Christ if you invest so little time into it?  No deposit, no return.

How about your family?  How is that working out for you?  Has it ever dawned on you that your children probably spend more quality time with their high school coach than they do with you?  When I was coaching it was not unusual for a father to thank me for working with his child and openly admit that I had more impact on the child’s life than the father did.  Are you investing into your children?  No deposit, no return.

What about the relationship with your spouse?  How much quality time do the two of you actually spend together?  Men, how often do you sit down and look deeply into the eyes of your bride?  Do you listen to her concerns?  Do you take her hand and pray for her?  Do you step away from the TV and invest the time in her life that she actually deserves?  Remember, no deposit, no return.

When was the last time you connected with an elected official?  Do you communicate regularly with your Congressman?  How about your mayor…or better yet, your pastor?  They tell us that silence is consent and perhaps we should ask ourselves what is the message that our leadership is receiving from our silence.  What have you invested your time in to today?  Yep, you got it…no deposit, no return.

America is in the mess that we are in today because of the tyranny of the minority.  Samuel Adams, the firebrand of the American Revolution said, “It does not take a majority to prevail… but rather an irate, tireless minority, keen on setting brushfires of freedom in the minds of men.”

What brushfires are you setting in the minds of those you have influence over?  Are you having the impact in your home, church, marriage, and community that you could be having?  Are you investing your time, energy, talents, and finances into the things that really matter in life?

When the sand runs out of your hour glass what will it be that you left behind? Take stock in your life of the things that really matter and fight like hell to preserve them.   Now is the time.  Stand up and speak up.  www.EqualJusticeTour.com

No deposit, no return.

© 2019 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

“If you cannot see the irony in having a gun ban enforced by men with guns, then you fail to understand why the Second Amendment was written in the first place.”

One has to only ask themselves the question, why it is that after mass shootings take place, a majority of them take place in un-constitutional “Gun-Free Zones, that the mainstream media and their “Useful Idiots” are always blaming the law-abiding gun owners for the crimes of the assailants? (Hosea 4:6) The mainstream media is continuously magnifying the crime and omitting the law (Isaiah 59).

Jesus said, “When a strong man armed keepeth his palace, his goods are in peace: But when a stronger than he shall come upon him, and overcome him, he taketh from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divideth his spoils (Luke 11:21-22).

The first president of the United States George Washington said:

“The very atmosphere of firearms anywhere and everywhere restrains evil interference.”

The third president of the United States Thomas Jefferson said:

“Laws that forbid the carrying of arms …  those who are neither inclined nor determined to commit crimes… Such laws make things worse for the assaulted and better for the assailants; they serve rather to encourage rather than to prevent homicides, for an unarmed man may be attacked with greater confidence than an armed man.”

Lt. Col Jeff Cooper said:

“If a violent crime is to be curbed, it is only the intended victim who can do it. The felon does not fear the police, and he fears neither judge nor jury. Therefore what he must be taught to fear is his victim.”

Furthermore, one has to ask themselves why it is that American representatives are the first ones to jump all over stripping the right to bear arms from the people rather than arming the American people?  It shows you who they are working for and clearly it is not “We the People.”

“Never trust a government that doesn’t trust its own citizens with guns.

“A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.” -2nd Amendment

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/theyre-going-after-your-guns-again-what-did-your-forefathers-teach-you-to-do-its-time-to-resist/

[YouTube Video]

Of course, this does not fit their global initiative and this we all know.

[YouTube Video]

When is the last time you heard from one of these representatives, along with the mainstream media, calling for arming the citizenry after a mass-shooting?

Yet, if government really wanted to act in accordance with American law and intended on deterring the next criminal from taking an innocent life, they would simply set an example of him/her by enforcing the law against there crimes publically.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/what-is-deterring-the-next-school-shooter-from-acting-out-in-a-society-that-shows-more-mercy-on-the-criminal-than-the-victims/

[YouTube Video]

They do not do this because it does not fit the narrative.  They want to blame the gun rather to than enforce the law against the assailant and punish the criminal while deterring further crimes (Exodus 21:26; Deuteronomy 19:21; Proverbs 16:6).

After these mass shootings take place, we find that the blame is laid on those who fit their narrative (Proverbs 17:15) that they are attempting to set in the minds of the people, only to find that, in so many cases, the opposite is true of what they initially reported.

It seems that today, more than not, we are seeing a push by the modern-day brown shirts towards chaos in executing false flag attacks to help bring in a new disarmed order.

Nazi SS officer and war criminal Josef Mengele said: “The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it.”

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/asleep-germans-30s/

Though there are so many that I could cover from Ruby Ridge, Waco, Oklahoma Bombing, 911, Boston Bombing, Las Vegas Shooting etc…

Columbine High School Shooting

Do you remember Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, the two shooters from Columbine High School on April 20, 1999? The narrative was that two crazed kids shot up their school and killed 12 students and one teacher. Yet, we were never told of over 40 eyewitnesses that said there were more than 2 shooters. What was the objective? Gun control.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

Less than a year afterward, two friends of Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold were mysteriously gunned down.

[YouTube Video]

A list of eyewitnesses to the shooting claim more shooters than what the mainstream media reported.

http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/WRHARTICLES/columbineeight.php

San Bernardino Shooting

The mainstream media’s narrative on December 2, 2015 was that 14 people were killed and 22 others were seriously injured in a terrorist attack consisting of a mass shooting and an attempted bombing at the Inland Regional Center in San Bernardino, California. The perpetrators, Syed Rizwan Farook and Tashfeen Malik, a married couple living in the city of Redlands, targeted a San Bernardino County Department of Public Health training event and Christmas party of about 80 employees in a rented banquet room.

However, eyewitnesses said it was actually “3 tall athletic white men.”

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/several-reports-claimed-3-shooters-at-san-bernardino-massacre-msnbc-identified-them-as-actors-where-is-the-third-suspect/

[YouTube Video]

Parkland High School Shooting

Remember when Facebook, YouTube, Twitter were simultaneously scrubbing the eye and ear witnesses as to what contradicted the CIA-controlled narrative?  Well, we found the ones that have been reposted and here they are…

Student Alexa Meidnik was talking with Nikolas Cruz during this shooting.

[YouTube Video]

Parkland Teacher’s First Thoughts After Seeing Shooter: “Why Are The Police Here?”

[YouTube Video]

Parkland, Florida High School Student Reveals There Was A Scheduled Police Drill On Day Of Shooting

[YouTube Video]

What about the Walmart shooting recently in El Paso, Texas? Eyewitnesses said that they saw four men dressed in black who were doing the shooting. What did the mainstream media and their six corporately owned propaganda outlets report?

They reported immediately that they got their lone wolf, didn’t they? They sure did, and with a nice little picture of him conveniently holding the very weapon that they would have you complicity help ban.

Have you ever noticed that the very means which you have to defend yourselves against tyranny is the very thing that is constantly under attack? Me too! (Luke 11:21-22)

Well, the truth of the eye-witness accounts are the rock of offense (1 Peter 2:80) to their contrived narrative and surely it is what you never hear about when they are attempting to debate away your God-given rights.

[Video]

[YouTube Video]

How dare you even question the media, who has been found guilty of covering up the truth on the behalf of the globalists and their agenda!  In exposing them for their lies (Revelation 21:8), they just might label you a conspiracy theorist, as well (Jeremiah 11:9). Yet, you must ask yourselves how many of those mainstream media-labeled theories actually turned out to be actual conspiracies?

Who are you going to believe, the eye-witnesses (2 Corinthians 13:1) or those who are creating the narrative to illegally disarm the American people?

[YouTube Video]

© 2019 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Very few Americans will remember the following historical facts regarding Black-American gun ownership in America:

• The first task of the Democrat-controlled Ku Klux Klan was to disarm the black population in the South.
• It was citizen militias that repelled white mobs who were attacking black neighborhoods in many Northern cities in the days before reconstruction. On at least two occasions, those militias were composed entirely of black gun owners.
• During the freedom struggles of the 1960s, organized black militias in at least three Southern states protected civil rights workers of all races.

Recently, Ken Blackwell, former Secretary of State in Ohio, wrote, “Tragically, despite this heritage of responsible and effective use of firearms, equal citizenship has frequently been denied to black Americans through the use of gun control laws. Such laws were used to keep firearms out of the hands of African Americans—to deny their very equality as human beings—from the earliest colonial days through the end of Jim Crow in 1965.”

Blackwell continued, “I would argue that even today, blacks continue to suffer disproportionate harm from gun control laws, as major cities deny legal firearms to the residents of high-crime urban neighborhoods.”

I completely agree, Mr. Blackwell.

I am honestly perplexed at the level of evil represented in recent and past shootings in America; it is senseless, violent hate without a mask. The struggle to protect the innocent from armed aggressors is one every American, regardless of party affiliation, should be a part of.

In many instances, anti-gun politicians use religion to excoriate Second Amendment supporters. Phrases like, “How can you as a Christian stand for this kind of lawless behavior where people have easy access to guns and kill others? It doesn’t make sense – you ought to be for more gun control if you’re a Christian!”

These hypocritical assertions come from many who believe the act of murder against a black American is okay so long as the child is unborn or infant. This is driving me crazy because I can’t even wrap my head around this nefarious, illogical absurdity.

Many black political leaders and “so-called” non-Eurocentric political leaders should consider an overhaul of their disdainful thinking of the Second Amendment. Their support of government infringement of the right to bear arms is violating the Constitution and robbing black Americans of the ability to defend themselves, demoting them to second-class citizenship.

As seen in every single mass shooting, the government is completely incapable of protecting the citizenry from these kinds of attacks. If the people do not protect themselves, there is no protection. All “gun-control” laws do is fight or obstruct the people from protecting themselves.

Our Founding Fathers dedicated our Constitution to “preserve the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity” (emphasis added). The Second Amendment was a part of their way to ensure we can accomplish this regardless of our color.

To quote Mr. Blackwell again, “…Any political party that undermines those rights is making the minority community most vulnerable. Law-abiding Americans deserve the right to defend themselves.”

I believe today we need “control” of our leaders and we need to make sure that they advocate, endorse, and sponsor the protection of all Americans’ God-given right to life, liberty, and property.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“Heaven is purpose, principle, and people.  Purgatory is paper and procedure.  Hell is rules and regulations.” —Dee Hock, founder and CEO of VISA Credit Card

 “As government regulations grow slowly, we become used to the harness.  Habit is a powerful force, and we no longer feel as intensely as we once would did about the constriction of our liberties. Those same constrictions would have been utterly intolerable a mere half century ago.” —Judge Robert Bork

Row after row, shelf after shelf and volume after volume, of law, after law, after law, fills the libraries in Washington DC and in major libraries across America.  We are a country under the rule of law all right, but we have taken law and rule making to the extreme edge of absurdity, if not insanity.

The Federal Register represents 82 volumes and 61,949 pages, as of 2017, or so we are told.  The United States Code is perched on multiple shelves in 51 volumes and supposedly contains 16,845 pages.  It changes by the day as lawmakers add more laws.  This doesn’t include the Code of Federal Regulations, or CFR’s.  Title 26 of the IRS Tax Code allegedly consists of 73,954 pages as of 2016.  But some say it is really only a little over 4,000 pages.  We have no idea who is right.

This doesn’t even begin to cover the millions of pages of state and local laws, regulations, restrictions and ordinances, or the number of laws we add to the mix each year.  What is even worse, most of these laws, regulations and ordinances are patently unconstitutional but they are never legally challenged.

If you live in a gated subdivision, or a controlled community, you are governed by hundreds of rules and regulations under what are called Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (CC’s and R’s).  However, living in a gated or controlled community is a choice.  Being forced to abide by the millions of local, state, or federal laws is not, unless of course you are an illegal alien.  They literally get away with murder and other crimes.

We have been done in by the unconscionable perversion of the very thing that was supposed to set us free ….. a Constitutional Republic, where the rights of the minority are protected from the majority (mob rule), under the “RULE OF LAW”.   But under the rule of law, America has gone virtually berserk.  It doesn’t always take chains to enslave a person.  Invisible chains lurk in the shadows of too many laws.

Every time we hear someone say, “they ought to pass a law“, we cringe in horror, because we know who “they” is, government.  That is what has brought us to the brink of an un-payable national debt and the continuing loss of freedom and liberty.  The question we ask, was the direction America has taken for over 100 years, intentional?  Are there cabals, conspirators, or racketeers actively engaging in the destruction of America and freedom for their own gain by passing millions of laws?  Are their individuals or groups that would pass laws for the sole purpose of entrenching the power of those individuals or groups?  We can come to no other conclusion.

What all these laws have led to is a government filled with tens of thousands of code enforcement officers, (land use, public health, social services, animal control, etc.) searching the hinterlands for those who have fallen afoul of too many laws.  Welcome to the Police State of America.  The cost to enforce all these laws with government agents and law enforcement is enormous.  The U. S. Chamber of Commerce has estimated that the cost for business to comply with all the rules and regulations is a staggering $46,000,000,000 (billion) per year.  This doesn’t include the cost of paying all those code enforcement officers. ($2-4,000,000,000 +)

Two studies by separate universities pegged the cost of complying with environmental laws in the construction of a new home, comes to a whopping $200,000 per single-family dwelling.  The cost is geographically sensitive and rises in some areas but drops in others.  Nevertheless, multiply that number times the number of single family homes (about 1,000,000) built every year.  Who is paying that actual cost and the added interest costs for this environmental absurdity, the homebuyer?

Thousands of environmental laws and bureaucratic rules are passed every year since the environmental movement smelled money in being “green”, back around the late 1960’s.  All these mostly unconstitutional environmental laws have been used by environmentalists for their radical agendas, aided and abetted by the U. S. Government, to bring down the hammer on anyone who should have the misfortune of owning private land, or violating some other stupid law.   Endangered species, wetlands, mandatory conservation easements, the Clean Water Act and “waters of the United States” have only served to gut what were constitutional property rights.

Wealthy environmental groups go to court to sue the government if government isn’t following environmental laws to the letter.  They have gotten filthy rich suing the government and the court decisions coming from those lawsuits complicate and add to environmental law even more.  In fact, multiple environmental groups are now suing the Trump administration over the administration’s decision to scrap Obama’s worthless Clean Power Plan (CPP).  The courts being what they are, the environmental groups will probably win and the taxpayer will pick up the tab for an expensive power plan based on alternative energy that will do nothing to save the planet from the trumped up, made-as-instructed crisis of man-caused global warming.  Do you want to know why costs are so high in America, blame an environmentalist and the government that aids and abets them?

So we the stupid ones, have allowed the special interests and the government to operate unchecked and government did whatever they damn well pleased.  We, the stupid ones are now paying the price for our apathy, disinterest and in-attention.  We the stupid ones are in a hole and the slurry of regulation mud is up around our waists and we can hardly move, even to fight back.  We the stupid ones are paying the price of the loss of our freedom because we stupidly trusted government and special interests to do the right thing and adhere to the principles of our Constitution.   Predictably, they did not, because their goals were power, money and control, not liberty and individual freedom.

But we the stupid ones pay no attention to the laws of physics, economics, or human nature.  We ignore what logic and our innate intelligence tells us.  Instead we listen to the educated idiots and the immoral politicians who beguile us with soft-sounding words, psychological phrases, social justice, political correctness, environmental guilt, multi-culturalism and mindless propaganda.

The result is tens of thousands of code enforcement officers (every city, county and state employs code enforcement officers) fanning out across America daily, looking for code violations, like ants swarming over a dead carcass.  It’s not a trickle folks, it’s a flood and it is a huge source of government revenue.  Thousands of code enforcement violations are issued to property owners and other citizens every day in America.  You just never hear of the personal anguish and monetary cost they cause.  The closer the landowner is to a metropolitan area, the greater the threat of receiving a notice of code violation.

Code enforcement officers also respond to thousands more anonymous complaints from those “neighbors from hell,” looking to use the government to “get” their neighbor.

Some government land use jurisdictions are teaching property owners how to determine if their neighbor is violating a land use or environmental regulation and then “tattle” to the government with an anonymous complaint.   Government is essentially using a neighbor to “rat” on their neighbor to locate more code violations.  After all, they have to rationalize their time and pay for their salaries, don’t they?

For 14 years we have been trying to offset that government and special interest propaganda with not only words of wisdom and truth, but we have also created tools for property owners to fight back against government abuse, harassment and over regulation.  Although most of those tools are designed for the rural landowner, some are designed for the urban dweller as well.

Our two powerful, legally intimidating No Trespassing signs HERE and HERE are now installed on thousands of private property all over America.  Many anecdotal comments from customers from virtually every state, have confirmed the unequaled power of these signs, including keeping government agents and law enforcement from trespassing on your property, whether urban or rural.  You can’t find these signs anywhere else but on our website.

Property owners live in fear of receiving a notice of a code violation from some local or state government agency and the cost, disruption and emotional stress that such a notice can bring.  In addition to our powerful No Trespassing signs, we have devised a major “Go On The Offensive” strategy for property owners to challenge letters or notices of government land use or environmental code violations, by asserting an American’s fundamental right to “accurately ascertain that he who purports to act for the government stays within the bounds of their authority” (Federal Crop Ins. Corp v. Merrill, 332 U. S. 380, 384 (1947)), and further to defend the property owner’s right under a broad scope of both substantive and procedural due process.  A brief preview of this strategy can be reviewed on our website HERE.

People have a choice, either succumb to government abuse, harassment and over regulation, or stand up like strong, free Americans and challenge government’s power and legal authority where appropriate, as we were meant to do from the day our U. S. Constitution was signed and ratified by the 13 Colonies.  Sadly, we have been letting government (the bully) get away with their abuse and harassment for far too long and too many Americans have lost their will to fight.  If we don’t get that “will to fight” back, America is doomed as a free nation.  “We Either Take On The Bully, Or We Will Be His Slave.”

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof. — Matthew 6:34

I almost never know what I’m going to write when I sit down in front of my keyboard and computer screen to write these daily columns.  Oftentimes I will pray on my way to the office.  “Lord Jesus Christ, Son of God, have mercy on me a sinner.”  That helps.  But the prayer doesn’t settle my mind to knowing what to write.  Oftentimes I simply must start typing.

This morning I opened my Bible software and the verse of the day is copied and pasted above.  Now I’m typing.  And praying.

“Lord Jesus Christ, Son of God, have mercy on me a sinner.”

This verse from Matthew’s gospel settled my mind this morning.  My mind is settled by the candor in this verse.  Matthew admits that evil is a daily occurrence in our lives. The gospel writer offers a solution.  He advises that we satisfy ourselves with conquering today’s evil.  We must leave tomorrow’s fight for tomorrow.  “for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself,”  he writes.

In a verse earlier in the chapter Jesus says, “The light of the body is the eye:  if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light.  But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness.  If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!”

As we overcome the evil of each day we must be mindful of our eyes — what we choose to gaze upon.  As the promised evil confronts us throughout the day we can choose not to look, or we can choose to take the darkness into our souls.  Jesus is telling us to keep our eye focused on the good the true and the beautiful.  He allows that our eye can become evil.  If that happens he declares, “thy whole body shall be full of darkness.”

Ignoring evil is no solution.  Our path to true peace and joy daily passes through worldly temptations.  Christianity is realistic.  It provides helps every day that are rooted in the realities around, and within, us.  Evil, temptation and sin are all very real for each and every one of us.

The devil is a utopian.  He lives in a false narrative of his own making about everything.  He is the father of lies.  His goal is to make your whole body full of darkness.  He will remain active in the world until God brings his time to an end.

As Christians we know that we cannot know the future.  Only God knows the future.  Becoming overly concerned about tomorrow, and what’s going to happen, can only lead to trouble.  Jesus Christ is asking us to realize that this is the day that He has made.  He wants us to rejoice and be glad in it.  And He needs us to live today knowing that He isn’t making another August 9, 2019.

Imagine a world in which God’s people took captive every thought and made them obedient to Jesus.  What would that day look like?

It’s not that evil wouldn’t be a thing.  Until God wraps things up we’re going to fight satan, we’re going to push back against injustice.  A world that includes Christians who take captive every thought, making them obedient to Christ, would be a world of conflict.  Evil doesn’t get a pass in that world.

I was tired last night.  Paulie and I were caring for four of our grandchildren.  My son and his wife needed to attend an orientation for Classical Conversations, the homeschooling program in which they participate.  I was thankful for the way my wife — grammy — took captive every thought.  She has remarkable deep love in her soul for others.  That love is marinated in the scriptures, in the gospel.  While she loved on the grandbabies she was always instructing, helping their little minds take captive every thought.  Observing a Christian woman shepherd infants is like being witness to a miracle.  It is very good, always true and sublimely beautiful.

In one of my columns this week I mentioned the concept of Acedia.  I just learned that it was thought to be a cardinal sin — the eighth cardinal sin — in the fourth century.  In an online article titled, “Before Sloth Meant Laziness, It Was the Spiritual Sin of Acedia” the author observes, “To Evagrius of Pontius, acedia was the most noteworthy of the eight vices that he felt could tempt monks to abandon their religious lives. The Greek monk listed gluttony, fornication, avarice, sadness, anger, vainglory, pride, and acedia as threats to devout monasticism in Of the Eight Capital Sins, but argued that acedia was ‘the last of the sins to conquer.’ Overcoming the other seven didn’t mean a monk was safe, but overcoming acedia, according to Evagrius, brought one closer to God.”

Dictionary.com defines Acedia, “laziness or indifference in religious matters.”

The reality of daily evil is a religious matter. The world is not all good if we think our way to good feelings.  Lazy thinking will lead us to avoid confronting evil … to become listless. If we enable our eye to pervert the sin-soaked world around us into something it isn’t — something that is always good and positive — then we are making our eye evil and filling our body with darkness.

Sufficient unto the day is the EVIL thereof. Jesus didn’t say “Sufficient unto the day is the GOOD thereof.”  He said this because He understands the power of the devil. While satan suffered a significant defeat that day on calvary, he wasn’t destroyed. There is evil in the world. It is the Christian’s duty to confront it TODAY.

It is the job of the Church to equip us for that daily struggle.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org

There is a deep-seated hatred of dogs among Muslims. Not among all Muslims, but among devout Muslims.  Dogs are considered “najes,” (unclean).

I have always loved dogs. It is said, “Never attribute to malice that which can be adequately explained by stupidity.” Is there a saying for a case when both stupidity and malice team up together? I remember a gang of Muslim kids who tried to attack the street dogs. I was young and terrified. The gang managed to get a hold of a piece of meat from a nearby butcher shop as the bait. Bait for whom? The moment of truth arrived. I watched the unfolding drama from a distance with tremendous anticipation.

With the watering can hidden behind his back in one hand and the other hand held in front of him, dangling the bait, Hassan kept making friendly calls, “Here, here, good dog. Here, see what I’ve got for you. You’re our pet, you nice doggie, you,” as he slowly kept closing in on the dog. Uncharacteristically, the dog, while still on its side, started wagging its tail. It must’ve smelled the meat, the poor thing. I held my breath.

Then, the next thing I saw was Hassan’s mouth open, screaming like hell. The dog was dangling off the ground, hanging by its snout from Hassan’s hand, as if it preferred the meaty paw of the boss to the mostly boney bait. Hassan kept screaming, trying furiously to free his hand. The dog wouldn’t let go. Suddenly, to my horror, I saw Hassan bend over and bite the dog on the snout. Then the two of them howled in a harrowing duet. I had enough. I ran away as fast as I could. I feared that the dog was going to come after me, or worse, Mother might hear the commotion, catch me at the scene and summon Father with his sharp knife to finish me off.

Fanatical Muslims hate, literally hate, dogs. You might wonder why, since all dogs are considered man’s best friend by non-Muslims. And dogs have earned that privileged designation by their service as well as their devotion to people. Dogs have helped hunters, stood watch as hunters slept, and supplied people with an abundance of love. Why, then, single them out as deserving of hatred and even slaughter? It makes no sense.

One explanation for many Muslims’ hatred of dogs goes back to the time of Islam’s founder, Muhammad. The claims are that the Arab caravans were invariably accompanied by watchdogs. This presented a serious problem for Muhammad’s followers who routinely raided the caravans, often in a stealthy manner. The dogs detected the robbers, alerted the people and helped prevent attacking Muslims from robbing caravans and killing the traders. It was thus that Muhammad declared dogs as najes—untouchable— and condemned them to death.

To this day, no observing Muslim allows a dog anywhere near himself or his household. And in Islamic countries such as Saudi Arabia, dogs are severely persecuted and considered fair game for maltreatment. Nonetheless, these very observant Muslims don’t have any qualms about using the invaluable assistance of dogs in chores to herd and guard sheep. In general, the Muslim hatred for dogs, as even many non-Muslims now know, has its origin in a celebrated hadith from the most authoritative collection, that by Bukhari:

Two Hadith from Sahih Muslim clearly convey Muhammad’s hatred of dogs: Abdullah (b. Umar) (Allah be pleased with them) reported:

Allah’s Messenger (may peace be upon him) ordered the killing of dogs and we would send (men) in Medina and its corners and we did not spare any dog that we did not kill, so much so that we killed the dog that accompanied the wet she-camel belonging to the people of the desert. (Sahih Muslim 3811)

Ibn Mughaffal reported: The Messenger of Allah (may peace be upon him) ordered killing of the dogs, and then said: “What about them, i. e. about other dogs?” and then granted concession (to keep) the dog hunting and the dog for (the security) of the herd, and said: “When the dog licks the utensil, wash it seven times, and rub it with earth the eighth time.” (Sahih Muslim 551)

In short, for the past 1400 years, every misery upon humanity and animals originated from the source of Islam: The prophet Muhammad and his fictional God, Allah. Humanity has suffered too much, yet, the civilized world caters to these savages and ignores their actions. Why you might ask? Because they have oil.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

In light of the recent mass shootings, and the apparent ignorance of the majority of the “news” media and elected officials, I am moved to write a brief primer of the 2^nd Amendment in order to spread some enlightenment.

As has been born out in the writings of the founders and authors of the Constitution, their debates, and indeed the US Supreme court, the “Bill of Rights” are not now nor ever envisioned to be a grant of right to the American people.  In fact the founding documents have spoken clearly that our rights come from our creator, not the government.  In fact the preamble of the Bill of Rights was quite clear that the intent of adding these rights was to restrict the federal government from abuse, it states: “THE Conventions of a number of the States, having at the time of their adopting the Constitution, expressed a desire, in order to prevent misconstruction or abuse of its powers, that further declaratory and restrictive clauses should be added…” (Bold added)

In US V. Cruikshank (92 US 542) the Supreme Court ruled that the application of the First and Second Amendments “was not intended to limit the powers of the State governments in respect to their own citizens” and “has no other effect than to restrict the powers of the national government,” respectively.  Again we see the intent, recognized by the founders and by law, that the Bill of Rights was only a restraint on the Federal government from acting in these areas.

The 2^nd Amendment, with its statement of “shall not be infringed” means exactly that.  That the federal government does not have the authority to pass laws restricting the right of citizens in keeping and bearing arms.  However, as we have witnessed in recent history (post 1939), not have authority has no longer been a deterrence to its power to pass laws.

We now have, and to be honest for some time now, we have had the call to ban military styled weapons call “assault weapons.”  To be factual, none of the firearms sold today are assault weapons.  By definition an assault weapon has the capacity for automatic fire (which includes 3 round burst).  A semi-automatic weapon is not an assault weapon.  And even if it were it is not within the authority of the federal government to ban.  I did not say within the power to ban as all governments rule by force and they have the military/police power to do anything, even if it is unconstitutional.

In US V. Miller (307 US 74), a case of a man who crossed state lines with a sawed off shotgun and was arrested.  During trial the courts made the determination that the weapon was not covered by the 2^nd Amendment stating: “we cannot say that the Second Amendment guarantees the right to keep and bear such an instrument. Certainly it is not within judicial notice that this weapon is any part of the ordinary military equipment, or that its use could contribute to the common defense.”  So, by the courts own admission; the only weapons which are guaranteed covered by the 2^nd Amendment are those weapons used by the military, which would be by definition Assault Weapons.

Now as we have seen in some states, they have restricted many areas of the 2^nd Amendment; and it is their authority to do so if it falls within the power established by the states constitution.  Obviously California and Massachusetts comes to mind.  And as we cited above in the Cruikshank case, the states are not bound by the 2^nd Amendment as it was originally intended.

Why did I say as originally intended?  Because, after the civil war the federal government did something that has allowed them to turn the Constitution on its head.  This was, in my opinion, one of the most mis-appropriated amendments to the Constitution, the 14^th Amendment.  In particular the 1^st section which states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the state wherein they reside. No state shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any state deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.”  (Emphasis added)

What happened in this clause was to change the federal government from a construct of the many states to having the states subordinate to the federal government.  It accomplished this by stating that all citizens are first citizens of the United States and secondarily to the state they reside.  Prior to this a citizen was known by the state they were a citizen of and not of the central government.   Historically this was done to protect the recently freed slaves and to overcome the Jim Crow laws that were put in place.  And though well intentioned the effect was far reaching as politicians came to understand how much power they actually gained by this amendment.

The bottom line is that constitutionally the federal government does not have the authority to ban firearms but it will always maintain that it has the power to do so.  And as we all know, power corrupts…

© 2019 Michael Lemieux – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Lemieux: raven-1911@hotmail.com

The latest heartbreaking mass shootings brought the usual and immediate vomit from the fake “news” media, political whores from the Democratic/Communist Party USA (candidates and incumbents) and of course, those knowledgeable bastions of the U.S. Constitution, the Hollywood crowd who all hate Trump.

Democrats call for Pelosi to cut recess short to address white nationalism – Oh, yes. It’s the ‘rise of violent white nationalism’ overtaking the country!

“Behind two freshman lawmakers — Reps. Veronica Escobar (Texas) and Tom Malinowski (N.J.) — the Democrats maintain that “urgent attention” is needed to tackle “the threats posed by white supremacist terrorism” after Saturday’s deadly mass shooting in El Paso, Texas, where the suspect appeared to be driven by anti-immigrant sentiment.”

So, all serial killers and mass shooters are white supremacist terrorists. Let me direct you to this: PHOTOS: Every US Mass Shooter in 2019 Who Shot Four or More People. You will see those killers are black, brown, white. It would appear 13 of the 98 are Caucasian.

And, if you go here, you’ll see 15 pages breaking down mass shooters (4, 5, 7, 11 or more victims, some children) by number of victims; perpetrator’s name and race so far in 2019 put together by Wiki. Killers: 82 black, 1 Native American, 2 Asian, 1 Turkish, 16 Latino, 1 unknown (bunch of gang members) and 21 white; couple of ? marks next to name and race as those are unsolved.

82 black, 21 white. Should we call it black supremacist terrorism or for what it is? Murder, period. Better to play the race card ad nauseum: George P. Bush: ‘White Terrorists’ Are a ‘Real and Present Threat’

I guess you can’t stick the white nationalism terrorist on this evil POS:

Illegal Alien Accused of Murdering 19 Senior Citizens to Face Death Penalty: “Texas prosecutors will seek the death penalty against an accused illegal alien serial killer who has been charged with murdering 12 senior citizens and accused of murdering seven others.”

A black male from Kenya who was allowed to stay in this country to murder our most vulnerable; victims were between 76 and 94. Did you hear that on MSNBC, ABC, CBS, CNN or any of the other so-called news channels? Fat chance.

Nor do they or the biggest mouths in Congress seem to care much about the victims of shootings in cities like Chicago. Sept 3rd & 4th: Chicago hospital stops accepting patients after trauma center is overwhelmed with shooting victims

The collective screeching has been scripted to make these latest killings all about Trump being a racist and therefore responsible for two individuals and their heinous actions and gun control. They’ve all been singing the same politically driven songs while the families, their friends and colleagues try to deal with the sudden, violent death of their loved one(s).

Dayton Mayor: Trump ‘Is a Bully and a Coward’ – Did Trump ever bully the two shooters? No. Did Trump force the two shooters to do what they did? No. Whaley is just another died in the wool Democrat; another witless idiot who knows nothing about the Second Amendment.

Braying asses:

Kasich on gun violence: ‘We need leadership at all levels of both parties’ – And, pray tell, how would leadership in the political world have stopped either shooting? Would it have stopped this? Mass Stabbing Spree in California, Reports of Four Dead, Several Wounded

Harvard Law prof accuses Trump of ‘terrorism,’ calls for impeachment after shootings

“Harvard Law professor Laurence Tribe has a history of passionate opposition to President Trump and calling for his impeachment…

“How many more people have to DIE violent deaths at racist hands before impeaching the president for inciting white nationalist terrorism and violence is taken as seriously as impeaching him for obstructing justice? The real national emergency is Donald J. Trump’s terrorism,” Tribe tweeted Sunday morning.”

Another professor from another institution of lower learning that was once greatly respected. I call them Universities of Imbiciles.

The butt-jumper never misses an opportunity to display his ignorance: Pete Buttigieg on El Paso Shooting: America ‘Under Attack’ from ‘White Nationalist Terrorism’

The white Irishman strikes again: O’Rourke says Trump should not visit El Paso in wake of shooting: “This president, who helped create the hatred that made Saturday’s tragedy possible, should not come to El Paso,” he tweeted Monday. “We do not need more division. We need to heal. He has no place here.” Trust me. That braying ass believes every word out of his ignorant mouth.

No, Robert. Trump did not create any hatred. You, on the other hand, have gone the extra mile for months stirring up hatred against anyone born Caucasian.  All for votes.  Video: Black and Latino Women Trump Supporters Need Police Protection From Hate Mob at El Paso Walmart Memorial

The El Paso killer’s mother apparently called the local PD weeks prior to the shooting because she was concerned about her son owning an ‘AK type firearm’. Immature and lack of experience in use of such a gun. She did not express he was a danger to anyone.

Simmering under the surface and just waiting to blow was a 21-year old ticking time bomb and no one in his inner circle seemed to know – or did they? Was Patrick Wood Crusius on one of those deadly cocktails called psychotropic drugs? One thing for certain, Crusius was one mixed up individual as evidenced in his so-called manifesto:

Nine Themes in El Paso Shooter’s Manifesto the Media Ignored to Blame Trump

Leftists Change Shooter Patrick Crusius’s MyLife Page after Saturday Shooting from Democrat to Republican — Page Created After Shooting!

El Paso Walmart Shooter Patrick Crusius Admits in Manifesto That he Chose a Gun-Free Zone for Obvious Reasons

The Dayton Ohio killer

Ohio Mass Shooter a Self-Described Pro-Satan “Leftist” Who Supported Elizabeth Warren and Antifa

Ohio mass shooter Connor Betts is a self-described “leftist” and “atheist” who praised Antifa, Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren and wrote “Kill every fascist” on his Twitter media page.

Dayton shooter Connor Betts heard menacing voices, talked about ‘evil things’: “Connor Betts, 24, was a serious and reserved kid who struggled with hallucinations, Lyndsi Doll, who dated Betts seven years ago, told the Washington Post Monday.

“During their high school years, Betts had told Doll he’d long suffered from psychosis and feared developing schizophrenia. “He would cry to me sometimes,” Doll recalled, “saying how he’s afraid of himself and afraid he was going to hurt someone one day. It’s haunting now.” One of those killed in Betts’ rampage was his own 22-year-old sister, Megan Betts.”

EXCLUSIVE: ‘Their screams music, their pain my pleasure.’ Dayton shooter’s demonic notebook scrawls reveal he fantasized about massacres, ‘hunting’ for humans, craved marijuana and speed, called himself a sociopath and hailed Lucifer

Dayton mass shooter made ‘hit lists’ of classmates he wanted to torture and kill:  “The Dayton mass shooting suspect was reportedly kicked out of high school for making “hit lists” of students whom he wanted to rape, kill and skin. Connor Betts, 24, allegedly wrote the lists on a bathroom wall and in a notebook, which was recovered by school officials.

“He was suspended, but eventually was allowed back at Bellbrook High after writing a letter of apology to his proposed victims, according to Dayton 24/7.”

The article goes on to say Betts seemed to be better after he got some help. Red flag. Was he on one of those deadly psychotropic drugs and if so, did he go off his meds? Have you ever read the side effects of Ritalin or Luvox?

Only the autopsies will show what was in both shooter’s systems. From what we know at this point in time, both of these young males appear to have mental problems; one was allegedly bullied throughout high school and perhaps – just speculation – issues with social skills. As in dating and popularity.

22 percent of millennials say they have “no friends” – “A recent poll from YouGov, a polling firm and market research company, found that 30 percent of millennials say they feel lonely. This is the highest percentage of all the generations surveyed.

“Furthermore, 22 percent of millennials in the poll said they had zero friends. Twenty-seven percent said they had “no close friends,” 30 percent said they have “no best friends,” and 25 percent said they have no acquaintances.”

Depression, anxiety, loneliness – pump them full of psychotropic drugs with side effects like suicide and violence.

President Trump called it right shortly after the El Paso shooting: Mental illness. “Hate Has No Place in Our Country” – President Trump Speaks Following Shootings: “These are People Who are Seriously Mentally Ill” (VIDEO)

From Prozac to Parkland: Are Psychiatric Drugs Causing Mass Shootings? – Read

Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common… and it’s not guns – Read

The babbling idiots on the left want to blame the carnage on an inanimate object, that being an assault rifle which can’t kill anyone until someone pulls the trigger.

Conspiracy theories

I am one who treads very carefully when we have an ‘event’ like those horrible shootings. Yes, I’ve read a considerable number of articles about sightings of multiple shooters but there is zero proof at this time other than a few individuals at the locations caught in the middle of a hail of bullets and fear.

However, there’s something bothering me on this because the timing is just too coincidental. I know this column is long, but we need to be fully informed.

NBC Universal intended to release a movie next month titled The Hunt. Trailers for a sneak peak have been all over the Internet for weeks.  ‘Elites’ Kill ‘Deplorables’ In New Horror Film ‘The Hunt’

“Did anyone see what our ratfucker-in-chief just did?” one character asks early in the screenplay for The Hunt, a Universal Pictures thriller set to open Sept. 27. Another responds: “At least The Hunt’s coming up. Nothing better than going out to the Manor and slaughtering a dozen deplorables.”

ESPN Pulls Trailer for Movie Where Liberals Hunt ‘Deplorables’ for Sport “The hunters are fueled by their hatred of the “MAGA-type” characters and their right-leaning positions. While the term “deplorables” may not be explicitly stated in the trailer, Daily Mail notes that the “hunted” were, in fact, described as “deplorables” in the screenplay.”

Due to the substantial backlash, NBC announced the movie is shelved for now.

A lot of Americans are familiar with the original Manchurian Candidate movie but I don’t believe the majority of adults in this country have any idea about secret government programs like MK-Ultra mind control experiments conducted by the CIA on Americans who had no idea they were being used as guinea pigs; the same as when the CIA dosed Americans in bars with LSD.

Mockingbird? Never heard of it. Operation Northwoods? 99% of the American people know nothing about any of this, but I do. One has to understand mind control techniques and protocol; the use of ‘trigger’ words.

I’ve been at this full time for 30 years and have spent a great deal of time on these operations on US soil against Americans. It was supposed to stop.

This column, What Are The Odds? El Paso Shooter Was Only 3 Degrees Removed From The Mastermind Of The CIA’s MKUltra Assassination Program!  was a shocker for me. So much so I read it twice and then spent some time researching.

While I am familiar with much of the background, I did not know about this big red flag:

“And as this Aangirfan story points out, Gottlieb, the father of trauma based mind control programs for the CIA and the ‘deep state’, had a long working relationship before he died with one Colin A. Ross, a so-called ‘mental health expert’, who later worked at the Timberlawn Mental Health System with none other than John Bryan Crusius, the father of alleged El Paso shooter Patrick Crusius. Anyone else seeing the pattern here?”

At the same time these horrible mass slaughters are happening, NBC decides to release a violent movie about liberals hunting down and killing Americans for sport who disagree with their warped agendas.

Trump and others politicians have said “we” – meaning Congress – have to “do something”. The left says guns, the right says mental illness. Just like my column last week on the Baltimore rat feud, Congress has ZERO authority to legislate treatment regarding mental illness in this country.

Certainly, they can talk about it which is a positive thing. But Congress cannot legislate it or spend another borrowed dollar on more unconstitutional laws that never work. President Trump can encourage governors to work with their state legislatures to enact any new laws or funding for individuals suffering from mental health issues because it is an internal problem under the Tenth Amendment.

THAT is the message You need to convey to your Congress critter right now. Call their district offices and tell them: You have no authority under the Constitution so stop with the politics because I will work to see you defeated in the upcoming primaries. If YOU do nothing, YOUR silence is taken as support for his/her actions.

The Second Amendment

Before families and friends of the victims of both El Paso and Dayton even had time to cry – just like all the other mass shootings – politicians began shouting gun control and ban assault rifles. Ohio GOP rep announces support of military-style weapon ban

Gun control is nothing but people control. He who has the guns has the power to enslave a whole nation through violence and brute force. I’ve got news for people: The Second Amendment mandates citizens be armed because they are the ‘well-regulated militia.’

Dr. Edwin Vieira has written a million words on the true meaning of the Second Amendment. Besides the mountain of columns and only one of his numerous books, THIS one is short and to the point. It needs to be read by everyone and that includes these wimpy, gutless GOP wonders in Congress and the state legislatures.  Thirteen Words

Quit backing down to the howls from the left. Your critters are in their district offices during the joke called August Recess. Burn up the phone lines. As for President Trump, he will make a huge mistake if he caves on this because of the latest shootings.  Here’s something he should have heard. Last week on the early morning radio show out of Lubbock which is hugely popular, one of the two hosts commented about the Heller gun decision by the Supreme Court and the right to bear arms.

His co-anchor immediately jumped in and forcefully said the Supreme Court got it wrong. The Second Amendment was NOT put in the Bill of Rights for hunters. It was to stop tyranny by our government and we have the right to have the same fire power as they do. I almost fell out of my chair. He was referring to the latest effort to ban assault rifles. Nice to know someone is one the right page.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2019 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

Here It Is… Complete List of Clinton Associates Who Allegedly Died Mysteriously or Committed Suicide Before Testimony, Including Jeffrey Epstein

25 years murder-free in ‘Gun Town USA’: “In March 1982, 25 years ago, the small town of Kennesaw (GA) unanimously passed an ordinance requiring each head of household to own and maintain a gun. Since then…not a single resident has been involved in a fatal shooting – as a victim, attacker or defender.”

Four other towns require by law citizens own a gun:  Nelson, Georgia; Nucla, Colorado; Gun Barrel City, Texas and Virgin, Utah.

This is a good first step:  New Law Allows Illinois Schools to Teach Hunting Courses, Gun Safety – What each student needs is a copy of Thirteen Words.

New ‘Red Flag’ Legislation Will Allow Feds to Take Guns Away from US Veterans — Like Obama Tried to Do

Visa Pledges to Process Gun Sales as Long as People Can Buy Guns: “…Kelly made clear Visa is not in the business of legislating, but of financing.”

Walmart Worker Asks 1000s of Fellow Employees to ‘Sick Out’ over Gun Sales –

Video of the Day: Eric Holder called for ‘brainwashing’ people on gun control in 1995

Crank Reporter Brian Karem Loses White House Press Pass for 30 Days After Screaming “F**king Moron” at President Trump in Rose Garden – Such class but what can you expect from a reporter who writes for a tittie magazine?

Tom Arnold Fantasizes About Standing Over Donald Trump Jr.’s Corpse

Alabama Church Sign Claims ‘A Black Vote for Trump Is Mental Illness’

Joe Scarborough: ‘Fat Bastard’ Trump a ‘Demagogue,’ ‘Mussolini-like’

The meaning of peace is the absence of opposition to socialism. —Karl Marx

Socialism in general has a record of failure so blatant that only an intellectual could ignore or evade it. —Thomas Sowell

America has got the equivalent of stage three cancer of socialism because the federal government is tampering in all kinds of stuff it has no business tampering in. —Todd Akin

The fourth member of the jihadi squad is Ayanna Pressley.  This jihadi Jane was born in Chicago in 1974 where her mother was a tenants’ rights advocate with the Urban League, so she comes by her Democratic communism naturally.

The National Urban League was established in 1910 regarding urban conditions for black Americans.  Its key founders were Socialist Party member Ruth Standish Baldwin, the aunt of ACLU founder Roger Baldwin, and black social worker George Haynes, who served as the organization’s first executive director until 1918.  One of their leaders in the 60s was Whitney Young who influenced President Johnson regarding his “Great Society” initiatives for wealth redistribution.

Ayanna Pressley worked as a senior aide for Democrat Congressman Joseph P. Kennedy II, and then as political director for Senator John Kerry.  She is a member of the National Women’s Political Caucus founded by Bella Abzug, Shirley Chisholm, Betty Friedan, Eleanor Smeal, and Gloria Steinem.  Pressley is also a member of the NAACP.

In 2009 Pressley was elected as an at-large representative on the Boston City Council, a post she went on to hold for 9 years.  She ran for Massachusetts’ 7th Congressional District seat in the U.S. House of Representatives. Endorsed by the Boston chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America and by Justice Democrats, she promoted a so-called “Equity Agenda,” which characterized income disparities between blacks and whites in her district as “the legacy of decades of policies that have hardened systemic racism, increased income inequality, and advantaged the affluent.”

Upon taking office, Ayanna Pressley immediately joined the Congressional Progressive Caucus.

Pressley supports the National Football League members who choose to kneel during the playing of our National Anthem.  “It is necessary that we are disruptive right now and making people feel uncomfortable,” said Pressley.

Like the rest of her jihad squad sisters, she hates America.

Campaign Funding

Inspired by the grassroots fundraising network that Howard Dean assembled during his 2004 presidential bid, ActBlue (AB) is an Internet-based political action committee (PAC) that bundles and transmits contributions which individual donors earmark for various progressive candidates, political parties, PACs, and outside spending groups. They are located in a small office in Cambridge, Massachusetts.  AB has grown into the largest fundraising platform for Democratic Party candidates in America and Ayanna Pressley took great advantage of their funding.

ActBlue was utilized extensively by the progressive blogging community, known colloquially as the “Netroots nation.” Speaking at a Netroots Nation convention in July 2019, Pressley exhorted minorities to embrace the no-criticism-culture of group-think and identity politics. In 2006 the Daily Kos (founded by Markos Moulitsas Zuniga) and MyDD.com together raised $1.5 million for their preferred candidates through AB.

Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton both used AB.  In 2007 Daily Kos, OpenLeft, and the Swing State Project collaborated to create “Blue Majority” on the ActBlue website—specifically to endorse and fundraise for committed progressive candidates. AB also attempted to target particular progressive causes via its sister site, Blue America—endorsing candidates who, for example, supported a single-payer healthcare system.

This is not penny ante fundraising, AB writes checks for a million dollars or more.

Ayanna Pressley Issues

Like the rest of the jihad squad, Pressley also promotes the Green New Deal and the elimination of all fossil fuels; a government run health care system a la Medicare for All; a federal minimum wage of $15-20 per hour; tuition-free colleges with taxpayers picking up the costs; paid family leave legislation to care for ailing family members; all employers both public and private, should be legally required to implement affirmative action hiring and promotion policies giving preference to non-whites and women as compensation for historical injustices.

But that’s not all, she wants U.S. defense spending radically scaled back; capital punishment eliminated; the nationalization of failing banks and companies is more appropriate than government bailouts on their behalf; limits to the Second Amendment; the dissolution of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) with open borders being the standard; murder of unborn babies up to and after birth; high taxes on corporations; steep cuts in defense spending; an amendment changing the legal voting age from 18 to 16; and a 90% tax rate for the wealthy.

Her goal is to replace free-market capitalism with a socialist economic framework.

She wants all these communist changes, but she and her husband fail to pay their taxes on time.  In February 2019, right after Ayanna took office, Pressley’s husband, Conan Harris, paid off a $17,430 government lien against him for unpaid federal taxes during 2014-16.

Pro-Abortion Funding

In 2015, Emily’s List (EL) presented Pressley, who believes that there should be no room in the Democratic Party for anyone who opposes abortion rights, with its Rising Star Award.  EL is a political action committee that raises millions of dollars each year for Democratic, pro-choice, female candidates running for elected office.

There are only three requirements a candidate must meet in order to be eligible for support from Emily’s List: The candidate must be a woman, she must be a Democrat, and she must support unrestricted access to taxpayer-funded abortion-on-demand. EL has occasionally withdrawn its support from women expressing even the barest opposition to any abortion-related “right.” U.S. Senator Mary Landrieu (D-Louisiana), for instance, lost EL’s backing in 1997 after she voted in favor of a ban on the practice commonly known as “partial-birth abortion.”  For a comprehensive list of political office holders assisted by EL, click here.

What jihadi Jane Pressler doesn’t mention is the inconvenient truth of “black genocide” which has significantly decreased the potential black population over the past fifty years.  Just look at the State of Georgia.  According to recent Centers for Disease Control (CDC) statistics, while black Americans constitute 32.2 percent of Georgia’s population, 62.4 percent of abortions in Georgia are performed on black American women. By contrast, whites constitute 60.8 percent of the Georgia population, but only 24.7 percent of abortions were performed on white women. Even pro-abortion groups like the Guttmacher Institute admit that “black women are more than five times as likely as white women to have an abortion.”

Stacey Abrams who lost her Georgia gubernatorial election blamed the lack of black’s ability to vote which was totally false. What she didn’t state was that the black population of Georgia had been murdered by abortion; black voters have been eliminated for nearly 50 years.  Abrams, like jihadi squad member Pressler, has never researched the statements by the founder of Planned Parenthood, eugenicist Margaret Sanger who hated black Americans and called them a menace to the race.

Illegal Aliens and the Southern Border

At a February 2019 press conference organized by groups like MoveOn.org, Indivisible, United We Dream, and CASA, Pressley joined Representatives Ocasio-Cortez, Ilhan Omar, and Rashida Tlaib in demanding cuts to federal funding for the Department of Homeland Security. “We are here to draw a line in the sand, in the name of love and in the name of justice,” said Pressley. “It is clear that we must reduce and not increase funds for the DHS.”

She also wants to defund the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agency, in light of what she viewed as the agency’s central role in enforcing immigration policies that were deeply destructive.  Pressley has spoken out in favor of both the DREAM Act, federal legislation that would establish a path-to-citizenship for illegal immigrants who came to the U.S. as minors, and former President Barack Obama’s “Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals” (DACA) program, which had been enacted via a 2012 executive action protecting hundreds of thousands of illegal aliens from deportation.

Pressley often condemns treatment of illegal aliens as brutal, but like her jihadi squad sisters, she refused to condemn Antifa terrorist attacks on ICE or their murderous and barbaric assault on journalist Andy Ngo.

She condemns President Trump’s southern border wall as “Trump’s Hate Wall,” and wants open borders to allow any criminal, gang member or terrorist into our country.

Conclusion

Think about the combined population that these four jihadi Janes are allegedly representing and perhaps influencing.  It’s almost three million Americans.

Each of these jihadi squad members want to change America into a third world socialist (read communist) country. They want to impeach President Trump for loving America and her people because he is an impediment to their goals.  They continually call him a racist and spew the most vile garbage against him.  Their vilifications splash onto us as they hate every American who voted for the President who wanted to Make America Great Again.

They claim President Trump and those who supported him are racists and white supremacists.  The jihadi squad and their democrat comrades scream “white privilege,” which is equally racist in its tone because it stereotypes all whites, (something black people have long railed against when it comes to people of color) as over-privileged and undeserving of what they have, and this leaves them ripe for humiliation and white discrimination.  The mainstream media lap dogs for the Democrat Party and Deep State repeat these lies often enough to brainwash Americans with their propaganda.

Nazi propagandist, Joseph Goebbels is their teacher.  He said, “If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State (or media) can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.”

The final sentence of the Declaration of Independence is a promise among the signers, to “mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our Sacred Honor,” and many of them and their fellow patriots did in fact sacrifice their lives and fortunes in service to our country.

The jihadi squad members are today’s enemies of the state, of freedom, of liberty, of our Declaration of Independence and of our 1787 Constitution written by white European statesmen of honor, who gave their all for our representative Republic.

Censorship is being used to help the Deep State and Democratic Socialists.  Websites such as NewsWithViews are being marginalized and deleted from Facebook, twitter, and google.  Advertising has been pulled from the site because these leftist organizations do not believe in freedom of speech.  They are anathema to freedom and liberty and truth…yes, truth, which has become the new hate speech.  As such, this website is suffering for funds to keep it running.  We need your help; please won’t you consider sending monthly donations to NewsWithViews to keep the website in the black…our CEO and the writers all work without pay to bring you their opinions on the news hoping you’ll help us save our beloved country.  Help us please by spreading the articles, getting others to sign up to receive the E-Mail alerts, and by donating here.

© 2019 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The energy of life on this planet strives to organize into relationships. As with water, you watch it thrive in many forms such as snow, rain, ice and vapor. It gathers as clouds in the sky, which eventually, falls as rain or snow.  It drains into rivers that gather into the oceans.  All of these forms create relationships with the processes that allow life to thrive on this globe.

(Bicycling the Continental Divide, 2,500 miles, 150,000 vertical feet of climbing, 19 passes.)

Photo by Frosty Wooldridge

If you look to the universe; stars, planets, moons and galaxies exist in a symbiotic gathering.  They co-exist in a mutual dance based on physics and the “Law of Attraction.”  Their energy via movement flourishes in every sector of the cosmos.

Throughout all of creation, life sprang upon this planet utilizing the “attraction” process.  At some point, humanity manifested, which in turn, became “you” as an entity in the process.   What will you do with your precious “moment” on this planet?  Will you prosper by using your gifts or will you meander into mediocrity?  Will you submit to circumstance or strive toward self-fulfillment?

The courage to be you in 21^st century America may be one of the bravest acts of your life.  Our “cookie-cutter” society educates people into “slots” that maintain the engine of commerce.  General options include teaching, medicine, construction, salesperson, truck driver, cashier, janitor, waitress and factory worker.

How do you step outside that process if called toward a different path?  First, you must engage the quality of your mind and spirit to stand up in the face of fear.    Sure, it’s difficult to be different, to take an alternative path, to become a singer, artist or dancer.

The one thing you may expect on your life’s trajectory:  challenge!  If something doesn’t challenge you, it won’t change you.  That one factor becomes the conduit for your creativity and opportunity.  Challenges force you toward a chance to move into your highest and best—one step at a time.

If you remember some of the greats of history, their lives began by trudging toward their goal:  Ray Kroc started out with one hamburger restaurant that led to an “idea” to create a chain of McDonald’s fast food joints.   Billy Banks, inventor of Tae Bo fitness tapes, couldn’t read very well because of his dyslexia, failed in school and couldn’t qualify for many jobs.  Instead of giving up, he used his gifts to combine martial arts and kickboxing.  Oprah Winfrey began in poverty and abuse, but marshaled her talents for interviewing into a billion-dollar company.  Ms. J.K. Rowling, author of the Harry Potter series, transformed from a food stamp recipient to a $15 billion industry stemming from an idea about a character she wrote on a napkin while eating breakfast.

What did those people possess in common?

• They learned to strive toward their dreams with endless passion
• They maintained relentless enthusiasm for their ideas
• They stood in the “space” of courage of their convictions
• They stood in the “Eternality of relationship with life” to activate their courage

In other words, they surrendered to possibilities inherent within them.  They used their challenges as outlets to a greater good simmering within their minds.  As with the “Law of Attraction”, they incorporated others into their network.  When you gather two or more, you harness creative power.

Finally, each person, no different than you, no smarter than you, no more privileged than you—maintained effort over time.  They dreamed their dreams, then, day-by- day, they took action toward their destinies.  By applying these concepts, you too, march toward your dreams—one step at a time.

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

There was a time when the church would stand for what is right, defend the principles of God and the pastor was the leader in the community.  They quite often wrote the charter for the city, were the school teachers, spiritual leaders and were outright hated by the British because they kept the people informed and encouraged concerning their right to freedom from the crown.  These pastors were more than simple people who gave a cute sermon on Sunday mornings.  They were the leaders of the community.  They were the teachers. They carried so much influence in the community that the British labeled them The Black Regiment for the color of the robes that they wore.  The British even blamed these pastors for the war for independence and probably rightfully so as all the rights declared in the Declaration of Independence had been preached from the pulpits of America from long before 1763.

This fact was also very well known in America as well.  John Adams stated that “the pulpits have thundered” and he even talked about some of the ministers that he believed were “characters the most conspicuous, the most ardent, and influential” in the “awakening and a revival of American principles and feelings” that fanned the flames for American independence.[1]

We no longer have many pastors of this quality anymore.  There are a few, but they are rare.  The American pulpit was aflame with preaching about freedom and independence.  Today’s pastors, for the most part, give milk toast sermons that won’t even get you out of the door of the church let alone through the rest of the week.  Today’s pastors have literally thrown God’s rules and principles out the window.  We were warned about this by Paul: 1Timothy 4:1  Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.  Some may ask what doctrines of the devil are the churches pushing?  Well, in case you haven’t been paying attention I will just scratch the surface of the apostasy that has engulfed the church.  Keep in mind the definition of apostasy: an act of refusing to continue to follow, obey, or recognize a religious faith; abandonment of a previous loyalty: DEFECTION!  This may sound harsh but a simple look at what churches are allowing is far from the biblical principles laid out in scripture.

I testified against a ‘Civil Unions’ bill in my home state of Colorado a few years back that would allow same-sex ‘marriages’ which is a violation of our State Constitution not to mention the Word of God.  At that hearing, there were more pastors there to endorse the bill than to oppose the bill. You can see a YouTube clip of my testimony here.[2] We were able to defeat the bill two years in a row and then we lost control of both houses and the governor’s seat and the bill was passed.  This is an example of how the devil doesn’t stop his attack on our moral values and we must continue our vigilance in upholding the morals laid out in scripture.  My wife grew up Lutheran and the pastor of one of the biggest Lutheran churches in Denver was there to endorse the bill.  His mistake.  My wife confronted him in the hall outside the hearing room and grilled him to the point where he literally ran away from her because he could not defend his position.

But unfortunately, that is not the only denomination that has embraced the homosexual lifestyle.  Please don’t misunderstand me, I’m not saying that homosexuals should not be allowed in the church because there is no better place for them to learn the truth about homosexuality.  What I am saying is the church should not embrace it as a viable lifestyle and place active homosexuals in places of authority in the church.  Half of the Episcopalians embrace homosexuality while the other half continues to hold strong to the biblical teachings against it.[3] Methodist has embraced the lifestyle[4], some Catholic parishes[5], and even the Baptists are embracing the debauchery of that lifestyle: In a highly-ironic twist, the First Baptist Church of Greenville, SC, the same church that produced the very first president of the Southern Baptist Convention, William Bullein Johnson, is now an LGBT-affirming, pro-same-sex marriage, and pro-transgender church, and they don’t care what you think of them.

GreenvilleOnline.com reports that the dialogue was bold — particularly for one of downtown Greenville’s influential legacy churches that in its earliest years served as a birthplace for revered Southern Baptist institutions. Would the congregation be willing to allow same-sex couples to marry in the church? To ordain gay ministers? To embrace the complexities of gender identity? In an evangelical church born in the antebellum South? Whose founder more than a century and a half ago served as the inaugural president of the Southern Baptist Convention? Here, in Greenville? The answer to each was “yes.” [6] The baffling part about this is there is no place in scripture that places God’s blessing on a homosexual relationship.  Malachi 3:6 states “For I am the LORD, I change not;”, you combine that with Leviticus 18:22  Thou shalt not lie with mankind, as with womankind: it is an abomination and there is really no way to misunderstand God’s intent. Even the references in the New Testament concur with the intent of the Old Testament: 1 Corinthians 6:9  Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind.  The last two references are direct references to the homosexual lifestyle. In fact, the last reference, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, is the Greek word ‘arsenokites’ which means sodomite.

Denomination after denomination has willfully ignored this obvious mandate.  The pastors that allow this don’t have the guts to stand against the politically correct agenda of the world.  They don’t want to offend anyone but as I’ve stated for the last twenty years, if you’re preaching the gospel, you’re going to offend someone.  It’s time to offend.  Patrick Henry made a wise statement that we need to take to heart: For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst and provide for it.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, Bloomington, IN) pp. 154-155
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=shgf0K_xtZI
3. http://www.religioustolerance.org/hom_epis.htm
4. United Methodist church moves allow LGBT clergy gay marriage
5. Catholics debate communion for the adulterous remarried some parishes
6. Baptist churches start to ordain homosexuals and perform same sex marriage rituals

What is the atheist’s favorite Bible verse?  Sound like a strange question?  Well, what is the favorite Bible verse, the one most often quoted by the liberal left, the non-Christian, or even the minimal Christians you know?  Now the answer might be apparent.  It is Matthew 7:1, of course, the most popular Bible verse in the world today, having replaced John 3:16 as the most well known.

“Judge not, lest ye be judged.”  Oh, how people love to throw that verse in our faces when we dare to question unholy living and ungodly lifestyles.  When Jesus was tempted by satan to sin, the Lord fought the devil by quoting Scripture.  Now the devil is quoting Scripture to US, to excuse known sins — sins people are AWARE they are committing, but simply do not care about.  They’re going to do their own thing, their way, as long and as often as they choose, and how DARE you Christians have the nerve to judge them!  Of course the next logical step is for them to pull out the “hypocrite card,” since Christians judging others, in their minds, is the absolute height of hypocrisy.  According to them, we’re not even following our own Bible because it tells us to “judge not!”

This is the attitude of so many today, as our culture slides over the cliff into wholesale depravity.  In other words, when Christians question wrong behavior, wrong government policy, sinful lifestyles and wicked acts, we now have our enemy, the devil, and his followers, using SCRIPTURE as the two-edged sword against us!

Christians fall by this sword, because the Word of God is, indeed intensely powerful and sharp.  But this sword of the Word is to be used properly AGAINST God’s enemies — not BY His enemies against His children!  The world has COMPLETELY turned upside down!

Why do Christians fall by this Sword?  Because they don’t know or understand who they are, and what the Sword of the Word really is.  And bottom line, this is because they don’t really read their Bibles.  First of all, Christians – true, saved-by-grace, by Jesus’ sacrifice on our behalf, CHRISTIANS, are new creations.  No longer children of wrath, we are become Children of God.

Ephesians 2:1-6, “As for you, you were dead in your transgressions and sins, in which you used to live when you followed the ways of this world and of the ruler of the kingdom of the air, the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient.  All of us also lived among them at one time, gratifying the cravings of our sinful nature and following its desires and thoughts. Like the rest, we were by nature objects of wrath. But because of His great love for us, God, who is rich in mercy, made us alive with Christ even when we were dead in transgressions — it is by grace you have been saved. And God raised us up with Christ and seated us with Him in the heavenly realms in Christ Jesus.”

So as I read this, it becomes clear that as born again Christians, we are God’s own children now, no longer counted as His enemies.  He has removed our sins as far as the east is from the west, when we repented and claimed the precious blood of Christ for the removal of our sin.  At that time, we died to sin and its power over us, as Jesus conquered sin and the devil at the cross.  THEN, God raised us up, WITH Christ, as new creations, and Scripture tells us we are, even now, already SEATED with Christ in the heavenly realms.  We are “in Christ.”  Christ dwells within US.  We walk this earth as foreigners in a foreign land; a land controlled by the enemy of our souls… “the ruler of the kingdom of the air, the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient.”   But the great mystery is that the Bible says as Christians, we are SIMULTANEOUSLY seated in heaven with Christ!

This does not mean we won’t still sin.  We have not been made perfect, as God is perfect.   It simply means our sins are forgiven, placed under the shed blood of Christ, when we confess and repent of them.  Yes, even Christians can still sin, and perhaps most of all, it is our responsibility to keep short accounts with God, to immediately confess, repent and then rest in the knowledge that our Father has forgiven us — because He has judged us righteously and fairly.  Our penalty has been paid already, by our Savior, Jesus Christ.

What does all this have to do with the topic of judging?  Simply this:  the enemy, and the anti-Christian, will point fingers, accuse and threaten us with the single verse of Scripture they know so well.  “Judge not, lest ye be judged.”  (Some may also be familiar with, “Let he who is without sin cast the first stone!”)  These accusations, hurled at us from the enemy, cause us to doubt what God actually said, what He actually meant.  You see, satan’s tactics are no different now than they were in Eden, when he asked Eve, “Did God really say…?”  Satan is a masterful deceiver.  Scripture calls him the greatest deceiver, the father of lies.  Of course he will use even God’s word to lie to us!  And if we do not know the Word intimately, we are easily swayed and confused.

God did not mean we should never make any judgments.  He created us with an intellect and an ability to make judgments many times a day.  We get up in the morning and make judgments as to what we will wear.  We go about our day and make judgments as to how best to use our time.  We make judgments about our food choices, about what we fill our minds with, about how much time we spend in the Word each day, about our employees or our employers, about our future, how we will spend our money.  We make judgments at work.  Certainly no employer would want an employee who had no judgment!  We make judgments constantly.  To do otherwise, would completely incapacitate us.  If we could no longer judge, we’d really be quite useless.

Let’s look more closely at Matthew 7.  Verse 2:  “For in the same way you judge others, you will be judged, and with the measure you use, it will be measured to you.”  So, logically then, is the opposite also true?   Does this mean that if we NEVER judge others then we are free from ever being judged ourselves?  Hardly.  The Bible clearly states, “For it is appointed unto man once to die, and after this, the judgment.”  Yes, we will all be judged.  But WHO is doing the judging?  The just judge of all the World!  Christ, our King!

But God’s Word says He will have some help.  First Corinthians, Chapter 6, is a real eye-opener.  Here, Paul is telling the believers that they should deal with their disputes among themselves, rather than file lawsuits and have their cases handled by unbelievers.  In Verses 1-4, he also gives us a few more important things we should know.  Let’s look…He writes,  “If any of you has a dispute with another, do you dare to take it before the ungodly for judgment instead of before the Lord’s people? Or do you not know that the Lord’s people will judge the world? And if you are to judge the world, are you not competent to judge trivial cases?  Do you not know that we will judge angels?  How much more the things of this life!  Therefore, if you have disputes about such matters, do you ask for a ruling from those whose way of life is scorned in the church?”

Wow.  Study this for yourself.  This Scripture says that WE – Christians – will judge the world!  It also says that WE – Christians – will judge angels!  As saints of Christ, this is part of our future job description… judging the world, and judging angels.  Imagine that!  So does Paul, in First Corinthians, then, contradict the words of Jesus when He said we should “judge not?”  Not at all!

We ARE to make judgments and we ARE to judge others — in this life and in eternity.   True Christian believers, who properly understand their role as judges, are the most qualified and best possible people to render righteous judgment in the world!  But we must judge rightly, and righteously.  Jesus made judgments when He walked the earth.  While many were done privately, tactfully and quietly, in some instances, He was much more vocal and forceful, as in the case of overturning the tables of the money changers at the synagogue.

The one thing, however, that characterizes Jesus’ life on earth, was His love.  Even when He made a righteous judgment that ended in condemnation of someone’s sin, He did not pronounce judgment in such a way as to give them no hope of reconciliation — He always provided a way home to Him;  some did not take that opportunity, but the opportunity was always presented.  He did not judge others in an attempt to make Himself appear more holy (which would have been impossible anyway), and He did not judge without also offering a way of salvation.  This is where, many times, I think we get it wrong, as Christians today.

We see something that goes contrary to our Christian worldview and make a righteous judgment about it, but don’t stop at condemning the sin — we also, many times, condemn the sinner too.  This is not what Jesus would do.  We see ungodly leaders destroying our country.  We filter that through our Christian worldview and determine it to be evil.  We have made that judgment.  The judgment was correct, but not complete.

We see the alcoholic, unemployed, living on government subsidies.  We call them irresponsible, a slacker.  We see the abortionist, killing babies all week long, then serving as a deacon at their church and call that an abomination.  We see the demon-possessed man, tattooed from head to toe, with more piercings than a pincushion, chain smoking cigarettes and cursing at those who pass by.  “What a freak,” we say.  We see the young teen girl, caked in black makeup, dressed immodestly, and dabbling in the occult.  “Hopelessly lost,” we say.  We see the cowardly pastor, too afraid to really speak the truth and the full Gospel, leading his sheep astray, and we declare that, as it should be, WRONG!  We see the false teacher or televangelist, fleecing his flock, promising health and wealth if they simply fill his collection coffers.   Or the professing Christian, promoting godless music or entertainment.  Or the man or woman involved in adultery against their spouse.  Or the abusive, the lazy, the addicted, the liberal, the atheist, the homosexual, the transsexual, the bisexual, the trans-gendered, you name it.  We see all these things, judge them righteously, and call them wrong, offensive to God.  We call all these things sin, and rightly so.  But our judgment often remains incomplete.

Let us consider a few more things I believe God would have us to remember.  First, how do we know we are judging righteously?  What is our standard for casting judgment?  It must be God’s Word, and His commandments.   Without weighing all things by God’s word and His commandments, we are in danger of judging wrongly.  However, if something goes against God’s word and His commands, we MUST condemn that action or thing.  To remain silent – or in today’s language, “tolerant,” –  would be to effectively  call evil good, and we would stand in danger of judgment ourselves.

Secondly, I believe with the great privilege of judging in a Godly way, we also incur great responsibility — the burden of praying, even for our enemies, and those we disagree with intensely.  Those with whom we could not be more opposed.  Christ told us to love our enemies, and to pray for them.  Not to condemn the PEOPLE.  Truly, THAT is God’s job, and one even He takes no delight in.  If we simply call the demon-posessed man a “freak,” having passed judgment and walk away, we are passing judgment unrighteously.  If we call the confused teen girl, caked in black makeup, dabbling in the occult a witch, we MAY be right, but we are also judging harshly, and wrongly.  If we call the adulteress a whore, we may be right, but we are also judging wrongly, not in accord with God’s will or His example.

Christians are to be salt and light in this world, which is ruled by the enemy.  I said earlier that we are foreigners, living in a foreign land.  Heaven is our home.  God is our Father.  We are His children.  That being the case, as His hands and feet in this godless earth, it is our responsibility to represent Him, as we have taken His name, calling ourselves Christians.  Simply passing judgment or calling names does not do anything but condemn – both the person we judge, and ourselves.  Yes, we condemn ourselves when we do not judge in love, as Christ taught us…for the same measure we use to judge will be used in our own judgement.

We must proclaim the Word of God, preach the full Gospel — including sin, judgment, repentance, faith and restoration — and we must do all these things with the love of Christ.  We must NEVER condone sin or get cozy with it.  We must NEVER be known as “tolerant” of what clearly goes against the Word and will of God almighty.  But once we make that judgment, we must immediately be prepared to carry on with the next step:  reaching out to the sinner, explaining the way of salvation, praying the person will turn in repentance and then follow you, and the rest of God’s children, back home to Christ.  THIS is judging in love.

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 261.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Twitter Scrubbing Video of Protestor Saying ‘stab the mother f***er in the heart,’ Allows #MassacreMitch to Trend for Days

While Mitch McConnell was at home healing from a fall, protestors showed up at his home and in classic Leftist style started making threats.  One protestor said, “that someone should just ‘stab the mother f**ker in the heart.’”  Wow, classy.

This particular tweet was apparently made by a Leftist who actually met with Leftist liberal Elizabeth Warren, is anyone surprised?

“The person appears to be a BLM activist who has met with Elizabeth Warren”

Mitch McConnell’s reelection campaign also shared the now deleted video of this protestor stating McConnell should be stabbed in the heart – so because Mitch McConnell retweets a video about violence aimed at himself, Twitter responds by suspending the account.  Uhhhhh what?

According to Twitter, removing this video is for Mitch’s safety you know.  At the same time Twitter has done nothing about the trending hash tag #MassacreMitch which is still going strong on Twitter.

A Google search of #massacremitch returns over 400,000 results.  The same search on Twitter has thousands of results and is still going strong.

Yup, Twitter is for sure very concerned about Mitch McConnell’s safety.

https:// twitter.com/RealSaavedra/status/1159197184992010241

Still, some Twitter users get it: “Wrong.

Team #MassacreMitch is further inciting hate, violating the rules, and should be suspended”

Yes they should…

“I was told today that Reza Aslan’s calls to violence were not in violation of Twitters rules. Yet here you are suspended for merely retweeting a video of someone else actually threatening to murder an American citizen. Twitter is a platform that openly condones leftist hate.”

Exactly! For some unknown reason, Twitter bans a video calling for violence against Mitch McConnell, but allows plenty of other tweets supporting violence against Mitch, as well as tweets supporting Islamic Jihad, calls for violence against President Trump and his supporters, etc.

https:// twitter.com/MMal8992/status/1159191137481084928

It needs to be pointed out here that Twitter is headed by an out and out Leftist ideologue.  Jack Dorsey fully supported the Ferguson protests and also is a huge Black Lives Matter supporter.  Twitter under the guidance of Dorsey just makes it up as they go along.  There is no such thing as fairness or even a genuine concern for other people’s safety on Twitter’s platform, except as Jack Dorsey sees fit.  If you are on Dorsey’s radar as a relevant Leftist hater, an Islamic jihadist, or a true blue Trump hater, you are safe, protected even.  If on the other hand you oppose liberalism and Leftist values, then it is perfectly ok to allow threats including death threats against you on Twitter, not to mention doxing.  In other words, if you are a conservative and/or God fearing man or woman – it is open season on you on Twitter.

Remember Nick Sandmann?  He was the high school kid who smiled at a Native American, (who is a known troublemaker) and received death threats for doing nothing wrong.  Twitter allowed the tweets concerning him to remain on their platform as well.  Surprised?  Uh, no.

“This pic is of Covington Catholic High School student Nick Sandmann, who was falsely smeared by the media

Sandmann and his school received death threats over what happened

Twitter took no action against this tweet”

Peter Fonda called for Trump administration officials to have their kids taken away and thrown in cages with pedophiles.  Let that statement sink in for a moment.  How can anyone think of something so sick and twisted?  Yet Twitter did nothing about this.

There is a special place in Hell for people like Fonda and Dorsey, unless they repent of their evil.  Wishing for children to be harmed, including being raped – is just sick and demented.  But yet many on the Left including those in the Twitter mob have no problem with this kind of demented and evil thinking.

“The Squad” and most other Leftists support this line of demented thinking, or at the very least do not speak out against it.  When was the last time you heard someone on the Left call out Twitter or Google, or the other Leftist supporters (like the mainstream media) for their anti-American rhetoric including: abortion, infanticide, socialism, communism, Islamic jihad, doxing, violence against Trump supporters, and death threats against all who do not share their opinions and beliefs?

Answer: never.

You can read about the Left’s war on America and the freedom loving “We the People” who support her, in my new book, Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church.  The Left is systematically destroying America while handing over power to the Globalists who seek a One World government.  In my book, I explain how and why this is happening.

One last thing: there is now a new movie coming out by Leftist Hollywood – called The Hunt.  In this so-called movie, hateful Americans can physically hunt their political opponents (“deplorables”) for sport. Hunt as in shoot and kill like deer.  If this does not deeply disturb you, and confirm that the Left has completely lost it – then you are an idiot and deserve whatever comes to you courtesy of the Left.

You have been warned America, speak up now and defend America – or forever be rendered silent with the rest of the sheep.

Greg is the author of the newly released book: Spiritual Darkness is Destroying America and the Church

Follow TCP on Facebook, Gab, USA Life, Twitter, Pinterest, and Social Cross

© 2019 Greg Holt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Greg Holt: admin@trueconservativepundit.com

In the late 1960s, I traveled to South Africa. I saw children with their legs bound to purposely turn them into cripples for life, presumably so they would make money from donations.

Today, I see children in America and other countries with their minds bound to purposely turn them into mental cripples for life, presumably so they will support votes for a political cause that in the end will destroy their own country. These children have suffered mind-warping child abuse. This abuse has caused them mental and physical harm.

What is worse? A crippled leg or a crippled mind?

Those born after about 1995 have been severely harmed. Their teachers, media, and government have programmed them from early ages to believe human CO2 is destroying their world. Their teachers have used fear to make them believe. Fear is known to be the most permanent way to program children’s minds to believe anything.

Their teachers have molded these children into a climate alarmist cult that rejects true science. Once inside the cult, the children can no longer think for themselves. They become servants of the BORG that controls them.

The young people that become climate alarmists have never been taught true science. For example, how many young people can understand the following simple science?

Climate alarmists make four invalid claims:

1. Human CO2 has caused all the increase in atmospheric CO2 above 280 ppm.
2. Increased atmospheric CO2 causes global warming.
3. Global warming causes bad stuff to happen.
4. Therefore, human CO2 causes bad stuff to happen.

Let’s focus on claim #1. Here is why it is wrong:

• Simple physics shows that human CO2 causes about 18 ppm of today’s 410 ppm level of atmospheric CO2, while natural CO2 causes 392 ppm. Human CO2 is insignificant to climate.
• By contrast, the IPCC claims that human CO2 causes 130 ppm of today’s 410 ppm, while natural CO2 causes 280 ppm.

IPCC is the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

It is easy to prove with high-school physics that the IPCC claim is wrong. According to the UN IPCC, the annual flow of human CO2 into the atmosphere is about 4.4 ppm per year and the natural CO2 inflow is about 98 ppm per year.

According to simple physics and common sense, the percent of human CO2 in the atmosphere equals the percent of human CO2 in the inflow. It is like a recipe. What you put into a bowl is what is in the bowl.

So, get your calculator and do the math. The total of 4.5 ppm per year and 98 ppm per year is 102.5 ppm per year inflow into the atmosphere. The human contribution is 4.5 divided by 102.5 or 4.4 percent. Therefore, the contribution of human CO2 to atmospheric CO2 is 0.044 times 410 ppm or 18 ppm.

Therefore, reducing human CO2 emissions will not reduce atmospheric CO2 enough to make any difference in the climate. Alarmism is junk science. There is no climate emergency.

The physics model also explains why continuing human CO2 emissions will not further increase atmospheric CO2 … but that is another subject.

How do the IPCC and climate alarmists justify their claim that human CO2 increased atmospheric CO2 by 130 ppm?

Answer: They reject physics. We are not talking about rocket science here. We are talking about what they should have learned in high-school physics.

One IPCC argument is that natural CO2 flows freely out of the atmosphere, but human CO2 goes into 4 bins. The CO2 in the first bin flows freely out of the atmosphere. The CO2 in the second bin flows slowly out of the atmosphere. The CO2 in the third bin flows very slowly out of the atmosphere. And the CO2 in the fourth bin stays in the atmosphere forever. This claim is junk science. It is like a wee-wee-wee 4-little-piggy nursery rhyme.

Figure 1 illustrates IPCC’s 4 bins for human CO2.

Everyone who believes this wee-wee-wee 4-little-piggy argument rejects science. IPCC scientists believe it. National Climate Assessment authors believe it.  Climate alarmists believe it. Too bad they are all wrong.

The truth is nature can’t tell the difference between human and nature CO2 because CO2 molecules are identical no matter what their source.

Download two new scientific papers as free PDF files.

Two recent peer-reviewed scientific publications prove the IPCC alarmist theory is wrong. Both show why human CO2 does not change atmospheric CO2 enough to change the climate. Both prove the UN IPCC climate theory is wrong.

• Edwin X Berry: Human CO2 Emissions Have Little Effect on Atmospheric CO2, published on July 4, 2019.
• Hermann Harde: What Humans Contribute to Atmospheric CO2: Comparison of Carbon Cycle Models with Observations, published on June 12, 2019.

Please click on the links and download these two papers. Every download adds to the attention a paper gets. You may be surprised that you can understand much of my scientific paper even if you are not trained in science.

Please bring these two scientific papers to the attention of your elected representatives and conservative media. You will help bring climate truth to the people. You can make a difference.

Also, notice these papers are not “opinions” because the climate alarmists will try to pass them off as such. These papers are slam-dunk proof the IPCC is wrong. They will prevail in court if a smart lawyer uses them.

Science, like legal trials, has a default position. Most law, for example, assumes an accused person is innocent until proven guilty. The same holds for science. The default position (known as the null hypothesis) is that all climate change is assumed to be natural until proven to be human-caused. Human CO2 is innocent until proven guilty.

No one has proved that human CO2 causes climate change because natural CO2 prevails over human CO2 in the atmosphere. Natural CO2 emissions increased since 1750 enough to increase atmospheric CO2 from 280 ppm to 392 ppm. The human effect is only an additional 18 ppm. The human effect on climate is completely negligible and removing it completely will not eliminate the dominant natural climate change.

The two referenced scientific papers take the additional step. They prove all the IPCC arguments, that the IPCC uses to claim a human cause, fail science. Checkmate. These papers cannot be ignored in any serious discussion of climate change.

Help me bring climate truth to the world.

Imagine a world with no climate alarmism. We would be able to focus on things that matter and not waste our time and money on climate distractions. Junk climate science would not distort politics and the economy. Colleges would not require students to join sustainability programs. Kids would not proclaim climate emergencies. Governments would save money. Power generation would be more reliable and cost less. Children and students would learn real science rather than fake science. It might help them pay off their college loans.

I am building a new website where we can work together to accomplish this goal. It will be a membership website where you can interact with other people. It will include seminars that explain in ordinary language why climate alarmists are wrong. It will provide the science and explanation necessary to win in public debate, but we will not be distracted by more science than is necessary to achieve our political goals. It will provide the simplest and most powerful arguments that you can use to counter the climate alarmists.

We have already won the science debate, but few people understand this. The alarmists have no scientific case. Now we must win the political debate.

Several people have offered to help fund my work. I thank them very much. The work we plan to do will require money. My new website will make this possible.

Already, thousands of people have signed up on my email list. If you are not already on my email list, you may sign up on edberry.com to get information about what I am doing.

Our task is great. We must show the public why human CO2 does not change the climate. Our goal is to get climate change out of politics and back into science.

The idea that we have a “climate emergency” is a product of a crippled mind.

Our job is to stand for climate truth.

To comment on this article or to view references, please click here.

© 2019 Ed Berry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com

My prayers and heartfelt sympathy goes out to the victims of the El Paso Mall shooting. The gunman posted a manifesto.

One of the issues which angered the gunman is illegal immigration. Democrats and fake news media will jump on this like white on rice. Despicably, they will launch a bogus narrative that the gunman is a typical Trump voter, driven to violence by Trump’s racist rhetoric.

Don’t be fooled folks. The deranged gunman’s views are all over the ideological map. However, his environmental views are clearly the result of progressives dominating public education and fake news media. This quote from the manifesto exposes his insane progressive environmental views.

“I just want to say I love the people of this country. But g** d***, most of y’all are just too stubborn to change your lifestyle. So the next logical step is to decrease the number of people in America using resources. If we can get rid of enough people, then our way of life can become more sustainable.”

Wow, that is scary.

I doubt that you will hear this environmental wacko statement in the manifesto reported on CNN. The same way magicians use misdirection, fake news media will try to focus our attention away from the truth that the gunman was strongly influenced by left-wing environmental indoctrination.

Years ago in a public library, I was shocked to see a stack of brochures which told youths that having a baby was irresponsible and destructive to the planet. God instructed Adam and Eve, “Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth…” Progressives reject God’s intention for everything; foolishly believing they know better than our creator what is best for us.

In his manifesto, the gunman used the word, “sustainable”. Because we have allowed progressives to dominate public education for decades, sustainability is sacred, “holy”, in the minds of many millennials.

Democrats and fake news media view every shooting and catastrophe through a lens of how can they exploit it to kick Trump out of the White House. How can the tragic event be used to further their anti-American, anti-Christian and socialist/progressive agenda. American suffering and lost lives are acceptable collateral damage to achieve their goal.

No matter how much Democrats and fake news media pretend to care about the victims of the mall shooting, they relish another opportunity to get Trump. They are laser-focused on using the tragedy against Trump in the 2020 presidential election.

Progressives’ hatred for traditional American values, patriotism and Christians has risen to remarkable levels since we elected president Trump. Progressives’ believe no price is too high, no tactic is too low if it will remove Trump from office. Most Democrats in congress and fake news media are void of a biblical point of reference which makes them extremely callous, cold, calculating and dangerous. Yes, I am saying they are evil. How else can you explain 177 Democrats voting to murder babies even after they are born?

A snake asked a beaver for a ride across the river. The beaver said no because the snake would bite him. The snake vowed it would not harm the beaver. Upon reaching the other side, the snake bit the beaver. “Why did you bite me?”, asked the beaver. The snake replied, “I’m a snake.”

At least 20 innocent Americans lost their lives at the hands of an evil man in the El Paso mall shooting. It is evil and disgusting to exploit the shooting to falsely brand Trump and his voters violent racists. And yet, Democrats and fake news media are unable to stop themselves from doing so. Why? Because Democrats and fake news media are snakes.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American
Help Lloyd spread the Truth:
http://LloydMarcus.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

According to a report from intelligence gathering and analysis expert, Dr. Lyle Rapacki, there is evidence of known Cuban Nationals crossing the southern Border of the U.S. in the West Texas Region.

Rapacki, who founded and operates the security firm Sentinel Intelligence Service, LLC,  latest report was distributed on Tuesday to  law enforcement, intelligence and threat assessment specialists especially in Arizona given the real possibility of incursions across the southern border of Arizona by Cuban Nationals.

“The Cuban Nationals join multiple others from countries, including Middle Eastern countries, known to host hostile elements toward America,” reports Dr. Rapacki.

The report claims that hostile gangs and terrorist groups have infiltrated the caravans of Central American immigrants attempting to cross the southern Border of the U.S.into Texas, Arizona, San Diego and New Mexico.

“Strong indicators are demonstrating these hostile and terrorist groups have no intention of arriving in America for a better life, but to join already existing such elements as reinforcements.  U.S. Border Patrol Agents are performing above and beyond the call of duty in the most exceptional and professional manner,” noted Rapacki’s report obtained by the National Association of Chiefs of Police’s researcher Jim Kouri.

On August 1, 2019, the Presidio Border Patrol Station encountered and arrested nine Cuban Nationals who were part of a larger group of “Give Ups.” (Note: Give Ups are immigrants who cross the border into the U.S. and immediately turn themselves over to Border Patrol agents or other U.S. law enforcement officers so they can begin the process of being allowed to remain in the country.)

El Paso Sector Intelligence have disseminated bulletins referencing increased Cuban National Incursions currently staged in the Ciudad Juarez, Mexico area, and they are considered “aggressive.”

Additionally, there is growing evidence that Cuban prison members may be included in these groups of Cuban Nationals.

In 2017, the Trump administration implemented increased vetting for refugees, citing security concerns; this slowed the process of admissions, according to Migration Policy Institute.

“President Trump reduced the number of refugees the United States accepts annually—first reducing the 110,000 level originally set for FY 2017 by the Obama administration to 50,000, then to 45,000 for FY 2018, and to a record low of 30,000 for FY 2019.

“Approximately 15,000 refugees had been resettled during the first seven months of FY 2019 (October 1, 2018 through April 30, 2019).”

Draining the Swamp

Over the last three years, the FBI has been exposed as an actual “tool” of the Democratic Party, especially those who are actively pursuing the goals of the “Deep State.”

The names of James Comey, Andrew McCabe, Peter Strzok and others have been connected to a suspected plot to destroy the Trump presidency. Using a suspected illegal plan to deliver Donald Trump into the hands of a deranged Democratic Party and their cohorts in the news and entertainment industries, many Americans have seen the lengths to which Trump-haters will go to remove someone with whom they may disagree.

However, with a number of changes already being implemented within the Department of Justice, the FBI, the State Department and other renegade bureaucracies, U.S. government leaders in law enforcement and intelligence agencies must return to their primary functions: protecting the nation, its citizens and their own officials, agents and officers.

Internal security is vital to the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s efforts to protect the United States. As the agency responsible for counterintelligence, counterterrorism, cyber, and major criminal investigations, the FBI is a high-priority target for virtually every hostile and many otherwise friendly intelligence services, terrorist organizations, criminal groups, and individuals with grievances against the US Government.

The nature of the threat posed by these various groups and individuals is a function of their intent, and thus varies with the particular agenda of each. Criminal groups, for example, benefit from knowing specifics of ongoing investigations. Timely knowledge of who is under investigation, which communication lines are under surveillance, or who is providing information to the government can effectively cripple an ongoing case.

Because of its high visibility as a well-known element of the US Government, many terrorist groups view the FBI as a desirable target for attack. Because of these threats, the director of the FBI took immediate action to consolidate and centralize management of security programs by placing responsibility and authority for all such programs under its relatively new security division.

The security program will expand over the next five years guided by a philosophy of evolutionary rather than revolutionary change. It is assuming an oversight role in the management of security programs that were previously controlled by the field offices and the FBI Headquarters’ divisions. The FBI recognizes that all security threats, vulnerabilities, and risks must be identified, assessed, evaluated, and managed using a systematic and rational process as part of a continuing operational strategy.

Security and counterintelligence professionals generally agree that the most significant threat to an organization’s internal security is betrayal by a trusted insider. An individual with legitimate access who chooses to betray the FBI’s trust is particularly damaging because compromise of information may continue over an extended period of time and encompass a wide range of programs.

Worse, the insider can target his or her activities to compromise the information most relevant to the needs of the adversary. If undetected over a period of time, a person could rise to a leadership position within an organization from which he or she may influence policy.

To enhance countermeasures against these threats, the FBI developed, implemented, and expanded its Financial Disclosure and Personnel Security Polygraph Programs. These measures have already minimized the threat, but additional actions are needed to further protect the FBI and the nation.

The proliferation of information technology in recent years has resulted in dramatic changes in the threat environment. The explosion in electronic data handling has profoundly altered the manner in which most modern organizations, including the FBI, manage information.

While modern technology allows the storage, movement, and retrieval of vast amounts of data to the benefit of investigators and analysts, it also allows, absent highly sophisticated security precautions, the lightning-fast theft of vast amounts of information, or the crippling of response capabilities in a time of crisis.

Experience has shown that the cyber threat is typically a human problem, not a technical problem. Even though it is true that information systems and networks offer attractive targets, it is invariably the human element in those systems that make them exploitable. Information systems and networks have human involvement during the complete system lifecycle. They are vulnerable during construction, shipment, installation, operation, maintenance, and disposal.

Advanced technology solutions alone will not solve the problem. The approach must be multidisciplinary and must cover the complete lifecycle of information systems, data, and human intervention. To meet these threats, the FBI developed and implemented a Certification and Accreditation process that has been incorporated into the organization’s information technology investment and development lifecycle, including all legacy systems.

However, additional measures are needed to further protect the FBI from the compromise of its information technology systems.

The unique position occupied by the FBI within the US Government and in the public consciousness makes it a high priority target for terrorist groups seeking publicity, for criminal organizations wishing to intimidate or take reprisal, and for lone malcontents with specific grievances. No other federal government agency deals as directly, in what is nearly always an adversarial fashion, with the variety and number of violence-prone groups as does the FBI.

Bomb threats and threats of other violence involving FBI facilities and personnel, while not commonplace, occur with sufficient frequency to generate increasing concern. There are an increasing number of threats directed at individual agents and their families as intimidation or retribution for activities carried out in the performance of their official duties.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

If the alleged El Paso killer’s so-called manifesto against Mexican “invaders” is to be taken seriously, what we have seen is a bloodthirsty backlash to a well-established political movement that seeks to diminish the influence of white voters and replace their role in American society with that of brown people and other designated minorities. This political movement favors free health care, free college, and public housing for illegals, in order to entice them to enter the U.S.

Former FBI agent Steve Hooper told the Mike Broomhead Show that the manifesto suggests the alleged killer saw the Democratic Party debate in which the candidates “all said [they favored] free healthcare [for illegal aliens], they all raised their hands. That’s what pushed him over the edge. He felt he was justified. He felt he ran out of alternatives.”

“White Nationalists Pose Urgent Threat” was the Wall Street Journal headline. But since liberals are supposed to be interested in the “root causes” of unrest, the FBI would be well-advised to examine  the campaign by Latin extremists for seizure of four Southwestern states and creation of a new nation called “Aztlan.”

Founded in 1969, the Mexican-American student group MEChA, which is active on many college campuses, stands for Chicano Student Movement of Aztlan. “In its five decades, chapters of the group have been responsible for pressuring universities to create Chicano and ethnic studies programs. Chapters also raise money for scholarships and hold their own graduation ceremonies for Latino college students,” noted NBC News.

The group recently voted to remove “Aztlan” from the name not because it was offensive to whites but because it might imply “the erasure of Indigenous peoples [Indians] who are the true ancestral stewards of the US Southwest.”

Nevertheless, the “liberation” document, “The Spiritual Plan of Aztlan”, can still be found on the website. It denounces the “gringo,” the “foreign Europeans,” and “the occupying forces of the oppressors,” while calling for a “bronze continent…” An entre section is devoted to Chicano nationalism. Another section, “Action,” urges “‘self-defense against the occupying forces of the oppressors…”

As far back as 1996, Accuracy in Media (AIM) founder Reed Irvine and I were writing about the separatist Aztlan movement, based on an Aztec word that is used to describe the Western U.S. states that they hope to take over and restore to Mexico.

The title of the book, Brown is the New White, by a political strategist aligned with former President Barack Hussein Obama and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, is designed to put whites in their place, subservient to a new ruling class.

The strategy involves deliberately overwhelming the white or European-American vote at the polls. As analyst Trevor Loudon has explained, this anti-white strategy aims to swamp a very damaged President Trump in 2020 and win with a bare majority of the vote. They’re counting on a small percentage of “progressive” white voters to join their new “Rainbow Coalition.” Then, they’re going to legalize every single illegal immigrant remaining in the country, which will give the Democrats tens of millions of new voters overnight, virtually assuring them of permanent one-party rule.

At that point, in the next phase of revolution, the “progressive” strategy will undoubtedly entertain the idea that Mexican-rights activists have a right to reclaim most of the Southwest United States as Mexican territory.  If the United Nations continues its support for “indigenous peoples,” as some Mexicans in the Southwest U.S. continue to define themselves, we can anticipate the world body joining the effort to dismember the U.S., turning over some states to Mexico and perhaps others to “native Americans.”

The United States of America will be no more.

The destruction of the white majority has been an open objective of liberals and “progressives” for years. President Bill Clinton in 2002 had said he believed “an America without a white majority is a worthy destiny.” Clinton had told a small gathering of black columnists that, “Along with our founding, which was an act of genius, and the freeing of slaves in the Civil War and the long civil rights movement, this will arguably be the third great revolution of America, if we can prove that we literally can live without having a dominant European culture.”

In a June 13, 1998 speech to the students at Portland State University, Clinton said, “Today, largely because of immigration, there is no majority race in Hawaii or Houston or New York City. Within five years there will be no majority race in our largest state, California. In a little more than 50 years there will be no majority race in the United States. No other nation in history has gone through demographic change of this magnitude in so short a time.” Students applauded Clinton’s remarks.

Obama’s “Brown is the New White” strategy is the current practical approach to making Clinton’s vision a reality.

Rep. Nancy Pelosi said on February 7, 2018, that it’s “beautiful” to think of white America turning brown, saying, “I am reminded of my own grandson. He is Irish, English, whatever, whatever, and Italian American. He is a mix, but he looks more like the other side of the family, shall we say. When he had his sixth birthday, he had a very close friend whose name is Antonio. He is from Guatemala, and he has beautiful tan skin, beautiful brown eyes, and the rest. This was such a proud day for me because when my grandson blew out the candles on his cake, I said: ‘Did you make a wish?’ And he said: ‘‘Yes, I made a wish.’ We said: ‘What is your wish.’ He said: ‘I wish I had brown skin and brown eyes like Antonio.’ It was so beautiful, so beautiful. The beauty is in the mix. The face of the future for our country is all-American, and that has many versions.”

So a boy with an impressive European-American background is being encouraged by his grandmother to turn his back on his heritage – and America’s founders.

The late Larry Grathwohl, former FBI informant in the Weather Underground, understood the significance of a 2009 book by former communist terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn entitled, Race Course Against White Supremacy.   Grathwohl said they always regarded Barack Obama, whose political career they sponsored, as a tool — a puppet — to use against white America. Ayers and Dohrn had declared America’s founders to be “white supremacists,” to be replaced by such figures as Karl Marx and Che Guevara.

Some students who applaud the vision of a non-white majority future may have gone to the University of Illinois, where Ayers was an instructor. One of his courses featured a book titled Pedagogy of the Oppressed as required reading. Author Paulo Freire, a Brazilian Marxist, declared: “This, then, is the great humanistic and historical task of the oppressed: to liberate themselves and their oppressors as well.”

Indeed, Mexican revolutionaries on American soil see whites as the “oppressors.”

It turns out that the Freire book was required reading in “Raza Studies” or Mexican-American courses in the high schools in Tucson, Arizona. Other required books were Occupied America by Rodolfo Acuña, a professor emeritus of Chicano studies at California State University in Northridge (CSUN), and Prison Notebooks by Antonio Gramsci, the Italian Communist.

Occupied America, the fifth edition, includes an image of Fidel Castro on the front cover, and Castro and Che Guevara on the back cover. It refers to white people as “gringos” and actually includes a quotation on page 323 from someone angry over the cancellation of a government program. He declared: “We are fed up. We are going to move to do away with the injustice to the Chicano and if the ‘gringo’ doesn’t get out of our way, we will stampede over him.” The individual “attacked the gringo establishment angrily at a press conference and called upon Chicanos to ‘Kill the gringo,’ which meant to end white control over Mexicans.”

Whether they intend to “kill the gringo” or just take their land, the message suggests a seizure of power and the end to a way of life. This threat has to be taken seriously by the FBI, already under pressure to monitor “white terrorists.”

In order to avoid more bloodshed, political leaders, including President Trump, have to understand the grievances of white voters, so their anger can be channeled into democratic channels. At the same time, whites have every right to peacefully advocate policies advantageous to their race.

Demonizing white people and denying their advocates access to the public square, in the form of the Internet and social media, can only cause desperate people to take matters into their own hands and generate more backlash.

But panicked by the liberal media into acting, the White House meeting on Friday about online “extremism” with representatives of Internet and technology companies could quickly degenerate into calls for more censorship.

As strange as it may seem, those who honor and want to celebrate the legacies of George Washington and Thomas Jefferson could even emerge as potential targets of censorship and FBI surveillance.

© 2019 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: Kincaid@comcast.net

When I was a little boy growing up in Cleveland, there was a common thread that seemed to connect our family with the vast majority of our neighbors.  That common thread was more like a threefold cord of Duty Honor Country that could not be easily shredded or snapped.  The American values consisting of Duty Honor Country were ensconced in Jedeo/Christian ethics. They are in this man’s opinion one of the greatest sources of blessings enjoyed throughout our history.  Duty Honor and Country were so prevalent almost everywhere. It was literally impossible for me to believe that I would one day witness a time when merely expressing a desire to keep our republic great for Americans would be falsely interpreted as racist, bigoted, or xenophobic. Despite what lying leftists often bellow, race has nothing to do with maintaining our exceptional nation for ourselves and future generations.

The United States of America is the first and only nation founded for both the glory of God and on the principle of unalienable rights for individuals which come from God.  Out of that magnificent ideal grew one great nation under God indivisible with liberty and justice for all.  The founders understood that while liberty is wonderful, it cannot be maintained unless the people first know about it and are willing to maintain it.  For us to remain a free people we must not allow those opposed freedom to have their way.  It is our duty to fight for our God given rights.  One of the best ways to ensure the opposers of liberty never succeed in destroying it, is to teach our young at home, school and church.

Young Americans must be taught right from wrong. But that is just the beginning.  They must also receive a complete high quality of education that includes true American history and the rudiments of our Constitutionally limited form of government.  Students must be instructed in Free Market economics and about the unlimited opportunities it presents.  The maintenance of a good moral code cannot be stressed enough to our youth, if the goal of restoring and maintaining American greatness is sincere.  Last, but certainly not least, seeing to it that our young Americans are taught about and encouraged to seek Providential guidance is paramount.  The founding fathers, Frederick Douglas, Ronald Reagan and now president Trump just to name a very few who have and in the case of our current president have all benefited from looking to the one who shed His grace upon our republic.  The thing they all have in common is the sense of Duty Honor Country.

In 1836, Noah Webster, often called “The Father of American Education,” expressed the purpose of schools was meant for the advancement of the Christian faith.  Webster, like many of his contemporaries credited the Christian religion for setting the foundation for the liberties that we today often take for granted.  Webster understood that an ongoing faith in God must be the basis of our government if the intent is to secure and never extinguish the rights and privileges of a free society.  He himself spoke of the maintaining Duty Honor country.

Unfortunately, in time, a John Dewey inspired philosophical shift took place in America and the Biblical principles for education were eroded, then replaced with corrupt indoctrination.   Dewey, the father of modern education/indoctrination said, “There is no God, and there is no soul. Hence, there is no need for the props of the Christian religion.”  Those props have certainly been knocked away.  Thus, the loss of moral standards has opened the door to numerous declines in almost every aspect of society, particularly education and moral instruction.  Dewey, Marx, Stalin and numerous American leftists clearly understood that in order to separate Americans from their sense of Duty Honor Country, they must first be separated from their love of God, excellence, a high moral standard and the family.

The Founders were absolutely correct in asserting that America would fail if it lost its Christian oriented foundation.  Many so called “anti religious” government school boards have introduced five and six year old students to Satanic clubs.  It is incumbent on “We the People” to make haste and actively seek to reaffirm what made the United States the envy of the world.  If not, those enemies within our republic and throughout the world will succeed in bringing about drastic/nasty changes equal to what has occurred in places like Venezuela.  Without a strong moral compass, there will be no Duty, Honor, Country.  I for one believe that the United States of America will overcome current globalist concocted setbacks and fulfill her manifest destiny as that shining city on hill.  God bless America and may America bless God.  Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook radio commentary now Blowin’ away the Myths and Revealing the Truth on numerous great radio stations in America and internet outlets throughout the world. The Ron Edwards show kicks into high gear every Friday at 4:00 PM ET, 1:00 PM PT. It emanates from flagship station KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada and worldwide via americamatters.us and is rebroadcast on several other radio stations on weekends.

© 2019 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

In the last 24-hours before writing this piece, 22 more innocent people were murdered at an El Paso Texas Walmart, and 10 more at a Dayton Ohio night club. In both cases, it appears yet again, to be at the hand of a young lone-gunman, targeting random people, who were unarmed and defenseless in a “gun-free” zone.

The problem today isn’t just about the mass murder of innocents in gun-free zones either, most often at the hand of a very disturbed youth. We lose far more children every year to suicide, over 47,000 per year in the United States. I believe these two realities are directly connected…. Most choose to take their own lives, while a few choose to take the lives of others.

DISCLAIMER: Before I go any further, let me state for the record that I am not a psychologist, psychiatrist or child behavior PHD. I’m just an old guy who grew up at a very different time in America, a time when things like this never happened! I am full of life experience and I have spent a lifetime noticing things, that most people ignore.

As democrats look at every mass shooting event and draw a straight line to private gun ownership and the need to disarm all law-abiding American citizens, for obvious reasons, evidence might pinpoint the real root of the problem…

WHY ARE U.S. KIDS KILLING?

Guns have been a staple in nearly every American home since the Pilgrims landed at Plymouth Rock. For most of our 243-years as a well-armed, free, sovereign nation, the events we see happening today in our country, simply never happened.

July 1984 marks the first of the random mass-shooting events in our country, when 41-year-old James Huberty, shot dead 21 people, wounding 19 others in a mass shooting at a McDonald’s restaurant in San Ysidro, a district in San Diego California.

Our country went for 208-years as the most well-armed citizens on earth, without a single mass shooting, of the kind we witness far too often today. What changed between 1776 and 1984, that continues to be a growing threat?

Is it that more American homes have guns today than prior to 1984? Is it that more homes have “assault weapons” today than ever in the past? Is it that gun manufacturers, sellers or the NRA are promoting or inciting these types of behavior? None of these factors are true… In fact, as a percentage of overall society, we have less gunowners today than we ever have had in history. Further, gun violence is more than ten times more likely to happen in a state with the strictest gun laws…

SO, WHAT HAS CHANGED?

I submit the following known “facts” for your consideration. Because, if we don’t find and deal with the root causes for these events, they will continue and even get much worse.

#1 – 1973 – The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Roe v. Wade, that it was a “constitutionally protected right” of any expectant mother, to murder her child in the womb. For the sake of political correctness, we call it “abortion.” But let’s not kid ourselves, the taking of another innocent life, not as a result of self-defense, is the legal definition of murder. Prior to this Supreme Court ruling, the mother’s womb was the safest place on earth for any child. Since that ruling, it has been by far the most dangerous place on earth for any innocent child. But that’s just the beginning of the problem this ruling created…

The Roe v. Wade ruling set a new standard in America. Human life no longer had any real value, beyond the value which the birth mother had allowed. It set a socially acceptable tone in America wherein “children” have no intrinsic value and NO “Right to Life.”

Since this 1973 ruling, 61 million innocent American children have been “aborted,” murdered in cold blood. And most Americans can’t figure out why young adults place no value whatsoever on innocent human life… It all started right here! Only 11-years later, we saw the first mass shooting of innocents in a public place…

#2 – Intentional Breakdown of the Traditional Family Unit

In contrast to the Ozzie & Harriet days of the nuclear family, when the father was the bread-winner and the mother raised the children, a number of things brought about the two-income household, where both father and mother left the children behind, to work outside the home.

The search for “gender-equality” in the workplace overlooked the reality of no one left at home to raise the children, or worse, left the child-rearing to someone else, often untrained total strangers in a daycare. The term “latch-key kid” was born, where children often returned home after school, to an empty house, left to their own oversight.

To make matters even worse, no longer was it socially acceptable to have a father and mother engaged in the child-rearing process. Now, two moms were just as good, two dads’, or even an enclave of neighborhood “blended families.” In other words, as Hillary Clinton once said, “it takes a village to raise a child” and now, we are seeing exactly what kind of children that village has raised since 1992…

God made it only possible for a man and woman to create a child, because a father and mother are both necessary to the proper upbringing of the next generation of decent adults. But people thought they knew better than God…

#3 – The Psych World Influence

Professional psychologists and psychiatrists long ago decided that children should not have boundaries growing up. They shouldn’t have severe consequences for unacceptable behaviors. Parents must be the children’s “friends” and not their parents, once responsible for raising decent human beings.

Children shouldn’t be spanked, or reprimanded for unacceptable behaviors and God forbid, if they were, parents were often hauled into a government office for “abusing” their children, often resulting in ongoing government oversight of their parental rights, or stripped of their parental rights altogether.

In the old days, having “ants in your pants” as a kid might mean you were sent outside to use your excess energy to weed the garden, mow the yard, mend a fence or take care of the animals. It might have even earned you a smack in the back of the head, or a swat on your tail.

But psych professionals decided that this was all bad for the children… that it would be much better to place the kid on Ritalin, dope the kid up to control his behavior patterns. So today, we have a nation of young adults raised by the village and drugs, as we try to figure out why generations are hooked on opioids, weed, Adderall, CBD oils… or cocaine and heroin… The PHDs created drug addicts!

#4 – Hollywood and the Media

We didn’t grow up in “timeout” playing Mad World, Mortal Combat, Dead Space, Man Hunt, Resident Evil or Grand Theft Auto video games in our bedroom. Beyond the occasional scary Halloween flick, there was no mass-glorification of mass murder.

Now, not only do we have generations raised without any respect for human life since 1973, but kids raised on drugs by the village and then trained to murder via some of the most violent materials ever given to a child in the form of Hollywood movies, TV shows and video games, where they learn to admire and perfect the art of killing… without consequence.

Factors are starting to stack up here, and the result isn’t pretty…

#5 – The Political Culture of Death and Destruction

Face it… what do the kids have to look forward to today? The SKY IS FALLING, and we’ll all be dead soon, due to the Global Warming scam. Everyone is a “racist.” Freedom and Liberty are “white nationalism.” National sovereignty means we hate the rest of the world. Support for “legal” immigration means we are “anti-immigration.”

Our kids are told they must have a $15 minimum wage, because they will never amount to anything more than a minimum wage job, and the leftist labor unions want their cut. They are told they must get “free education, health care and food stamps” because they will never be able to EARN any of these things on their own.

Our generations placed these kids more than $22 Trillion in debt before they could even graduate high school. What in the hell do these kids have to look forward to? According to Democrats!

In the old days, you could run to your church for solace and guidance. But today, even too many churches are teaching leftist garbage from the pulpit. Others know better, but remain silent to protect their 501 tax-exempt status.

No wonder most of them vote for Marxism today… they have been taught that they can never make it through this world on their own!

#6 – Public Education (indoctrination)

Our kids think they are Global Warming experts before they reach high school, but the average college graduate can’t even balance their own checkbook. They have been taught since kindergarten that America is the “axis of evil” in the universe. That “greedy capitalists” stole their future. That they must have a college degree to get a job, despite the reality that, 90% of college graduates never find a job in their chosen career path.

They can recite Marx, Lenin and Mao, but not Jefferson, Madison or Franklin. They believe America is a hate-filled white man’s world where they don’t belong and are not welcome. They’ve been taught that the police are their enemies and that only leftist politicians are their friends.

#7 – Identity Politics

And after all that has been done to these kids since they were fortunate enough to not be aborted by their mother, Democrats use identity politics to pit everyone against everyone. The party of minority groups exists on this basis alone today.

Blacks must not only distrust and hate whites, they must also distrust and hate blacks, who don’t distrust or hate whites. Gay’s must not only distrust and hate heterosexuals, they must hate their gay friends, who don’t. Fat people should hate skinny people, short people should hate tall people, Christians should hate Jews and Muslim terrorists have a right to hate everyone. Illegal migrants must hate legal citizens, who just want them to follow our laws. Democrats must hate Trump, or they aren’t welcome in the Democrat Party.

Democrats insist we celebrate everything that divides the nation and nothing that might unite its people, like basic freedom and liberty for all.

#8 – The 24/7 News Media

In the 24/7 rush to have the most salacious headlines, a chief news media mogul once said, “good news isn’t news, it’s advertising. We charge fees for that!”  Democrat Ted Turner, CNN

The headlines MUST be full of doom, gloom, disaster, hate, bigotry, partisan warmongering, race-baiting, tabloid sex scandals, glorified violence and anti-American rhetoric, because that’s what wins ratings. The 24/7 commercial news industry is NOT driven by facts, it’s driven by profits.

No different than leftist politicians, their power is derived through divisions. The ability to pit American against American, until someone lashes out and creates the next homerun headline, “20 DEAD IN EL PASO!”

WHY INDEED…

Add this all up… (No regard for or value placed on human life) + (the breakdown of the traditional family unit) + (the psych world who stopped parents from parenting, then drugged the kids up) + (Hollywood glorified violence) + (Death culture of leftist politics) + (anti-American public indoctrination) + (Democrat politics of constant division) + (a salacious 24/7 profit driven media) = mass murders in a impending fit of rage, or, 47,000+ suicides per year!

Who’s responsible for it? WE ARE….

The leftists who created this mess and those of us on the political RIGHT who sat quietly and allowed it. We either actively created this death culture on the left (or) sat on the right and watched it be created, without doing anything to stop it…. Since 1973……45 years!

We now live in the hell we all created or allowed to be created…

Either way, the buck stops with us.

Yes, the evil leftist politicos in our country, set out to destroy this country by these means and they have done a magnificent job of doing it. But we are no less responsible for allowing them to do it.

If we want these younger generations to stop killing, or killing themselves, we must give them a reason to live.

We must teach them that every life does have great value, that the sky isn’t falling, that we all won’t be dead in 10 years like democrats tell them daily… We must teach them that we don’t all hate each other, and that only politicians’ profit from the many socio-economic divisions they created and perpetuate.

We must STOP democrats from sowing fear, hate, anger, rage and violence in our society or there won’t be a society left worth saving! We must teach GEN X and Z that they can create a wonderful future for themselves, despite the mess we put them in… and we must do it right away!

There is NO other way to stop what’s happening today! God help us all if we don’t fix what NO politician will ever fix!

As Dietrich Bonhoeffer put it — “Silence in the face of evil is itself evil: God will not hold us guiltless. Not to speak is to speak. Not to act is to act.”

[Order JB William’s New book: “Trumped: The New American Revolution”]

[JB Williams is a retired columnist and co-author of the April 2016 book, TRUMPED: The New American Revolution, as well as a Founding Director of citizen non-profit, The North American Law Center, Inc. Williams can be reached for comment at the North American Law Center, Inc. Williams requests all readers to donate to the ongoing works of the North American Law Center at TNALC.org]

© 2019 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: JB_Williams@comcast.net

Can you imagine what would happen to this country if liberals could have their way with the Constitution? Have you ever really thought about the host of evils it protects us from?

Well, the California legislature has just reminded us.

They have passed a resolution—the Constitution forbids them making it a law—blaming “religious people” for the high rate of suicide among persons who practice homosexuality. If we take the Bible at all seriously, we know that such practices are sin. Therefore it’s our fault that the “gays” aren’t happy. The operative phrase in this document is that our religion “has caused” the suicides.

And so “The Legislature calls upon all Californians to embrace the individual and social benefits of family and community acceptance” of homosexual acting-out. But “benefits”? What benefits? You mean, like, “Look at all the money Sodom and Gomorrah saved on their heating bills”? We are not told what those benefits are.

They can’t make a law compelling us to “embrace” this particular species of antichrist because our First Amendment establishes religious liberty, not compulsion, as the law of the land. It’s against the law for any government to tell us what we must believe or not believe. This law means we can’t force atheists to believe in Jesus Christ, who never forced anyone, and they can’t force Christians not to believe in Him—however much, however passionately, they may want to.

So the California legislature can’t force Christians and Jews to tear pages out of their Bibles, or ordain unrepentant sexual sinners as clergy and elders, can’t force churches to perform same-sex parodies of marriage. They can only try to scare us with a resolution. For as long as the First Amendment stands as written, it is a roadblock to them.

We might be tempted to think, “Oh, if only we had the power, instead of them! Then we could force all those liberal ‘affirming’ churches not to do those things!” The Constitution would then be a roadblock to us—if a Christian conscience failed to hold us back from lusting to be tyrants over other people’s souls. I like to think that that’s the difference between Christians and secular statists.

It’s true that once upon a time, Christians did persecute others, especially other Christians, for their beliefs. It was because of this history that the First Amendment was written in the first place. Our founders tried to make sure that no Henry VIII would ever rise up in America. Henry murdered Catholics because they were Catholics. His daughter Mary murdered Protestants because they were Protestants. We didn’t want that sort of thing to happen here.

But the Far Left crazies in the California legislature have gone as far as they can lawfully go toward taking ownership of people’s consciences, trying to shame them into embracing beliefs and practices they hold to be morally corrupt. That they can go no further is solely due to our Constitution and the wisdom, and humanity, of our country’s founders.

Lest we forget, the 2016 Democrat platform included a plank authorizing the attorney general to “investigate”—and why investigate anything if you’re not going to punish it?—“climate change denial.” A Democrat president, with a Democrat Congress, would have done that in a heartbeat: made it a crime to take one side of a scientific controversy, but not the other.

Inasmuch as it’s humanly possible, our founders tried to protect all Americans’ life, liberty, and property while preserving a maximum degree of personal freedom. To an extent greater than that attained by any other country in the world, they succeeded.

We thank God for that.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in and visit; a single click will take you there. My articles can also be found on www.chalcedon.edu/.

© 2019 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Americans need Jesus

That’s not a slogan that is the Truth.  Much of the debauchery and death that America is wallowing in is a late 20^th Century phenomenon.  The rank evil on display in this nation can be traced directly to the criminalization of Christ.

Jesus is not simply the God/man, but He is the Savior of the World.  Sadly, in all of our worship of materialism here in the early 21^st Century, the Biblical Jesus has morphed into nothing more than a spiritual guide who came to earth to make our existence here more comfortable.

According to today’s culture Jesus is just one of many wise men who can help you navigate through the channels of life.  For nearly forty years multiculturalism has taught our school children that there were many paths to heaven and many ways to live a fulfilling life.

But Jesus claimed exclusivity to the term GOD.   He is the only “spiritual guide” to have told us that He was THE way, THE Truth, and THE life.  No one, He told us, comes to the Father except through him.  Mohammed is dead.  So is Buddha, and all of the other imposters headlining multi-culturalism.  ONLY Jesus offered ETERNAL LIFE.

For nearly 400 years that is what we taught exclusively to our children.  Although the argument can be made that America was not founded as a Christian nation there can be no doubt that it was a nation founded by Christians.  And even though the Constitution guaranteed “freedom of religion,” that freedom did not give the individual American the right or permission to overthrow heaven.

The real coup that has been pulled on America is the criminalization of the Name of Christ.

The term “God” is a universal term.  In fact, The Almighty himself acknowledged the existence of “other gods” and told us that He would not tolerate any other gods before Him.  “GOD BLESS AMERICA” I hear people say, especially around the patriotic holidays.

But which God are they referring to?  Which God do we want to bless America?  Which God rules and reigns over the entire universe?

Jesus is His Name.  Almighty God incarnate.  Emanuel, God with us.  “For there is no other name under heaven given among men, whereby we might be saved.”  Acts 4:12

Why are Christians afraid to use that Name?  Why do our elected officials refuse to use that name when they pray publicly?  Why have Christians so faltered in our duty to “lift up the name of Jesus,” for at the Name of JESUS “every knee shall bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.”   Why are we ashamed to use that Name?

We need to legalize Jesus.  We need to stand up and push back against the forces of darkness.  Jesus himself told us that “if I be lifted up I will draw all men unto me.”  At what point does the American church come out of hiding and fight to decriminalize the Christ?

With the latest shootings we once again her the secularists cry for “gun control” as if regulating inanimate objects will somehow solve our problems.  America has heart problems.  Americans have a sin problem.   We need self control, not gun control.

American is awash with darkened hearts.  It used to be the job of our schools, in conjunction with our churches, to teach our children right from wrong.  But with the dastardly decision of the US Supreme Court in Everson V Board of Education, the Demonic lie of “the separation between the church and state” was birthed out of the gates of hell and launched an all out assault on all things Christian.

Slowly, Jesus was criminalized, and the very foundations upon which our nation was founded shattered like a rock through a window pane and destroyed the morality upon which all America’s children would be educated. When there was no longer JESUS as king over America “everyone began to do what is right in his own eyes.”

Well the chickens are coming home to roost.  Americans no longer share a common language, a common heritage, or a common God.  Jesus is just one of the home boys.

Jesus will not be mocked.  Whatever we reap we will sow and I am sorry to say that there is going to be a whole lot of weepin’ over what we will be reapin’.  Perhaps when all of the dust settles, wise men will once again rise to the challenge and daub the foundational walls that held this nation together.

Doesn’t your heart break over the condition of this nation?  Don’t you lament over the cesspool in which your children and grandchildren have to swim?  The god-haters have been engaged in a four-decade full court press against the Christ and we find ourselves standing on a very shaky ledge.  Jumping off or fighting back are our only choices.  Which one will you choose?

A return to Biblical morality is the only hope for our nation.  When all of the walls tumble down around us we must rebuild this nation with the One Eternal standard that has stood the test of time.  Don’t Christians believe in Truth?

It is time to release Jesus from socialist jail.   He is the world’s only hope.  Why in the name of all things Holy won’t the church shake off its apathy and push back against the forces of darkness?  If Jesus is King of Kings how do you separate Him from government?   He is either Lord of all or not Lord at all.

Our children are lost.  Immorality rules the day.  The church sits silently and prays for the evacuation.  How can a nation survive such chaos?

It is time to legalize Jesus once again.

© 2019 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

“As long as you remember that if you get involved in politics, you have to be very careful that your leader is Allah.  You get involved in politics because politics are a weapon to use in the cause of Islam.” —Siraj Wahhaj

No matter how many times one tells of the affiliations of terror-tied Muslim groups in America like the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), many look on as if what you are saying is somehow fictitious or even untrue. [Link]

“CAIR officials or former officials have been arrested on charges related to terrorism yet all it offers is silence and stonewalling in discussing what are its real motives.” —Paul Weyrich

Remember when I wrote and shared with you that “While the American People Sleep, The Muslims are Making Their Move for Government Positions?” [Link]

You have heard the saying, “truth is stranger than fiction” (Jeremiah 5:20) and sad to say, this is the case with many today.

Friends, I am not speaking here to a third world country.  I am speaking to America.

Remember all of the conspiracy theorists (Jeremiah 11:9) that were demonized about 50 years ago for telling you that this was coming to America if Americans did not repent (Matthew 3:2; Acts 20:21) before a just and holy God (Leviticus 26:14-46; Deuteronomy 28:15-68)?

How does one deny such truths when it comes out of their own mouths? They cannot.

And they are not just talking about what they are, in fact, doing.

[YouTube Video]

1- Media-attempting-to-divert-muslim-primary-victories-victory-speeches-in-arabic-video

2- Muslims-are-bringing-their-culture-with-them-a-picture-is-worth-a-thousand-words

3- Media-is-diverting-your-attention-from-the-35-known-jihadi-camps-in-america-you-should-be-asking-why

4- https://www.facebook.com/TheSteveSanchezShow/videos/353660198610380/

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

As a rule, we aren’t prone to use biblical analogies or parables in our frequent articles and essays, although sometimes they can be useful because of everyone’s common knowledge of them ….. especially the story of David and Goliath.  We won’t go into the story except to say that Goliath, the bully, was terrorizing the common folk and had to be stopped.  The common folk had no other alternative but to confront the bully.

A commoner, David, took on the task and was triumphant with just a slingshot and a staff.  Goliath the bully, on the other hand, was not only giant in stature but was fully equipped with armor, sword and spear and not likely to be vanquished.  This made David’s triumph over Goliath, even more of a story.  In other words, in contemporary vernacular, his triumph of “good against evil” gave the story “legs” and has been carried down through the ages as a result.   Nevertheless, the non-biblical moral of the story is of course, we must confront the bully no matter how large or how powerful he, or they, may be, if we desire to live and remain free.

All throughout our long and tortured 5,000-year history of civilization, bullies have arisen from time to time to dominate the common folk.  Actually, there have been tens of thousands of bullies, large and small, on all continents, save one.  There seems to be an innate character in some men and some women for that matter, that require they control others, either as single individuals, small groups, or entire countries and cultures.  Equally, all throughout our history of civilization, we have been forced to put the bullies down, one by one, long after they have inflicted terror, cultural disruptions, property damage and grave wounds or massive deaths on the hapless and supposedly helpless population.  Unfortunately, the biggest problem we have is that we wait far too long before action is taken to relieve the bullies of their power, or their lives.  We are far too tolerant of their growing power and negligently blind to their ambitions.  History has proven, the longer we wait, the tougher the job.

The power over the common people is fluid in every corner on Earth.  It is constantly on the move.  It rises and falls as the ambitions of men (and women) exercise their power by appealing to large segments of the population, that “their” way is the only right way, compelled by force of course.  Gullible, non-thinking people (there are too many in America) within the masses are highly vulnerable to powerful, charismatic speakers, who project qualities of vision and leadership.  The charismatic leader has no difficulty in finding converts and it is the converts that empower the leader seeking power.  (i.e. Al Qaeda, ISIS, Muslim Brotherhood, The Peoples Temple, Progressivism, etc.)

But bullies don’t have to come in the form of single, megalomaniac individuals like Hitler, Mussolini, Stalin, Attila The Hun, Caesar, or even the crazed Ayatollahs of Iran.  Sometimes the “bullies” come in the form of people behind a phantom ideology that is created by a ruling class and reinforced by a constituency that has embraced the ideology, after major brainwashing by the ruling class.

Sometimes the ideology morphs, slowly over time and becomes radicalized.  Sometimes their is a hidden agenda behind the radicalized ideology by powerful, wealthy men, that provides the energy to keep the ideology alive and uses the group in power and their constituents, for their own evil ends.  (Globalism)  Many times actual or perceived natural or man-made emergencies are exploited to increase power over the people by using the ideology and the emergency as their rationale.  President Wilson used the banking emergency to create the Federal Reserve and the Internal Revenue Service.  FDR used an emergency (the Great Depression) to increase government power, outside of the Constitution.   Socialist Democrats are now doing the same thing with Climate Change.  The results will not be any different and freedom will be the loser.  Once again, as history repeats itself, the masses subjugate themselves to the dictates of the bully.

This flawed ideology, the group in power, the constituents that maintain the group in power and international evil men who exploit all three for their own enrichment, are what we, as free individual Americans, face today.  It is the bull in the china shop.  It is the elephant in the room.  It is the commonly accepted ideology, of Progressivism.  Progressivism or Liberalism is socialism by any other name and it is the giant bully (Goliath) that we must vanquish, should we desire to live and remain free.

Progressivism and Liberalism are the antithesis of individual freedom and liberty.  They cannot co-exist with our Constitution and a free society.  Liberalism is manifested in the ideology of collectivism, where the group, the mob, the collective, have a greater priority and greater rights than the individual.  In liberalism, the rule of the mob, the collective states that: “the needs of the many outweigh the needs of the few“.

Liberalism rewards bad behavior, makes victims out of segments of our society and then vilifies and taxes achievement and success, for the benefit of the government-created victims.   Liberalism is Marxism where the guiding philosophy and subsequent policies are based on ” from those with the greatest capability, to those with the greatest need.”  Liberalism is “big, nasty government”, personified.

But this bully, liberalism, is intractable.  We have allowed it to become entrenched in the very fabric of our culture.  It is concentrated in big cities that by their very nature are dependent on government.  Liberalism has been woven into our laws and regulations.  It is like a demon that must be exorcised from the “house” we live in.

The constituency that has bought into this flawed ideology is absolutely convinced that it is the “way”, the “light”, the “salvation”.  To bring them out of this liberal stupor will be a monumental task.  The saying,  “….. that a man convinced against his will, is of the same opinion still“, is directly applicable to this “mountain” we must climb.  Like the followers of a Jim Jones’ cult, members will have to be de-programmed if they are to join the ranks of the sane.  We literally have to empty the “Little Black Box” in their brain and re-fill it with the principles of individual freedom and unalienable rights.

Liberalism or Progressivism is the “bully” that all freedom-loving people must confront and relieve of its political power and its ideological life.   In spite of what lays before us, the de-programming of liberalism that threatens our freedom is not insurmountable.  It is not the unalterable end-all to American culture and way of life.  Like all converts, they must be won over, one-by-one.

But how you say, can we be victorious over such an insidious and powerful enemy?  A few facts may put our dilemma in perspective.  America is purported to be a center-right nation, so there has to be more of “us” than there are of “them”.    Some liberals just don’t know they are really conservatives when it comes to values, morals and individual rights.  They will be the easier converts.  The hard-core liberals will take a little more time.  It can be done peacefully, if those of us of like mind will commit and take a stand for the principles of freedom and liberty, protect and defend our American Constitution and the individual rights it promises and be true to the values of family, honesty, integrity and honor.  To be effective, it must be done on a grand scale.  It cannot be a token effort and that is what it is right now.

Here is how it can be done.  Every conservative in America agrees on just one thing to confront, (one bully) at a time.

1. Let’s just say the “bully” is out-of-control illegal immigration.  If every single conservative adult and every member of a conservative organization in America, got together as one and deluged Washington DC (the Congress) with an absolute demand that there be no amnesty for illegal aliens and fixing our immigration laws, the Congress would have to pass enabling legislation.  They would have no choice.

2. If all these same conservatives rejected the idea of man-caused global warming and demanded that the Congress, as well as all lower political bodies, not pass any law, act, regulation, restriction, or ordinance, or tax, or ratify any treaty that purports to solve the fraud that is man-caused global warming, with CO2 emission limits and cap and trade policies, no such laws would be passed.

We must be singly focused on one major issue at a time with the full force of conservatives and conservative principles.  With each win, the power of conservatives and conservatism would grow stronger.  It would also be infectious.  Conservative politicians would finally realize that they must be true to their conservative values, or join the other side.  Many of them have joined the other side, thus the term RINO.

The alternative to the coalescing of all united conservatives to confront the “bully” or “bullies”, is to capitulate (give in) to the bully and succumb to a civil war, armed revolution, or slavery, or all three.  America is at a cross roads, a turning point.  What we do, or don’t do now, will determine the fate of freedom for all future generations on the entire planet, from this moment forward.  Do we not owe it to those future generations (that’s right, our own children and grandchildren), to do the right thing?  But it is inescapable that, the longer we wait, the tougher the job.

FOR GOD’S SAKE LADIES AND GENTLEMEN, ARE WE THE AMERICANS THAT CONQUERED A CONTINENT, BROUGHT A STANDARD OF LIVING UNEQUALED TO THE MASSES, SAVED BILLIONS FROM SLAVERY AT GREAT SACRIFICE IN TWO WORLD WARS AND GONE TO THE PLANETS ON OUR ROCKET SHIPS, OR ARE WE THE BEASTS OF BURDEN AND SLAVES TO THE RULING CLASS BULLIES?

ARE WE TO REPEAT HISTORY AGAIN AND WATCH THE ONLY VIABLE EXPERIMENT WITH FREEDOM BE RELEGATED TO SOME OLD DUSTY HISTORY BOOK AS A FAILED REMINDER THAT WE DID NOT CONFRONT THE BULLY?

ARE WE TO WALLOW IN THE CESSPOOL OF OUR OWN SUCCESSES, SELF-INDULGENCE AND IMMORAL DECADENCE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE FACT THAT INDIVIDUAL FREEDOM IS DELICATELY FRAGILE AND SUSCEPTIBLE TO THE SLIGHTEST DISTRACTION?

TO REFUSE TO CONFRONT THE “BULLY” IS TO CONDEMN ONE’S SELF TO PERPETUAL SERVITUDE.  ARE YOU SATISFIED TO BE A GOVERNMENT SERVANT, OR ARE YOU DETERMINED TO BE THE MASTER?  WE’LL KNOW SOON, PROBABLY BY NOVEMBER OF 2020!

If you let the bully win, you will be forever stuck with the outcome.  Right now, the bully is winning.

But then who will get the message?   This author is just another conservative speaker, standing at the podium ….. in an empty theater.

Read more powerful conservative articles like this one HERE.

© 2019 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

What we are witnessing in the current political arena, mainstream media, and public education has become nonsensical. It is the intentional validation of absurdity, and it is not reality.

Webster’s 1828 Dictionary defines “absurd” as: opposed to manifest truth; inconsistent with reason or the plain dictates of common sense.

An absurd man acts contrary to the clear dictates of reason or sound judgment.

An absurd proposition contradicts obvious truth.

An absurd practice or opinion is repugnant to the reason or common apprehension of men.

It is absurd to say six and six make ten, or that plants will take root in stone.

Many Democratic Socialists weekly try to correct my biblical/constitutional teaching and instructions. My conclusion? They are absurd.

To start from a place of universality, the following statement must be understood: Socialism is totally secular and is predicated on theft, atheism, and a lack of respect for individual rights.

The overwhelming majority of our Founding Fathers were diametrically opposed to this philosophy. Their faith was in Jesus Christ, built on the Word of God, the revelation of Scripture, and the belief that a loving God created us in His likeness with unalienable rights. The same Creator God gave us freedom to live an abundant life that is founded on liberty.

When you eliminate a Creator-God, opinions about issues like — marriage, gender, a national minimum wage, K-16 public education, a Green New Deal, open borders, abortion before and after birth, and redistribution of wealth — become absurd rather than normal and natural.

To even speak of the aforementioned issues as Constitutional indicates a misunderstanding of the purpose and design of the Constitution. It enumerates and limits the authority of the federal government. Therefore, to suggest the American people are entitled to any programs whereby the federal government can change fixed and unchangeable laws, steal wealth from any class of citizens, and redefine itself as the author of all moral standards is — you guessed it — absurd.

Thomas Jefferson cautioned us that, “Bad government results from too much government.”

To continue aggrandizing government and marginalizing our duty to God is absurd.

I leave you with the wisdom of Robert Winthrop, former speaker of the House during the mid-1800s, succeeding the framers of the Constitution:

Men, in a word, must necessarily be controlled, either by a power within them, or by a power without them; either by the word of God, or by the strong-arm of man; either by the Bible, or by the bayonet.

If we can all agree that being ruled by a bayonet is absurd, we should equally agree to take on the benevolent yoke of liberty offered by our Creator.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

It is no accident that Radical Islamists in America are pushing very hard and very systematically to gain legal standing for Sharia, and to forbid any and all criticism of Islam; these are all steps toward creating an Islamic state right here at home.  —Michael T. Flynn, The Field of Fight: How We Can Win the Global War Against Radical Islam and Its Allies

Hamas, Hezbollah, and other Arab terror groups are committed to the destruction of Israel, a position supported by millions in the Muslim world. —Mike Gallagher

Hamas is a terrorist organization dedicated to annihilating the Jewish state. It runs a theocratic totalitarian state in Gaza, with no individual liberty, and no freedom of speech or press. —Dennis Prager

The objective of a terrorist is to create political change in the society he targets. —Tom Clancy

Totalitarian religionist Rashida Tlaib (D-MI) is a member of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA).  It is essentially a communist organization, one that is fully committed to a socialist revolution, including undoing the Constitution.  The communistic DSA has influence at every level of the Democratic Party (federal and local), organized labor, academia, and religion.  At a February 2018 DSA meeting in Detroit, Tlaib was asked if she planned to openly “run as a socialist.” She replied: “Yeah, um it’s, it’s — we got to win.”

Rashida Tlaib is a Palestinian Muslim; her parents hailed from a region in the West Bank City of Ramallah.  She is the eldest of 14 children, born in Detroit, Michigan.  White European Americans are barely reproducing themselves, but American Muslims have an average of 6.2 children per family.  In not so many years, their socialist Islamic goals will be fulfilled purely by population.  Jihadi Jane, Rashida Tlaib is in Congress to make sure those goals are met.

The jihadi squad and their toady lackeys in the Democrat Party aim to make America into another Venezuela where today the Maduro dictatorship is stepping up its use of death squads built to eliminate any resistance to the socialist regime. These death squads are part of a 2017 security unit called the Special Action Forces (FAES), which Maduro created to “join the fight against crime, against terrorism and against right-wing terrorist groups.”

Rashida Tlaib

In 2008 Tlaib was the Arab-American outreach coordinator for Barack Obama’s presidential campaign in Michigan. Later that year, Tlaib herself was elected, as a Democrat, to the 12th District seat in the Michigan House of Representatives, where she would serve from 2009-15.

In 2010, Tlaib’s first re-election campaign received support from the People For the American Way (PFAW) Action Fund.  PFAW was established in 1981 as a Tides Foundation project designed to counteract the allegedly growing influence of what its founder, television producer and political activist Norman Lear, denounced as the “religious right.”

Other supporters of Tlaib’s congressional bid included J Street which is supported by multi-billionaire financier George Soros, and Michael Moore who views America as a deeply racist nation with a violent, gun-crazed culture and believes capitalism is an “evil system.”  Then there’s Noam Chomsky who believes America is worse than Nazi Germany, and Linda Sarsour, who spent a day campaigning door-to-door with Tlaib.  Sarsour is a board member of the Muslim Democratic Club of New York (MDCNY), and a member of the Justice League NYC. She proudly identifies herself as “a Socialist” and as a “card-carrying” member of the Democratic Socialists of America.

If all of the above wasn’t enough, Jihadi Jane Tlaib has written for a newspaper and website headed by Nation Of Islam leader Louis Farrakhan regarding illegal aliens being in fear of deportation.

By August 2018, Tlaib and her congressional campaign had raised, for that election cycle alone, more than $30,000 from Islamists affiliated with the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), the Muslim Public Affairs Council (MPAC), the Muslim Students Association (MSA), the Islamic Society of North America, and the Muslim American Society (MAS).

Upon winning the Democratic primary on August 7, Tlaib draped herself in a Palestinian flag while celebrating with her supporters. CAIR founder and CEO Nihad Awad congratulated her on her “historic victory of becoming the first Muslim and Palestinian woman in the U.S. Congress.”

Public Disgrace

Congresswoman Tlaib, who kicked off her early days in Congress with a profanity-laced tirade, “Impeach the mother f***er,” calling for President Trump’s impeachment, was once dragged out of a Trump event by Secret Service back in 2016.

The incident took place in August at the Detroit Economic Club, and a crazed Tlaib can be seen being dragged out by the Secret Service. Tlaib at one point jumps up and shouts at the audience “You guys are crazy!”

Like her jihadi Jane sisters, she promotes the Green New Deal, (which is nothing more than U.N. Agenda 2030 on steroids), Medicare for all, a federal minimum wage of $20 per hour, tuition-free colleges, limits to the Second Amendment, the dissolution of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) along with open borders, murder of unborn babies up to and after birth, high taxes on corporations, steep cuts in defense spending, and a 90% tax rate for the wealthy.

In front of Tlaib is Dr. Abdul El-Sayed born October 31, 1984 in Detroit to parents who immigrated from Egypt.  He is an American politician, former professor, doctor, and civil servant. He was a candidate in Michigan’s 2018 Democratic gubernatorial primary election. In September 2018 he founded the political action committee Southpaw Michigan to help elect other “regressive” candidates in Michigan.  He is promoted on the Paul and Daisy Soros website.  Paul was the older brother of George Soros.

Anti-Israel Sentiment

Rep. Rashida Tlaib joined a Holocaust denying Facebook group in February 2018, the “Palestinian American Congress,” which frequently demonizes Jews. Its Palestinian founder, Maher Abdel-qader, raised substantial funds for Tlaib for her congressional campaign as well as organizing some of her campaign events.

Tlaib, like the rest of the jihadi squad, supports the anti-Israel boycott, divestment and sanctions (BDS) campaign. She also says she supports a one-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and has called for cutting US aid to the country, but not to the Arab countries surrounding Israel.

Accompanying Tlaib during her swearing-in ceremony was activist and fellow Palestinian BDS backer Linda Sarsour.  Sarsour is best known as one of the leaders of the Women’s March, which has been roiled with accusations of anti-Israel, anti-Jewish hatred.

At a reception two weeks after her swearing in ceremony on Jefferson’s Qur’an, Hamas and Hezbollah activist Abbas Hamideh appeared at her reception.

Michigan Democrat Rashida Tlaib poses with the pro-Hezbollah, pro-Hamas ‘right of return’ activist Abbas Hamideh on Saturday, January 12, 2019 at a separate reception after her election.

Hamas is an affiliate of the Muslim Brotherhood, who has surreptitiously and gradually infiltrated our entire intelligence community.  The Muslim Brotherhood is evil incarnate: This is their motto: “Allah is our objective. The Prophet is our leader. The Qur’an is our law. Jihad is our way. Dying in the way of Allah is our highest hope.”

Rashida Tlaib stated that it gave her a “calming feeling” to think about the Holocaust, allegedly because her ancestors tried to help the Jews, but that is an untruth.  The grand mufti of Jerusalem during World War II was a Nazi collaborator and leader of Palestinian nationalism before and after the war.

Hamas is involved in the 2020 elections.  Max Berger, IfNotNow’s radical co-founder, faced a backlash over a tweet declaring that he, “would totally be friends with Hamas.”  Berger works for Elizabeth Warren’s campaign.   IfNotNow members have been able to pose with Warren and Senator Bernie Sanders, and win their support for their hateful cause.  IfNotNow actually helped to block the proper rebuke to Ilhan Omar’s flagrant anti-Jewish remarks.  Warren’s failure to cut ties with Berger and his IfNotNow hate group raises questions of collusion.

Illegal Aliens

Like her jihadi squad sisters, Tlaib believes in open borders, that illegals should not be deported for “minor offenses.”  She claims U.S. detention centers are like concentration camps, yet she belongs to an organization who denies the Holocaust.  She reiterates the lies of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez claiming aliens have to drink water out of toilets. We have all seen the pictures of AOC crying at a fence that overlooks a parking lot leading to a detention center, yet Tlaib and her squad vote against funding to help border agents and the DNA testing of parents who claim genetic offspring.

The jihadi squad is still claiming that President Trump put children in cages, when in fact, it was Obama who ordered the children to be kept in cages.  But for those still trying to blame President Trump, Barack Obama’s former ICE chief, Thomas Homan, has a reality check for them. Speaking at a conference hosted by the Center for Immigration Studies, Homan explained that the “cages” Democrats are blaming on Trump were the product of the Obama administration.

Tlaib, the rest of the jihadi squad and Democratic Socialists want open borders not only for voters, but to change the cultural demographics of the United States forever. The number of “fake family units” crossing our southern border has escalated. From October 2017 to February 2018, there has been a staggering 315 percent increase in illegal aliens fraudulently using children to pose as family units to gain entry into this country.

Our southern border is an American crisis and Tlaib and the jihadi squad spew their lies against our President who is constitutionally trying to protect American citizens. Their deceptions are promulgated by the mainstream media, the propaganda arm of the Democratic Party.

Conclusion

In the words of J. Gresham Machan, “The chief modern rival of Christianity is ‘liberalism.’ (i.e. Communism) An examination of the teachings of liberalism in comparison with those of Christianity will show that at every point, the two movements are in direct opposition.”  If you’ve never read Marx and Satan, get yourself a copy and read it!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

There are some 1.4 or so billion Muslims in the world, the overwhelming majority of which are cultural Muslims. Muslims who are born into Islam, where a great many never go through the process of deciding for themselves if they want to be Muslim. It is not a religion that they choose, it is a belief they inherit. For whatever reason, this great majority of cultural Muslims are Muslims of a sort without fully toeing the line of Islam. The real Muslims are the jihadists, a small minority who lives and dies by the dictates of the Quran and the Sunna, the life examples of Muhammad.

Let’s cut to the chase: “True Muslims” are those who strap explosive vests and detonate themselves in a crowd of what they consider fake or deviant Muslims. They also bomb each other at mosques, funeral processions and marketplaces packed with women and children. All in service to promote true Islam and cleanse Allah’s earth from kefirs as they are repeatedly and emphatically instructed to do in the Quran.

Hence, a true Muslim is someone who actively follows the Quran verbatim and works to transmit this disease to others, while he himself is engaged in horrific acts of mayhem and violence to demonstrate his unconditional obedience to the dictates of Islamic ideology.

There is virtually no chance to reason with the brain-dead jihadists whose eyes are fixed on the promised lush paradise of Allah. It isn’t that they love death, just for the sake of death itself as Muslim leaders such as Hasan Nasrallah, the head of Lebanon’s Hezbollah proclaimed: “we love death more than you love life.”

They love death and happily embrace it because of what they have been brainwashed to believe is awaiting them as a reward. Death in carrying out the work of Islam earns them entry into Allah’s eternal sensuous male paradise, so they believe. It is in keeping with propagating this fraud of afterlife paradise that portraits and names of Muslim killers, glorified as martyrs, which festoon the length and breadth of Muslim cradles of Islamism such as Iran and Saudi Arabia. To the wild-eyed robot jihadist even a day on this “heap of dirt” earth is simply another day of unbearable delay from winging their way to the lasting abode of lust.

Tragically, over the years, media pundits, leftist academics, and politicians have constructed a formidable alliance that successfully keeps both cultural Muslims as well as the non-Muslim general public in a slumber of complacency. All along, the campaign of the jihadists have been moving forward. On the one hand are the well-financed Islamists with their hordes of simpletons who are ready to die for the cause. The horrific acts of these villains are daily occurrences in places such as Iraq, Afghanistan, Darfur, and Pakistan. On the other hand, are the people of the free world who are lulled into the complacency they seek and lack the will to confront the deadly danger of real Islam.

Cultural Muslims hold the balance of power in their hands. They are not active jihadists. Yet, they knowingly or unknowingly, constitute the most vital support for Islamists. It is this majority that projects an image of normalcy and even tolerance of others while supplying funds as well as foot-soldiers to the work of Islamists.

Islamic apologists often point to Muslim communities in non-Muslim lands as peaceful religious communities like any other and deny that these Muslims pose any threat to the way of life of free people. Yet, the facts convincingly argue against this fraudulent contention because, when jihadists gather enough local strength, cultural Muslims like docile sheep will submit to the rule of their co-religionist killers.

This is not a hypothetical prognostication. The capitulation of cultural Muslims has already played out in many parts of European towns and cities. It is worth repeating that as Islamists wage their war under the banner of Islam, they receive immense direct and indirect support from the rank-and-file of cultural Muslims. Their support is the life-blood that keeps Islamists alive.

Extreme Islam claims to be the true Islam and strives to force humanity into submission to a system of beliefs and practices of Sharia which are anathema to freedom. Even Muslims who do not agree with extremist Islam are intimidated, pressured into silence, and even condemned to death by fanatics. It is wishful thinking on the part of the non-Muslims to believe that one can be a Muslim moderate, given that Islam is radical at its very core. To be a moderate Muslim demands that the person explicitly renounce much of the violent, exclusionary, and radical teachings of the Quran.

By so doing, the individual issues his own death warrant in Islamic countries, is condemned as apostate if he lives in a non-Islamic land, and may even earn a fatwa on his head. Yet, if the masses of the cultural Muslims, in ones, twos, and droves leave Islam, the Islamists will be eviscerated since cultural Muslims are indeed their life-blood. It is deadly, in any confrontation, to assess the adversary through one’s own mental template, because the two templates can be vastly different from each other.

In short, America is unable to win the war against Islamic terrorism because U.S. officials refuse to call the enemy by its real name. The enemy is none other than Islam.

© 2019 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Not satisfied with a long, drawn out criminal investigation of President Donald Trump by some of the Deep State’s most notorious enemies of the U.S., the Democratic Party became hysterically creative in examining his past for evidence of lawbreaking. Even the news media appears to have shed any semblance of unbiased political coverage.

“Unfortunately for them their creativity has its limits. The Mueller report and the millions of dollars spent investigating Trump met with utter failure, but the Democratic lawmakers such as Reps. Adam Schiff, Elijah Cummings, and Jerry Nadler are not going to give up their search for the Holy Grail — Trump’s impeachment and removal from the White House,” said Bob Thomas, a former prosecutor.

But failure in their covert and overt destruction of the Trump presidency added to the already deranged Democratic Party and its news media puppets:

In Richmond, Virginia this morning, a panel of three judges from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit unanimously dismissed a lawsuit filed by the Democrat attorneys general for Maryland and the District of Columbia accusing Trump of “illegally profiting from his continuing financial interest in the Trump International Hotel, located blocks from the White House”

The civil suit accused Trump of violating the U.S. Constitution’s Emoluments Clause that stipulates presidents and other government officials cannot accept gifts or money from foreign and domestic government officials without the prior permission of Congress. The plaintiffs’ allegations, wrote Judge Paul Niemeyer, were too “attenuated” and “abstract” to merit legal standing.

The Emoluments Clause (actually three separate clauses) of the U.S. Constitution is one of our primary safeguards against political corruption. The most relevant portion here, Article 1, Section 9, Clause 8, reads:

No Title of Nobility shall be granted by the United States: And no Person holding any Office or Profit or Trust under them, shall, without the Consent of Congress, accept of any present, Emolument, Office, or Title, of any kind whatever, from any King, Prince, or foreign State.

Maryland Attorney General Brian Frosh and District of Columbia Attorney General Karl Racine believed — or so they claimed — that Trump violated the law. In the midst of the Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s dog & pony show, the two Attorneys General filed a lawsuit against both the Trump Business Organization and against President Trump the government official.

Frosh and Racine claimed that by continuing to maintain a financial interest in the Trump International Hotel while as president, Trump and various family members effectively were diverting revenues from nearby hotels and convention centers into their own pockets.

This appeared to many to be a far-fetched legal argument. Aside from the fact that Congress has final say on such matters, Donald Trump had leased the property, the federally-owned Old Post Office Pavilion, for redevelopment through his consortium back in 2013, well before he declared his candidacy for president. Since taking office in January 2017, he remembered — and he kept — his promise to forward all foreign-based profits from the project to the U.S. Treasury Department.

But on March 28, 2018, U.S. District Judge Peter Messitte, a Clinton appointee, granted certiorari, asserting that Trump’s investment in the hotel was causing economic harm. “It is ironic that the judge who saw merit in the ridiculous case was appointed by former President Bill Clinton, who with his wife Hillary and other Clintonistas ran a so-called ‘charity’ while Hillary Clinton was the Secretary of State,” said former forensic accountant and police detective Sally Ann Mertzen. President Trump appealed Messitte’s ruling to the U.S. Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals.

However, a three-judge panel ruled 3-0 that the lawsuit has no standing, and in the process nullified any and all related subpoenas.

The decision was rendered, moreover, “with prejudice,” meaning that the plaintiffs cannot refile the case at a later date. Attorneys General Frosh and Racine notwithstanding have vowed to explore further legal options. The circuit court panel rejected this view. President Trump’s retention of ownership of a property, members concluded, did not constitute willful self-dealing of any sort.

Indeed, Judge Paul Niemeyer, a George H.W. Bush appointee, in a stinging 36-page opinion, argued that the Trump brand name to some public officials might well be a liability to be avoided. He wrote:

“Indeed, there is a distinct possibility – which was completely ignored by the District and Maryland, as well as by the district court – that certain government officials might avoid patronizing the Hotel because of the President’s association with it. And, even if government officials were patronizing the Hotel to curry the President’s favor, there is no reason to conclude that they would cease doing so were the President enjoined from receiving income from the Hotel. After all, the Hotel would still be publicly associated with the President, would still bear his name, and would still financially benefit members of his family.”

“The District and Maryland’s interest in enforcing the Emoluments Clauses is so attenuated and abstract that their prosecution of this case readily provokes the question of whether this action against the president is an appropriate use of the courts, which were created to resolve real cases and controversies between parties.” 

President Trump, sent out two Twitter postings. He said, “The case was a Deep State and Democrat-induced Witch Hunt.” He added, “I don’t make money, but lose a fortune for the honor of serving and doing a great job as your President (including accepting Zero salary!).”

“It is unlikely that congressional Democrats are feeling such elation. The Democratic-majority House of Representatives this year has issued a blitz of subpoenas of Trump’s business records, including those related to the hotel in this case. The president has vowed to block the release of such information and to fight all the subpoenas.”

Today, three judges made that task a lot easier for the Commander in Chief.

Postscript: Nine days later, U.S. District Judge Emmet G. Sullivan temporarily blocked 37 subpoenas filed by congressional Democrats to acquire President Trump’s financial records as part of a separate emoluments case. A three-judge panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, all Obama appointees, had remanded the case to the district court after rejecting the administration’s request to dismiss the suit outright. Judge Sullivan previously ruled last month that the subpoena requests could proceed. The lawmakers are being represented by the Washington, D.C.-based Constitutional Accountability Center. The focus here is Trump’s stake in a number of properties, including Trump Tower (New York City) and the Mar-a-Lago Club (Palm Beach, Florida). This lawsuit, like the one filed by the Maryland and District of Columbia attorneys general, underscores a palpable fanaticism of President Trump’s opponents in gaining access to his personal records.

Rather than investigating anti-American racists such of Congresswoman Ilhan Omar, the Democrats and their news media puppets spend all of their time plotting against President Trump.

[YouTube Video]

ABC News headlines today

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

Oh, my. Last week was quite something following the bonfire lit by President Trump taking racist U.S. House Rep. Elijah Cummings to the wood shed over the ruination of yet another major city, Baltimore, MD run by Democrats. Of course, Cummings got his drawers in such a twist he forgot his own words:

Resurfaced video shows Elijah Cummings calling Baltimore ‘drug infested,’ likening residents to ‘zombies’

Trump is a street fighter and oh, by the way – when was the last time we had a president willing to expose in blunt language the massive failure by Democrats destroying major cities with their socialist and Marxist policies? Not in my lifetime.

It’s been quite delicious to watch because what Trump hammered on in his tweets and microphone cannot be denied – except by slimy vermin like Cummings. I have been to Baltimore many times but not to the areas covered in this column. For visitors like me it was the fabulous Baltimore Aquarium located at the Inner Harbor along with some of the best seafood I’ve ever eaten.

For our fellow Americans who live outside the ‘tourist zones’, President Trump smacked down the screamers with the truth:

Dems don’t care about hellhole Baltimore — they created it

“President Donald Trump called Baltimore a “disgusting, rat and rodent invested” hellhole, a “corrupt mess” that “no human being” would want to live in. A lot of people who’ve never been to Baltimore claimed to be deeply offended by those remarks. One person who seemed to agree with them was former Baltimore Mayor Catherine Pugh. Just last year, she said things were so bad you could “smell the rotting rats.”

“The mayor did not explain why she hadn’t cleaned things up. That footage of her remarks got almost no attention when it ran on a local news station. Neither did the recent story about Baltimore’s deputy police commissioner getting robbed at gunpoint by four thugs while out to dinner with his wife. People weren’t talking about that over dinner in Georgetown this weekend. If there’s one thing virtually everyone in Washington aggressively doesn’t care about, it’s Baltimore. It’s 40 miles and an entire world away. You could live your whole life in D.C. and never visit or think about Baltimore.”

Certainly not U.S. Speaker of the House, Nancy Pelosi or America hating fraud, Rep. Ilhan Omar, who were photographed over in Africa. Yep. August recess time. Who paid for this junket? Oh, it’s a fact- finding mission!

“Democrat Ilhan Omar (right) and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (left) were pictured walking through the ‘Door of No Return’ where millions of Africans were shipped into a life of slavery in the United States.”

Did they bring up such historical, proven facts such as African kings and chiefs who sold their own people?

It’s Time to Face the Whole Truth About the Atlantic Slave Trade.  The author: Mr. Stern taught African American history at the college level for a decade before becoming historian at the John F. Kennedy Library and Museum (1977–1999)—where he designed the museum’s first civil rights exhibit.

“A year later, Senegal’s president Abdoulaye Wade, “himself the descendant of generations of slave-owning [and slave-trading] African kings,” urged Europeans, Americans, and Africans to acknowledge publicly and teach openly about their shared responsibility for the Atlantic slave trade. ⁷ Wade’s remarks came months after the release of Adanggaman, by Ivory Coast director Roger Gnoan M’bala, “the first African film to look at African involvement in the slave trade with the West.”

“Several television productions of the last decade have acknowledged these facts: Africans in America (PBS, 1998), Wonders of the African World (PBS, 1999), and The African Trade (History Channel International, 2000). The latter begins with the visit by a group of African-Americans to the infamous slave castle and Door of No Return on Goree Island off the coast of Senegal. “Appalled by the cruelties of the Europeans,” the narrator relates, “the visitors become curious as to how Africans fell into their hands.”

“Their African guide admits that “this history is difficult to tell and hard to believe” but pulls no punches about African complicity in kidnapping and selling millions of African people: “All the tribes were involved in the slave trade—no exemptions.” The African-Americans were staggered: “So we really can’t blame the Europeans,” one declares, “We sold our own. It takes two.” Another visitor declares, “That’s right—money and greed.” The program concludes that “white guilt can never be erased”—but cautions that it is also important to remember that “black participation lets no one off the hook.” The entire piece is well worth the time to read. Now, who should be paying reparations?

388,000 Slaves Were Sent to America from 1525 to 1866 — But Today There are Still 9.2 Million Slaves in Africa Alone

Owning another human being and the era of slavery in this country IS horribly shameful but I had nothing to do with it nor would I have gone along with it back then. No way. Yet, I am considered a racist simply because I was born Caucasian.

Nancy Pelosi Lectures Trump, Spouts Off on Rat-Infested Baltimore from 5 Star Hotel Rooftop Restaurant in Venice, Italy with Fellow Democrats

CNN contributor Joe Lockhart says all Trump supporters are racist: ‘Don’t hide it like a coward’

Rob Reiner Says All Trump Supporters are Racist

Well, here’s a news flash for the race hustlers out there: My Primary Care doctor has black skin. That’s right. My former PC physician is of Mexican ancestry but, that dear lady and wonderful doctor moved across the state a few years ago so I had to find a new doctor.  Was I a racist for having a doctor with skin a little darker than mine?

There are plenty of Caucasian physicians in my town. When I look for a doctor or specialist, I check their educational background, experience; whether they’ve been sued or had their license suspended for any reason. I do not check for skin color. As a matter of fact, there was no photo of my doctor on the pages I searched.

Dr. Johnson is a devout Christian man. Very smart, funny and actually listens to you. A great doctor. If I were a racist would I have a doctor whose skin color is black? Eat that Trump-haters.

Going back to Baltimore.

EXCLUSIVE: Where HAS all the money gone? The truth is Baltimore can’t account for millions while poverty is rampant and drugs, danger and yes, rats lurk around every corner of the 7th District

• “President Trump prompted outrage when he described Congressman Elijah Cummings Baltimore 7th District as a, ‘disgusting, rat and rodent infested mess’
• The president demanded to know where the $16 billion of Federal funding given to the city had gone
• The city itself cannot account for the millions that have poured into its coffers, according to Baltimore’s most recent audit analyzed by DailyMail.com
• The 2018 audit notes numerous ‘significant deficiencies’ and ‘material weaknesses’ across almost every department
• It found a consistent lack of any internal tracking of funds
• In these disturbing photos, DailyMail.com captures the grim living conditions as we spoke to demoralized residents
• ‘I have a three-year-old son who lives with his mother in Pennsylvania,’ Smoove told us. ‘That’s how I want it. If he was here he’d be dead before he was 21’
• ‘Trump’s words were true, Smoove admitted, ‘I could accept them if they came from anybody but him’ (My comment: Oh, so the truth is easier to swallow as long as it doesn’t come from Donald Trump. Why? Because the media, black politicians, athletes, rappers and the Hollywood crowd have convinced too many black Americans Trump is a racist.)
• Smoove, 24, a self-professed ‘pharmacist’ in Gilmore Homes housing projects. (Huh? And what prescriptions would he be filling in the projects?)
• Diane has lived in Gilmore Homes all her life. The area is consistently ranked among Baltimore’s top three most dangerous housing complexes
• According to Diane, ‘What Trump said is true! Look around. It’s the pit of hell’

What everyone is overlooking is the fact that Congress had no constitutional authority to ‘give’ any grant money to the city of Baltimore regardless of who represents that district in Congress.

Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution was written to address issues that were a common necessity for the new government and states.

Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States; but all duties, imposts and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;

To borrow money on the credit of the United States; To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several states, and with the Indian tribes; To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United States;

To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures; To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and current coin of the United States;

To establish post offices and post roads; To promote the progress of science and useful arts, by securing for limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries;

To constitute tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court; To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on the high seas, and offenses against the law of nations; To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules concerning captures on land and water;

To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of money to that use shall be for a longer term than two years; To provide and maintain a navy; To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces; To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions;

To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the militia, and for governing such part of them as may be employed in the service of the United States, reserving to the states respectively, the appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress;

To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of particular states, and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of the government of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent of the legislature of the state in which the same shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dockyards, and other needful buildings;–And

To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers vested by this Constitution in the government of the United States, or in any department or officer thereof. [End]

To bring uniformity in areas like currency, trade, national security, war, peace and so forth. There is NOTHING in Art. 1, Sec. 8 giving Congress the authority to steal the fruits of your labor to give to any city for their internal affairs, business or existence. Congress has NO authority to act as a bank, lend money to private corporations, banks or student loans.

Democrats always try to use the General Welfare Clause of the U.S. Constitution – as well as RINOs and know-nothings like Senatorette Joni Ernst – to justify voting for unconstitutional spending bills.

The “General Welfare” Clause

“The limits on federal power to legislate for the “general welfare” remains, to this date, undefined and presumably, boundless The question that begs an answer is, “if the framers of our Constitution, who labored so resolutely in Philadelphia that torridly hot summer in 1787 intended the powers of Congress to have no boundaries, why did they bother to enumerate seventeen?” James Madison, when asked if the “general welfare” clause was a grant of power, replied in 1792, in a letter to Henry Lee, ^[13]

If not only the means but the objects are unlimited, the parchment [the Constitution] should be thrown into the fire at once.

Does the “General Welfare Clause” Of The U.S. Constitution Authorize Congress To Force Us To Buy Health Insurance?

“I consider the foundation of the [Federal] Constitution as laid on this ground: That “all powers not delegated to the United States, by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States or to the people.” [10th Amendment] To take a single step beyond the boundaries thus specifically drawn around the powers of Congress is to take possession of a boundless field of power, no longer susceptible of any definition.” –Thomas Jefferson: Opinion on National Bank, 1791. ME 3:146

“[An] act of the Congress of the United States… which assumes powers… not delegated by the Constitution, is not law, but is altogether void and of no force.” –Thomas Jefferson: Draft Kentucky Resolutions, 1798. ME 17:383

Go look at this chart showing HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS OF BORROWED dollars ‘given’ in grants in violation of the Constitution. Baltimore’s 30,000 Public Employees Cost Taxpayers $2 Billion But Can’t Save Their Own City

Why do Americans think we’re close to $23 TRILLION unpayable dollars in debt? Because the U.S. Congress – those reps and senators who voted to ‘give’ $16 BILLION BORROWED dollars for local problems in the City of Baltimore did so in violation of their oath of office.

Drugs, crime, infrastructure decay in the City of Baltimore are NOT federal problems. They are terrible by-products of a broken society fed by corrupt, inept politicians. In this case Democrats have ruled that city for a long, long time. Just like sh*holes like LA, SF and NYC. I’m sorry, folks but the truth is there for all to see.

Sean Hannity covered this on his radio show last week. Out of five high schools, not a single student was math proficient. Out of 13 high schools (If memory serves me) not a single student was math and English proficient. Hannity wanted to know how that was possible?

I’ll tell you. Some is money. It’s true there has and still is disparity in money doled out to school districts by states. Slowly but surely that is being fixed. Yes, there are teachers who shouldn’t even be in a classroom because they are badly under educated. That is the responsibility of your local school board, not Congress.

But you know what? It all starts at home with mom and dad. Not mom sucking on a crack pipe or dad (if one can even be found) hanging on the street corner wearing jeans so low you can see his butt-crack. Hanging with other illiterates either doing or dealing drugs or drunks.

No amount of money for schools can educate a child who doesn’t want to learn, period.  The desire to learn must come early from those that child loves: Mom and dad who should be role models. Not mom birthing her ninth child on the taxpayer’s dime and making welfare a way of life. Is it any wonder millions of children in this country end up having no hope by the time they reach intermediate school?

Who feeds black Americans propaganda making them think they will never amount to much without mother government taking care of them from birth to death? Democrat politicians who NEED to keep black Americans on the plantation for votes.

Ever read Dr. Ben Carson’s personal history and how his poor mother ended up raising him and his brother by working three jobs at a time? His poor mother not just financially; the man she married turned out to be a bigamist. But, Dr. Carson’s mother, despite the entire deck stacked against her, taught her sons that anything is possible if you work hard enough.

So her son went on to become a fine man, a world re-nouned neurosurgeon. Dr. Carson didn’t have an easy time of it but anything worth having doesn’t come without challenges, determination and courage.  That’s why political whores like Cummings and other prominent Democrats and too many in the Hollywood crowd hate Dr. Ben Carson.

Thanks to people like him, Candace Owens, Mychal Massie and other freedom-loving Americans who happen to be black are getting their message out there. You can rise above your circumstances and be successful at whatever you choose to do.

Before drugs, rap “music” and social media – black America in the 1950s. Churches played a big role back then. Sadly, too many churches all across the country now are nothing but PC social gatherings.

Today these are role models for young girls? Beyonce at a movie opening for children, The Lion King. From the side you can clearly see her pubic area. In another dress for same movie opening, only thing missing is the nipple. Skank.

Nicki Minaj.  Singer who apparently can’t sell her tunes unless dressed like a stripper. Unlike some of the greatest black female singers ever like Etta James, Nina Simone, Mahalia Jackson, Dinah Washington and many more who didn’t perform nearly naked on stage. They had real class.

The bottom line is the City of Baltimore’s elected officials and her people are responsible for cleaning up their city. Not me, not a hairdresser in Anchorage, Alaska or the local mechanic in Orlando, Florida. Congress has no right to steal the fruits of our labor to fund or ‘grant’ any city.  $16 BILLION borrowed dollars pissed down the rat-hole (pun intended) that never should have been thrown at Baltimore except for votes.

One can hope the people of Baltimore, regardless of skin color or ethnicity, wake up and vote out the current crop of scoundrels and take back their city.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book, Taking Politics Out of Solutions. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

© 2019 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

And, speaking of rats: Elijah Cummings Wife Hiding Millions Given In Potential Bribes

Watch: Rat Runs Through Live Shot During Story on Trump’s Baltimore Tweets

“Rats the Size of Cats” – Reporter Visits Rep. Cummings’ District, ‘It Looks Like a Foreign War Zone’ (VIDEO + PHOTOS)

Reminder: Democrats ran the KKK, started the Civil War, celebrated slavery and fought against the Civil Rights Act

HUD’s Lynne Patton Calls Out AOC: Maggot-Infested Rats Falling Out of Ceiling in Children’s Day Camp in New York City

Trump SLAMS Nancy Pelosi and Her Poop-Infested San Francisco District

MLK’S Niece Defends Trump, Says Charges Of Racism Are ‘Absolutely False’

7 women who are ‘white-trash n*ggers’ – Exclusive: Mychal Massie agrees with late KKK Sen. Byrd about definition of N-word

Bhutan in Asia sets the benchmark for living a “happy” life.  Its culture mandates that “happiness” holds the highest distinction in the realm of daily living.  Those citizens living in that country enjoy a much slower and quieter living pace.   They maintain a spiritual connection to their world.

(Light shining through the redwoods along Avenue of the Giants, CA.)

Photo by Frosty Wooldridge

Thus, peace and harmony thrive among Bhutan’s citizens.  No murders, no headaches, no prescription drugs, no alcoholism, no gridlock, no air pollution, no slums and no social unrest.  When I visited that country, I came away with a “happiness factor” that thrives within me today.  I caught what they live and incorporated it into my own life in our high speed, high stress society.

How do they maintain “happiness” in a world racing toward some kind of destination on the horizon?

America features almost the opposite culture from Bhutan. Nearly everyone exceeds the speed limit on our nation’s highways.  Most Americans buy the fastest Internet provider on the market. They flip TV channels faster than a ping-pong game. Urgency dominates America’s fast food joints, laxatives and painkillers.

Pain sufferers buy 131 million doses of popular headache and pain relievers annually.

What makes the difference in the “happiness factor” in Bhutan and the “high stress factor” prevalent in American big cities?

Instead of hell bent to get there, try the Bhutan way of thinking about the quality of your life.  Even if you live in a big city, you may gather Mother Nature around you at your office with plants, fish aquarium and relaxed music.

At home, you may create peaceful scenes replete with flowers, plants and paintings that soothe your spirit.  You may create a backyard with a waterfall, birdbath and bird feeder.

You may create a “spiritual sandbox” whereby you may take off your shoes daily and thrust your feet into the “biorhythms of the universe” and re-synchronize your body to the pulse of the galaxy.

You may incorporate four quintessential decisions to shift your life from stress to peaceful living:

*  Tell yourself each day, “Life is good.”   Think primal, pure fountain, universal source and energy.  Remember your childhood when you played for the sheer joy of movement.  Re-introduce “play” into your daily schedule.  A walk along a trail, a quiet moment in your rocker, a swing in the park and bird watching by a pond.  Take delight in a dragonfly landing on a  Lilly pad.  Walk away from the dark night of the soul or anything bothering you—by your intellectual choice through practice.  Think of the good.

• Understand and appreciate that, “I am capable; I am joyful and I am enough.” Inadequacy and comparisons permeate a large swatch of American life—business, school and social gatherings.  This world today stems from comparisons with others.  You may choose to be at peace with yourself because you no longer compare yourself to or with anyone.  You cherish yourself because you are the only you in the world.
• You did not come to this planet to prove yourself.  You arrived in grand style to express yourself, laugh with life, create with life and entertain yourself with whatever passion(s) catches your fancy.   Once you seek and strike upon your passions—stress, anxiety and pain vanish into your rear view mirrors.
• Finally, like the Bhutanese people, you gather your happiness factor by engaging your “calming factor” via your connection to the natural world.  You impel yourself into wholeness by the little choices that build on your self-acceptance and finally, your freedom from headaches, pain and anxiety.

What absorbs or thrills you?  Okay, engage it. As you do, you feel captivated in life’s activities, which, in turn render happiness.  Recreate your life to your bearings.  Seek that which vibrates with your being.   Enjoy the miracle of life pulsating in every cell of your body.  As you do, you dwell within the “happiness factor” throughout all your days.

Newest book:  Old Men Bicycling Across America: A Journey Beyond Old Age, Baby boomers love this book!  Available on Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge. You want to live a spectacular life?  Follow his 12 concepts and practices for a whale of a ride through life! He shows dozens of men and women who live spectacular lives by their choices.  Amazon or ph. 1 888 519 5121

FB page: How to Live A Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

Website: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

A year and a half ago, my wife Mary and I moved closer to our parents. We relocated from Florida to what I nicknamed, “Trump Country USA”, a tiny town in West Virginia. I’ve seen MAGA cap wearers and a few lawns with old Trump signs.

Our tiny town emits Christian traditional American values. We enjoy the annual Christmas and July 4th parades. Only a handful of blacks, which includes me, live here.

A few days after we moved into our home, our neighbor Meg welcomed us with a homemade apple pie. Meg recently called and asked us to help with the “Friends of the Library” picnic for the kids. The last thing I wanted to do was to spend a day with screaming kids. Yet Mary and I knew God was setting us up to be a blessing.

The picnic was a blast. Mary and I helped serve food, play games and clean up afterwards. Our town’s volunteer fire department truck sprayed the kids with water. They loved it.

I learned that the Friends of the Library summer reading program is solely funded by community fundraising events. Two days a week, kids of all ages are read books and read books at the town library. The theme this year was “Space” in honor of the 50th anniversary of the U.S. landing on the moon. The kids were even treated to a road trip to a space museum. I thought, “Wow, this town is a living breathing Norman Rockwell painting.”

At the picnic, I met an extremely bright articulate 15 year old black kid and his 3 younger siblings. Mary read in the local newspaper that he is the best runner in the county, receiving offers and scholarships.

His grandmother is white. She moved him and his 3 siblings from the Baltimore projects to live with her because their parents are drug addicts. She laid down the law to her grandson that his Baltimore thug attitude would not be tolerated in her home. Grandma’s tough love parenting worked.

If you watched the Democratic presidential debates, you could conclude that everyone and everything in America is racist. In my tiny town of Trump voters, everyone appears to embrace and support the 4 black kids who escaped the hood of Baltimore.

Folks, I have high hopes for this kid, the runner. I see greatness in him. He has a calm spirit. He is academically solid and trains hard, running several miles every day. I gave him fatherly advice to stay focused on his dreams. He replied, “Yes sir.”

It is amazing what a child can achieve once he is distanced from the destructive atmosphere of a Democrat-controlled city. Despicably, Democrats and fake news media relentlessly seek to fill black youths with victim mindsets – hate for their country and hate for Trump voters.

I trust that God will give me more opportunities to mentor my young runner. Prayerfully, I will open his eyes to the truth that he is blessed to be an American and that America is the greatest land of opportunity on the planet for all who choose to go for their dreams. I look forward to seeing my runner on team USA in the Olympics. That will be awesome!

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American
Help Lloyd spread the Truth
http://LloydMarcus.com

Colorado, which is being overrun by liberals fleeing California, has had massive voter fraud in every election since 2008. A review of voter registration data for ten counties in Colorado details a pattern of voter bloat inflating registration rolls to numbers larger than the total voting-age population. Using publicly available voter data and comparing it to U.S. Census records reveals the ten counties having a total registration ranging between 104 to 140 percent of the respective populations.

Counties such as Gilpin and Hinsdale have 110 percent of their populations registered to vote. Gilpin County has a total population of 5,441 with 17.4% of the population below the voting age, making the highest possible number of registered voters 4,494. Currently, Gilpin County has 4909 registered voters. Hinsdale County has a total population of 830 with 20% of the population below the voting age, making the highest possible number of registered voters 664. At 110 percent registration, that means that there are 515 excess voter registrations in Gilpin county and 68 excess registrations for Hinsdale.

When Media Trackers requested comment on the voter bloat in Gilpin county, Chief Deputy Gail Maxwell explained that “This is just a reminder Gilpin is a Gaming Community.  The voters come and go!” [1] I called the State to find out what they were going to do about this gross discrepancy and was told that it wasn’t worth checking into.

Voting is something that is sacred in America.  When that process is violated it should be exposed and those violating the process punished to the fullest extent of the law but nothing is done.  There is a meme that shows up every now and then that has a picture of a wall that is fortified and 60 feet tall with the comment, ‘This is the type of wall the Democrats would build if illegals voted Republican’.  I believe that to be true but because most vote Democrat, they don’t want any type of border protection.

When looking at the United States Supreme Court we see that half of the jurists have violated their oath to uphold the Constitution of the United States by using foreign law to adjudicate cases.  Ruth Bader Ginsberg is well known for this as well as going overseas and dissing our judicial system and Constitution. Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg has proved again why she doesn’t belong on the U.S. Supreme Court. She really doesn’t like our U.S. Constitution, which she swore to uphold and defend, and she probably would like to rewrite it with input from various foreign laws and constitutions.

On a junket to Egypt in January, where the rebels are trying to figure out how to set up a government, she gave her advice. “I would not look to the U.S. Constitution if I were drafting a constitution in the year 2012,” and she suggested using South Africa’s constitution as a model rather than ours.

Ginsburg also urged the Egyptians to consult Canada’s 1982 Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the European Convention on Human Rights. “Why not take advantage of what there is elsewhere in the world?” The South African and Canadian courts have both approved same-sex marriage.

Our Constitution, which has endured for more than two centuries and is the longest lasting Constitution in the world, states clearly that it is “the supreme law of the land; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby.” The Constitution also requires all judicial officers to “be bound by oath or affirmation, to support this Constitution.” [2] What kind of horses backside would talk down the most successful government document ever devised by man? Especially when it is the Constitution you have personally sworn to uphold. If a Republican jurist did this the Democrats would come unglued.  But this action by these jurists benefit the Democrats so they say nothing.

No Democrat would stand still for Republican finding boxes of ballots that favor the Republican taking a win from the Democrat, but they do it all the time to Republicans.  Unfortunately, the Republicans haven’t got the backbone to stand up to them.

It isn’t just the votes and bribery and corruption in the Democrat Party that is sickening but their habit of blaming their obvious mistakes on the Republicans.  The water problem in Flint, Michigan is classic Democrat screw up yet they blamed white Republicans for the problem even though ALL the decisions were made by black Democrats.  The trouble began about 3 years ago when the city decided to switch from Detroit’s water system to the Flint River. But the new system wouldn’t be ready for two years. For the meantime, to save and cut costs they switched to the Flint River water. And that decision turned out to be a mistake.

Foul smells, bad tastes, and discolored water, that’s what came out of the tap in Flint, Michigan. When residents’ drinking water was pulled from the river. When the residents noticed that the tap water looked and smelled strange, it was later found out to have a dangerous level of lead. The worse thing was, the state knew about it and did nothing.

A high number of children had abnormal levels of lead in their blood. This even doubled after 18 months. Even though the water failed tests several times after the switch. The residents were not alerted. They informed only for about nine months later about the problem. Families have been suffering for months without clean water. They had to find alternative sources. [3]

They blamed everyone but themselves, who were the ones that made all the decisions, but they blamed the EPA and tried to pin it on the Republicans.  This is their method of operation.

Now we have what people are calling the Squad.  Four persons of color that have banded together to push the Democrat Party farther to the left.  Ilhan Omar, who came to America under false pretenses AND under a false name which is nothing less than immigration fraud.  In 1995, Ilhan entered the United States as a fraudulent member of the “Omar” family.

Ilhan and Ahmed married in 2009, presumably to benefit in some way from a fraudulent marriage. They did not divorce until 2017.[4]  This is immigration fraud and she and her family should be deported and never allowed back here again.  If she was in the Republican Party the Democrats would have exposed that information during the campaign but said nothing because she was a Democrat.

Then there is Rashida Talib from Michigan who violated state residency laws and now sits in Congress.  A Change.org petition calling for the impeachment of Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-MI-13) already has close to 160,000 signatures.

“This woman is an anti-Semite, a warmongering hate-filled Palestinian who has vowed to try and destroy our constitutional rights, hates America, hates American citizens,” the petition states. “She’s a danger to our sovereignty, a detriment to society, and to this country, and is unfit to serve in any capacity within our government.”

The petition also takes issue with Tlaib’s election, claiming that she “lied about living in Detroit” by “using her father’s house address.”

Tlaib made headlines earlier this week when she vowed to “impeach the motherf—” during a party in celebration of her being sworn into Congress. [5]

These four have trashed Israel, America, Americans, our Constitution not to mention our President yet they demand respect simply because they are elected officials.  Trump is an elected official and they show no respect for him at all.  Again, it is the double standard that is rampant in D.C.

We the people have allowed this situation to proliferate by not staying engaged.  The churches have allowed it because they are afraid to confront the radical aspect of the Democrat Party for fear of offending them.  Oh, to have pastors as the Founders had.  Fearless, courageous, and willing to stand for all that is right.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Colorado counties have more voters than people
2. Ginsburg likes use of foreign law
3. Flint Michigan water crisis its timeline and latest update
4. Ilhan Omars real name is ilhan nur said elmi & she entere the US as a fraudulent member of the Omar family
5. 150000 sign petition to impeach Michigan’s Rashida Tlaib

I remember watching my boys go to YouTube when they needed to accomplish a task.  They would search the platform for something like “how to change your oil” and they would learn the task in a short period of time by watching a video.

YouTube is owned by Google, the company that caused the internet to appear to the average guy to be free.  YouTube started as a platform where video creators could share their work for free.  And then as Google learned how to make money through advertising the YouTube platform became a place where video creators could make money.

YouTube baked in functionality that enabled them to place advertisements in creator videos.  Google split the income with the creator.

In the early years the platform honored the principle of free speech.  No longer, of course.  We all know that now.  Google appears to be only slightly less ferociously cultural Marxist than Fakebook.

I could sense these American institutions moving like an iceberg toward the elimination of privacy and rabid censorship.  That’s why I never embedded myself in their cultures.  There’s the culture of the internet.  And then there’s the culture of all the platforms and social networks.  I still find all of it bewildering.  And now it is becoming dangerous.

The internet is the most sophisticated machine ever invented and broadly deployed by mankind.  It is a machine that facilitates communication.  That is what the internet is, and nothing more.

Evil unprincipled forces have been given control of it by the American government.  Our global power is diminishing. We are dependent on a usury-based economic system. Increasingly the internet will be pushed and pulled by powers unfriendly to American politics and forms.  This is inevitable.

God destroyed Babel once and separated us into nations.  We live in a world formed by this divine grace.  We speak many languages for a reason.  We are incapable of managing power without being divided into nations.  When we do manage to become one city we do stupid stuff like divert the capacity of the city into building a tower to heaven.

I know the internet is going to be tamed because nationalism is back.  More and more people the world over are deciding they need local customs, traditions and religion in order to function well.

America is not the beacon of freedom it once was.  It is now a porn infested cesspool of political intrigue with a profoundly weak religious sensibility.

Everything is political now.  And everything is broken into two camps by the powers that be.  Republican vs. Democrat, right vs. left, gay vs. straight, white vs. black, conservative vs. liberal, men vs. women.  This is a source of the chaos we all feel and live with every day.

There is no longer a “United” in the “States.”  We exist in a constantly redefined bureaucracy of “hate” crimes.

And we’re tired.  Famished really.  Our imaginations are withering away under the heavy hand of political correctness.  The squad is intent on forcing their unique American brand of socialism on all of us.  And the Democratic Party is now powerless to stop them.

Donald Trump is only slightly better.  At least he believes in securing the nation.  Unfortunately he thinks that this “secure” nation must include cities possessed by the demons of Sodom and Gomorrah.  And nobody is resisting him on this.  All Christians can do is raise up feeble defensive actions rooted in the inane argument for “religious freedom.”

So YouTube is an American internet platform.  Children aspire to be YouTube stars.  Everyone wants to be significant.  The YouTube way of consuming video/audio content is the future for consumption of that form of media.  Of course they want to be YouTube stars.  Didn’t you want to be President someday?

The days of control over communications by newspapers, radio stations and television stations are obviously over.  The future of content creation in media is now in the hands of the average person who chooses to learn how to use their smart phone and build an audience.

Cultural Marxists are making a play for control over the internet.  They are already losing.

Innovation, and the assertion of national cultural realities using government, will finish off that wicked ideology.

I am saddened by the idea that America may choose not to lead the way in this.  However, since we cannot know the future I could be proven wrong.  The States may once again choose to Unite around eternal principles and help lead the world into a more harmonious and Godly future.

Or ….

Selah.

© 2019 Michael Heath – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Michael Heath: mike@michaelheath.org

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

I feel the necessity to warn of the danger of embracing anything carte blanche, including our current President.  There are some dangerous trends in current right-leaning patriot circles that should neither be ignored nor dismissed.  President Trump is not our savior.  The idolatry of esteeming him as perfect and all this nation needs is just as deceptive as the laud and worship of Obama.

Groups of people are already calling for a reign of Trump progeny over the next fifty years, calling for Don Jr., Ivanka and eventually Baron to fill the office of President.  You do realize that’s a dynasty, right?  And a prime example of why our national ancestors wanted out from under the rule of the King, and why our government was expressly formed to NOT be run by bloodline?

Each time I see or hear the extreme statements of people (on social media or other) say they only want friends who are Trump supporters, or if you don’t like my beliefs I’ll block you, and every other extreme my-way-of-thinking-is-the-only-thing-I-condone sentiment, I cringe.  There are a surprising number of issues people on the other side of the aisle and we can agree on.

Such an attitude is the exact same stronghold of thinking that these very people abhor and mock in the democrat party or liberal mindset.  You’re no different when you do the same thing but just change the titles.  When you do this, the same blindness and brainwashing you accuse of your adversaries is evident in you.

Donald Trump is not a perfect man, nor is he a perfect President. All of his ideas are not 100% right and all of his actions are not 100% defensible.  Let’s quit pretending they are. He is a man who is prone to exaggeration, arrogance, making grandiose statements and lacking judgment in moral areas.

[But neither is he the devil.]

Let’s try to keep in mind the fickleness of humanity, the shortsightedness of human thinking, and the propensity of human nature to justify what benefits us personally.

“O senseless man, who cannot possibly make a worm and yet will make gods by the dozen!” – Michel de Montaigne

Remember Gideon?  (See Judges 6-8)  The Israelites were oppressed by their enemies.  They were so oppressed they were disguising their harvests.  God raised up a deliverer in Gideon, and God orchestrated the deliverance in such a way that no man could take the credit.  What did the people do?  They insisted Gideon now rule over them.

Gideon refused and insisted the Lord should rule over them, but to appease the people accepted gold offerings which he made an ephod cast of.  The people, (see the Montaigne quote again), idolized the ephod and eventually went back into bondage.  Yes, people are so very shortsighted.

Let’s not make excuses for things we would otherwise condemn.  President Trump said he was bringing the troops home from the Middle East.  That has yet to happen.  The number of troops in Afghanistan is actually up – why are we still there???  It’s my understanding the troops in Syria have just been repositioned, NOT brought home.   Either we need to be in the Middle East (again, why?) or we don’t.  Why do we still have war-monger cabinet appointees?

Why is the fiscal debt still rising?  Why are we giving Israel $38B over the next 10 years, and why was that the first Senate bill of 2019?

Why is President Trump promoting 5G?  Why did POTUS execute an EO ending regulation and oversight of GMOs?

While President Trump campaigned and still campaigns on immigration reform and securing our border (i.e. building the Wall), why after three years and at least some money given for the Wall has NO new portion of the wall been built?  Just take a moment and look at the list of broken promises…  [There’s a reason ALIPAC isn’t endorsing President Trump’s immigration efforts.]

Why did candidate Trump pledge to make Wall Street accountable and then pardon five megabanks involved with the LIBOR scandal over Christmas break in 2017?  He gave CitiGroup, JP Morgan and Barclay banks a five year extension, and UBS and Deutsche Bank (whom he has a hefty debt of hundreds of millions to) a three year exemption.

Don’t send me hate mail for these legitimate questions. I am still a President Trump supporter – just not a blind one.   He has also done tremendous measures in other areas, and I’m not blind to those either.  I appreciate them a great deal.  When I consider the 2020 elections, I still can’t find ONE person running against President Trump that is better.

We have a broken system in America from years of abuse and neglect.  I just want to caution Americans to be real about the issues.  As a Christian and as an American, there are two primary filters I use for forming my opinion and basing my judgments:

• The Word of God
• The Constitution of the United States of America

As a believer, my first loyalty is to God.  Everything else is secondary, including patriotism.  We have to stop worshipping the person that seems to be fighting for us, and we have to stop blindly worshipping the product of our adulation.  There’s a dangerous risk of being deceived if we don’t weigh our judgments with discernment and wisdom.

If you’re not a believer but take your American citizenship seriously, the Constitution and the framework of our government established by the Constitution should be the filter used for determining judgments of political nature.

Currently there are so many things wrong in our nation that we cannot possibly right them all in one lifetime.  Justice is perverted; laws are unjust; the government has infringed on our God-given rights that our nation was founded upon.  We have gotten so far away from the original intentions of the Founding Fathers that it will take an enormous amount of effort to right the wrongs on our society today.

We have gotten so far away from the morals of God and the spirit of liberty, with our bureaucratic micro-managing oppressive regulations, that I don’t think present generations actually understand true liberty.

Thomas Paine, considered by historians the “apostle of Independence”, was one of the most sought out voices for establishing a government that encapsulates the delicate balance of human autonomy and governing authorities.   His book , Rights of Man, painstakingly and yet simply lays out the principles the American Constitution was based on, which the French borrowed a few years later in their own revolution.

Paine wrote in a letter in 1809 to the mayor of Philadelphia that his objective in writing his piece was, “to rescue man from tyranny and false systems and false principles of Government, and enable him to be free, and establish government for himself…to bring man to a right reason that God has given him; to impress upon him the great principles of divine morality, justice, mercy, and a benevolent disposition to all men and to all creatures; and to excite in him a spirit of trust, confidence, and consolation in his creator…”

If we were honest, we’d have to admit our government has fallen far from this ideal.  I bring this archaic work to the forefront because I fear there is little understanding of why our Constitution actually holds the liberating power it does, if adhered to.

If we aren’t careful, we’ll trade one evil for another.  If President Trump is the tool God is using to bring correction and (necessary) change to America, we should support the valiant efforts and hold accountable those that are in error.  Let’s not make the mistake of blindly endorsing all actions because some of them are good, any more than we should throw out the baby with the bath water.

We have been fooled for a long time by our “elected” and appointed officials (in all branches of our government).  Some of us are now more able to clearly see the deception that has led our nation astray.  Let’s not make the same mistake and be fooled again.  The American government is out of control.  It has enacted laws that are severe and unconstitutional, placed undue burdens of tax and bureaucracy on its citizens, failed to uphold true justice for its citizens, failed to protect our nation from enemies within and without, maligned the intentions of our heritage… just to name a few.

If we’re going to make our way back to a purer form of a republican (of a Republic, not the party) government, we will have to be vigilant to hold every official accountable to the Constitution and the principles therein, and we as believers, must hold ourselves accountable to our God for our words and deeds.

My suggestion?  Pick an issue you both know something about and are passionate about and be a voice and body for change there.  Also, get involved in your local community and pay attention at the state level.  These are the places that will directly impact you more than others, and the places you’ll have greater impact.

Pray for President Trump, but don’t make excuses for the mistakes, failures and/or bad policies.  Let’s not be fooled twice; it would be to our own shame.

© 2019 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Some Sources:

Immigration watchdog: Kushner led surprise vote on amnesty likely this week

Trump not built a single mile

Trumps base rejects wall amnesty deal

https://www.alipac.us/welcome/

https://www.fairus.org/

Trump-pardoned-megabanks-owes-millions-rampant-fraud-corruption

Exemptions-from-certain-prohibited-transaction-restrictions

Trump-signs-executive-order-genetically-engineered-food

US budget-deficit-hits-record

Trump-s-3-growth-feat-in-2018-undone-by-annual-data-revisions

Trump-cant-president-growth-president-debt

Trump-adds-41-trillion-to-national-debt-heres-where-the-money-went

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Congressman Jim Jordan (R-OH), Ranking Member of the Committee on Oversight and Reform; Congressman Mark Meadows (R-NC), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Government Operations; Congressman Jody Hice (R-GA), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on National Security; Congressman Chip Roy (R-TX), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Civil Rights and Civil Liberties; Congressman Michael Cloud (R-TX), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Economic and Consumer Policy; and Congressman James Comer (R-KY), Ranking Member of the Subcommittee on Environment; sent a letter to Acting Homeland Security Secretary Kevin McAleenan requesting a briefing and additional information about the threats posed by large caravans of migrants travelling from Central America to the United States.

On May 17, 2019, U.S. Custom and Border Protection (CBP) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) provided the Committee with internal data and analyses showing that hundreds of migrants approaching the southern border have criminal histories.

Unfortunately for the American people, the Democratic leadership was too busy trying to convince the country that President Donald Trump should be impeached and that the problems we face at the U.S. border with Mexico were a “fabricated crisis.”

New Data and Statistics:

• In October 2018, CBP’s Office of Intelligence (OI) tracked one caravan estimated to include nearly 8,000 individuals that arrived south of California in December 2018. ICE Homeland Security Investigations (HSI) established that 660 of these individuals had U.S. criminal convictions-nearly 40 were convicted of assault or aggravated assault with a deadly weapon and three individuals were convicted of murder.

• In January 2019, CBP OI tracked a caravan that departed Honduras with more than 3,300 individuals. ICE HSI identified 860 individuals with U.S. criminal histories, including over 20 convicted of assault or aggravated assault with a deadly weapon, nearly 30 convicted of sexual offenses, two convicted of violence against law enforcement, and one convicted of attempted murder.

• These incidents are continuing. CBP is currently monitoring another “movement of several groups ranging in size from 1,000 to 4,000” in the Mexican states of Chiapas and Veracruz.

The letter noted that two weeks ago U.S. Border Patrol Chief Carla Provost told the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Border Security and Immigration that, “as of March 31, 2019, 361,087 migrants have been apprehended between the points of entry (POEs) in Fiscal Year (FY) 2019, representing a 108 percent increase over the same time in FY 2018.”

“Current projections are that more than 1 million people will have crossed our southern border illegally this year. Our constituents, the American public, are confounded as to why more is not being done by your Department,” the letter said.

Proposals include expanding a training program for border patrol agents to conduct fear interviews, where an undocumented immigrant is referred to an asylum officer if they express fear of returning to their home country.

Full text of the letter can be found here.

Illegal Aliens Arrested In Workplace Raid Sue ICE, IRS For Racial Profiling

Seven illegal aliens arrested by federal law enforcement during a workplace raid are suing the federal agencies that arrested them, alleging that they were victims of racial profiling for being Latino. The illegal aliens are being represented by a radical nonprofit that includes in its lists of “hate groups” conservative organizations while ignoring organizations funded by radical multi-billionaire George Soros and violence prone groups such as Antifa (anti-fascists) and Black Lives Matter (BLM).

The pro-bono case filed by attorneys from the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) claims that Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents violated their constitutional rights against illegal seizures and to equal protection under the Fourth and Fifth Amendments to the U.S. Constitution.

Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) is regarded by many journalists as valuable source for information on hate groups. But its record is dotted with inconsistencies—it has itself engaged in hateful discourse against some traditional minded organizations: branding the Family Research Council a hate group is one glaring example. Not as well known are its more subtle ways of emitting bias.

According to law enforcement sources who were forced to sign non-disclosure agreements during the Obama administration, employers are mandated by law to perform background checks on all employees using the form I-9:

Form I-9 is used for verifying the identity and employment authorization of individuals hired for employment in the United States. All U.S. employers must ensure proper completion of Form I-9 for each individual they hire for employment in the United States. This includes citizens and noncitizens. Both employees and employers (or authorized representatives of the employer) must complete the form. On the form, an employee must attest to his or her employment authorization. The employee must also present his or her employer with acceptable documents evidencing identity and employment authorization. The employer must examine the employment eligibility and identity document(s) an employee presents to determine whether the document(s) reasonably appear to be genuine and to relate to the employee and record the document information on the Form I-9. The list of acceptable documents can be found on the last page of the form. Employers must retain Form I-9 for a designated period and make it available for inspection by authorized government officers. 

The arrests occurred at a slaughterhouse and meatpacking plant in the small town of Bean Station in eastern Tennessee. Agents from ICE assisted by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) conducted the raid on the facility as part of a large-scale criminal investigation into the business owner’s multi-million-dollar tax evasion and fraud scheme.

Upwards of 100 illegal aliens were arrested, most of them emanating from Guatemala and Mexico. Some of those arrested had been previously deported from the United States more than once. While the first arrest is processed as a misdemeanor, re-entry by an illegal alien after deportment is a felony.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

“If we didn’t have all the bullshit” —President Donald Trump.[1]

In a book published last year, David Graeber, a professor of anthropology at the London School of Economics, studies a widespread phenomenon that until now had escaped detection even from the most sharp observers: bullshit jobs.[2] According to him,

“A bullshit job is a form of paid employment that is so pointless unnecessary or pernicious that even the employee cannot justify its existence even though, as part of the conditions of employment, the employee feels obliged to pretend that it is not the case.” “There are millions of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs.” [3]

Of course, even if Graeber doesn’t mention it, but everybody with a modicum of intelligence at the CIA’s Directorate of Intelligence knows, nobody pays attention to their National Security Estimates, a fact that has changed their jobs into bullshit jobs. Nevertheless, probably the most bullshit of all bullshit U.S. agencies is the Office of Homeland Security, which was created for the sole purpose of producing bullshit estimates such as “a non-specific threat from a credible source.”

Actually, most government jobs, particularly in the U.S., are pointless, unnecessary and pernicious, that is, they are bullshit jobs. Graeber even quotes a survey showing the amount of time U.S. workers spend on their primary, true duties decreasing from 49 percent in 2015 to 39 percent in 2016. What do they do in the time they don’t spend doing their jobs? They bullshit around to make believe they are working hard. I’ll bet that today the amount of bullshitting time is higher.

Most American politicians are born bullshitters. To justify their high salaries and perks, they create non-existing problems, scare everyone and his uncle about them (global warming, terrorism anyone?), and bullshit others into finding solutions to solve them. As expected, most of the solutions they propose are bullshit.

Now, who gets the bullshit jobs? Obviously, bullshitters. Actually, the only requirement to get a bullshit job is to be a bullshitter. Another never-mentioned requirement is the never-openly-expressed, but well understood admission that the bullshitter will give his vote to the party of the person who hired him to do the bullshit job.

Where do American bullshitters get their training? For sure, at U.S. universities and colleges. Of course, there is no Bullshit 101 per se or even something similar. Bullshitters are very good at hiding their bullshit. Those bullshit courses are called Feminism 101, Environmental Studies 101, Race and Gender Studies 102, Global Warming 102, Climate Change 103, White Privilege 101, Cultural Appropriation 101. etc. We need to recognize that those universities have been doing a very good job, because currently American bullshitters are second to none. Americans have raised bullshitting to an art form.

Once graduated, bullshitters join their peers and become part of the Bullshitting Secret Society, or something like that. Like Masons, Odfellows and Rosicrucians, bullshitters also have secret identification codes. I discovered by pure chance that one of these identification codes is the phrase “at the end of the day.” If you hear somebody saying it, most likely he[4] is a bullshitter.

Nevertheless, as a profession, bullshitting has reached a saturation point, and currently there are not enough jobs for the new generations of bullshitters graduating from American colleges and universities. Recently graduated students cannot get a job anymore, not even in the very same colleges and universities that are teeming with bullshitting jobs. Instead of a job, what they have got is a huge mountain of student loan debt.

Granted, bullshitting is not an American invention. Most likely it is the one of the earliest professions developed on planet Earth. But Americans are very good at it. Just recently, we had a professional bullshitter — he called himself a “community organizer” — for eight years in the White House, and nobody can dispute that he did an excellent bullshitting job. He was so good at it that he even got a Nobel Prize from a prestigious bullshitting institution.

Now, given the fact that currently the Federal Government is the main employer in the U.S., we must assume that there are millions of professional bullshitters in America doing their bullshit jobs every day from 9 to 6. But bullshitting does not create any tangible value. Bullshitters do not make cars, design clothes or build houses. They don’t grow fruits or vegetables; much less produce milk or bourbon. They don’t make butter, bread, bacon or sushi. They don’t write books, play music, create videogames or produce action films. Their only production consist in pure, unadulterated bovine manure, that is, bullshit.

The bad side of bullshitting is that there is a high economic price we, as a society, are paying for it. Government bullshitters drive to work every day, occupy office space, consume electricity, use expensive computers, print thousand of useless documents, sent billions of emails, get paid vacations and even get medical insurance. A total waste of people’s money and resources. Would not be better to keep them at home?

From the pure economic point of view, it makes a lot of sense to keep bullshitters at home while keep paying them government checks. The result of their bullshit jobs will be the same — actually better, because they will not be able to create artificial problems to justify the existence of their jobs — but, as a society, we will save a lot of money.

In his book, Graeber suggests exactly this: send them home and keep paying them for doing nothing — a sort of universal basic income. But I think this is a bullshit solution. Bullshitters enjoy bulshitting so much they would never accept this second-tier status in American society.

And that’s no bull!

© 2019 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. Tom Elliott, “Trump: ‘If We Didn’t Have All Of The Bullshit,’ We’d Be Much Further Along,” grabiennews, July 17, 2019. Most likely, Trump had the Mueller Report in mind when he uttered that phrase. He was right. The recent Mueller Senate testimony proved beyond any doubt that his Report was pure bullshit.
2. David Graeber, Bullshit Jobs (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2018).
3. When I read it, the image that first came to my mind was that of TSA employees. With the exception of the few sexual degenerates who enjoy patting down their victims, most TSA employees are fully aware that their job is bullshit. You can see it in their faces. The TSA is probably the most bullshit organization among the many bullshit organizations created by the U.S. government. No wonder the TSA motto is “See something, say something.” Pure bullshit.
4. I use the pronoun “he” in the old, non-politically correct, usage of the word, meaning “he” and “she.” Actually the new generations of American women have proven to be great bullshitters.

Capitalists will sell us the rope with which we will hang them. —Vladimir Lenin

Contrary to popular misconception, Islam does not mean peace but rather means submission to the commands of Allah alone.  Therefore, Muslims do not believe in the concept of freedom of expression, as their speech and actions are determined by divine revelation and not based on people’s desires.  —Anjem Choudary, British Islamist and socialist activist

I am convinced Socialism is the only answer and I urge all comrades to take this struggle to a victorious conclusion.  Only this will free us from the chains of bigotry and exploitation.  —Malala Yousafzai, Pakistani Muslim and Nobel Prize winner

Accuse the other side of that which you are guilty.  —Joseph Goebbels, Nazi Propaganda Minister

Though Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib took an oath to uphold the U.S. Constitution when they became members of Congress, their goal is to institute both sharia law and democratic socialism, neither of which are compatible with the Constitution and is anathema to their oaths of office.

Omar and Tlaib refused to place their hands on the Bible whose laws are incorporated into our Constitution; they were sworn in on the Quran.  When John F. Kennedy ran for the presidency, he assured the people his allegiance was to the Constitution, not the papacy.  We have had no assurance from Omar or Tlaib regarding their fidelity to the Constitution over Islam.

Our Founding Fathers were men who knew and studied scripture.  Their lives were wrapped in God’s Word; it was the chief source of their education.  They relied on the Bible and philosophers whose own works and commentaries also relied on Holy Scripture.  Scripture is what all laws are to be based upon, not the Quran.

None of the four jihadi Janes represent our Republic.  They are dangerous zealots.

Ilhan Omar

Just as Saikat Chakrabarti’s Brand New Congress (BNC) and Justice Democrats (JD) were major supporters of AOC, they also supported Ilhan Omar.  Here is the list of JD candidates for 2020.

Ilhan Omar ran for the 5th Congressional District seat in Minnesota, formerly held by Muslim Keith Ellison. The 5^th district is home to 100,000 Somalis, the terrorist recruiting capital of the U.S.  Her campaign was supported by Our Revolution (closely affiliated with Bernie Sanders) and the Hamas-linked Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), which held three fundraising events on Omar’s behalf in distant southern California.

Like her jihadi Jane sisters, she promotes the Green New Deal, (which is nothing more than U.N. Agenda 2030 on steroids), Medicare for all, tuition-free colleges, limits to the Second Amendment, the dissolution of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) along with open borders, murder of unborn babies up to and after birth, high taxes on corporations, steep cuts in defense spending, and a 90% tax rate for the wealthy.

Speaker Pelosi has appointed Ilhan Omar to the House Foreign Affairs Committee, the Education and Labor Committee, and the House Committee on the Budget.

Somalia born Omar graduated from North Dakota State University, where she joined the campus Muslim Students Association and eventually earned a degree in Political Science and International Studies.

Omar has served variously as an Advisory Board member for CAIR-Minnesota, Vice President of the Minneapolis NAACP, a Sister Planet Ambassador for Oxfam (International relief organization that condemns Israeli defensive measures against terrorism, and supports boycotts of Israeli products), a Board member of the Legal Rights Center, which provides criminal defense and justice services in particular to people of color, and the Director of Policy & Initiatives at the Women Organizing Women Network (inspires Somali women to get involved in the political process, a subgroup of Headwaters Foundation for Justice).

In 2017, Omar was one of only two Minnesota House members (out of 129) to vote against a bill to allow life-insurance companies to deny payouts to the beneficiaries of people who died while committing acts of terrorism.

That same year, she was one of just four House members to oppose legislation that would make it a felony for parents to subject their daughters to female genital mutilation, a common practice in some Muslim cultures.

Both Omar and Tlaib belong to extremist mosques and rub shoulders with those who wish to annihilate the Jewish State.  Their goal is to normalize anti-Jewish and anti-Israel sentiment throughout America.  Omar has come out in strong support for all forms of boycotts against Israel, but she can’t seem to do it without the start-up nation’s incredible tech innovations.  IlhanOmar.com is powered by the Israeli company WIX!

Ban Lifted for Omar

A 181-year ban on head coverings in Congress was lifted to allow this jihadi Jane to wear her hijab in Congress.  The rules package was passed by 234 to 197, and this was the beginning of the Islamic sharia makeover of America’s Judeo-Christian culture. Omar admits that she didn’t always wear her hijab; it wasn’t until after the attack on America by Islamic extremists on 9/11, that she chose to wear her hijab to make a statement.  The hijab is a symbol and it is a symbol of the fact that the woman wearing it is fully committed to the sharia.  It is a symbol that says to infidels that they are kafirs. Kafir is an Arabic term meaning “infidel.”

The only Omar photo without her hijab is a mugshot after being arrested in 2013 for trespassing and booked at Hennepin County Jail “to prevent further criminal conduct.”

Ethics Charges Filed

Now that Judicial Watch and Michigan State Representative Steve Drazkowski have filed ethics charges against Ilhan Omar for immigration fraud (using an unrelated family’s name), a bigamous marriage with her brother so he could obtain American citizenship, corrupt campaign financing and student loan fraud, she now has filed for divorce from the father of her three children.  The controversial Congresswoman has a lengthy record of utter contempt for the rule of law, of which she is now ostensibly a guardian.

Omar first married Ahmed Hirsi only in an Islamic ceremony in 2002 when she was 19, but six years later they “reached an impasse in our life together,” and separated. In 2009, Omar married Ahmed Nur Said Elmi, a British citizen, who has been identified as her brother.  Omar had a third child with Hirsi in 2012, even though she was still legally married to Elmi – who she divorced in 2017 and then legally married Hirsi in 2018.

Questions surfaced again this month in a state probe of campaign finance violations showing that Omar filed taxes with her Islamic husband Ahmed Hirsi in 2014-2015, while she was still legally married to but separated from Elmi.  She has declined to make her tax and immigration records available, but no one is demanding she produce them.

Her Real Name

David Steinberg published an extensive report on the alleged crimes and history of Rep. Ilhan Omar and the “Omar” family. In his report David found that the Omar family changed their name in order to enter the United States.

In 1995, Ilhan entered the United States as a fraudulent member of the “Omar” family. That is not her family. The Omar family is a second, unrelated family which was being granted asylum by the United States. The Omars allowed Ilhan, her genetic sister Sahra, and her genetic father Nur Said to use false names to apply for asylum as members of the Omar family.  Ilhan’s genetic family split up at this time. The above three received asylum in the United States, while Ilhan’s three other siblings — using their real names — managed to get asylum in the United Kingdom.

Ilhan Abdullahi Omar’s name, before applying for asylum, was Ilhan Nur Said Elmi.

Her father’s name before applying for asylum was Nur Said Elmi Mohamed. Her sister Sahra Noor’s name before applying for asylum was Sahra Nur Said Elmi. Her three siblings who were granted asylum by the United Kingdom are Leila Nur Said Elmi, Mohamed Nur Said Elmi, and Ahmed Nur Said Elmi.

On October 22, 2008, the U.S. State Department stopped accepting applications for the Priority 3/Refugee Family Reunification program — the process by which refugees can apply for asylum if one family member is already a legal U.S. resident. State halted the program because DNA testing — primarily of Somalis — had concluded that perhaps 87 percent of applicants were fraudulently claiming family relationships.

Steinberg has also exposed Omar supporters who were caught threatening and attempting “to dox a Somali whistle blower” who revealed Ilhan’s crimes.

Ilhan’s Father, Top Propagandist in Somalia

Omar’s father was the top propaganda official in the genocidal Barre Regime, thus the reason for changing his name in order to enter the U.S. illegally.  When he immigrated to America, he claimed he was a “teacher trainer.”  A teacher trainer in any revolutionary communist regime is the political commissar who trains teachers in the government-run school systems to impose the Qur’anic-Marxist-Leninist-Maoist-Mussolini hybrid of the Barre Regime.  Nur Omar Mohamed (aka Nur Said Elmi Mohamed), father of Ilhan Omar, was one of those indoctrinators under the bloody Marxist Islamic dictator, Siad Barre who was in power when hundreds of thousands of Somali people were massacred.

Somalian dictator Mohammed Siad Barre, whom the Omar family served.

When the Barre regime collapsed in 1991, the country was plunged into civil war, regime loyalists like Nur Omar Mohamed were not safe.  The family fled to Kenya, and then to the U.S. in 1995.

While some critics claim that Omar’s family migrated illegally to the U.S. because they did not disclose that they were communists, the Center for Security Policy claims that Congress, at the urging of the Clinton administration, abolished the law requiring that would-be immigrants declare whether they had belonged to a foreign Communist party. The Omar family was able to move to America without that important element of screening.

Jihadi Jane Ilhan Omar personifies the Red-Green Axis: an ideological and political combination of Marxism-Leninism and Islamism mixed with the technology of eco socialism.  She was raised in it.  The Red-Green Axis is strategic, as well as opportunistic. The Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR) now supports Black Lives Matter (BLM) and participates in its protests. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) also work with BLM, CAIR, and open borders groups.  Ilhan Omar has deflected any questions about violence from Antifa.

Omar interpreted for her grandfather, a Siad Barre servant, at political meetings. In high school, she became active in student politics.  From there, the Red-Green Axis import from Somalia, put down her own political roots, became a community organizer, and laid her path to the United States Congress.  Upon taking office in the U.S. House, she promptly joined the Congressional Black Caucus and the Congressional Progressive Caucus.

Omar has never been critical of the Siad Barre regime or the horrors it inflicted during her childhood in Somalia.  Her father is not the only Somali war criminal who immigrated to America illegally.

Yusuf Abdi Ali is a convicted war criminal who did the killing himself.  Ali has been located in the US working as security at Dulles International Airport and driving for Uber in 2019.  He reportedly lived at one time in Alexandria, Virginia.  Ali was a Colonel in the Somalian Army’s 5th Mechanized Brigade in 1987 and was a graduate of the Pentagon’s Program for Foreign Officers in 1986.  He’s also a war criminal in response to his actions in Somalia.

Conclusion

There is a Red-Green Alliance of Islamists and the “regressive” left.  It is a racist war against American Jewry, the American-Israel Alliance, and the foundations of America’s Republic.  The Jihad squad fully encompasses this hatred, yet they use the “race card” against any and all enemies who go against them.  When our President wanted to stop immigration from terrorist countries, Omar said, “This ban on refugees is rooted in racism and Islamophobia.”

The left arm of the Democrat Party, the mainstream media, continually screams racism against our President.  The jihadi squad and their democrat comrades scream “white privilege,” which is equally racist in its tone because it stereotypes all whites, (something black people have long railed against when it comes to people of color) as over-privileged and undeserving of what they have, and this leaves them ripe for humiliation and white discrimination.

Just like Mandela’s apartheid plan in South Africa, the jihad squad plan is as old as the snake in the garden.  The armed struggle Mandela led was not to give every South African an equal opportunity to enjoy the fruits of liberty. It was a will-to-power struggle to give the Communists dominion over the country.  White farmers and their families are murdered daily by Mandela’s communist black rogues.

Mandela was the head of the Marxist African National Congress just as these four jihadi Janes are now the head of America’s Democrat Party.

© 2019 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Stand.  What a simple word.  It connotes the idea of holding one’s ground.  Stand firm.  Stand up and be counted.  Stand up for what you believe in.  Make your stand.

It is a common word that folks love to throw around but it is rare to find someone who actually stands when the fire gets hot.  Our nation was built on the sacrifices of those who knew what it meant to stand.

When the American Revolution took place the average age of a soldier was 17.  The average age of a soldier in the Civil War was 25.  World War II soldiers averaged 23 years old, while those who fought in WW II  were 26.  Both the Korean Conflict and the Vietnam War were fought by men in their early 20’s.  The ongoing wars in the Mideast have been fought by those same 25 year olds.

There was a time in this nation when our young men were taught to stand.

Today we are taught to kneel.

Wars have always been fought by young men.  Part of it has to do with the physical rigors of war which are far more suited for young, sturdy bodies.  But America is full of men who were once charged with “standing” who today find themselves kneeling.  Kneeling, not to a foreign enemy, but to a far more deadly domestic one.

This is not your grandfathers’ “government.”  Those who lay down their lives have been sold out by those who sent them to war.  As the old saying goes, I love America but I hate the Government.  There is something wrong when an American citizen fears his government.

Thomas Jefferson famously said, “When the people fear the government there is tyranny.  When the Government fear the people there is liberty.”  Ask yourself this very simple question.  When you get a knock on your door from “the Government” is your heart filled with fear or with joy?

Whether you admit it or not, most American’s are no longer standing.  Thank God America’s veterans did not think that bowing their knee in protest was a sign of strength.  Those who made America great bowed to pray and then stood to fight.

The American Way of life hangs in the balance and now is the time for Americans to remember how to stand.  Now is the time.  We either stand up now or we will bow our knee to the forces of darkness.

The Scripture’s tell us to STAND.  “Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.

Sadly, Christians are the ones who are least likely to stand their ground.

The Pastors of America’s churches have led the kneel-a-thon.  Instead of standing up and pushing back against evil they pride themselves on coming up with creative ways to bow to the whims and wyles of those who are serving the Prince of Darkness.

Because of weak knees, marriage has been destroyed, children have been slaughtered in the womb, sexual deviancy has wriggled its way into the pulpit, and government has entrenched itself as mediator between the pulpit and The Almighty.  As a result, God’s opinion’s are redefined as hate speech, and His standards trampled by the Terrorists in Black Robes.  It has gone so far as to watch the mention of His Name being banned on Facebook.

Christianity is under attack like no time in American History.  Although the argument can be made that America was not founded as a Christian nation there can be no doubt that it is a nation that was founded by Christians.   Today, Christian values and Christian believes are rapidly being banished from every sector of the American society.

Jefferson purportedly warned us ““If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all property until their children wake up homeless on the continent their Fathers conquered.”

There are currently over 20 Million Americans who swore the oath to defend our nation against domestic enemies.  A domestic enemy is anyone who fights to violate the enumerated rights of the US Constitution.  As hard as this is to swallow, most of the domestic enemies of this nation are embedded in the “Government” that millions of young men fought to defend.

The number one reason that people don’t fight back is fear.  They are afraid of losing their job; Afraid of making someone mad; Fearful that they might offend someone; Concerned that the government might come calling; Afraid that standing for the Truth appears to be “judgmental.”

We are rapidly losing our nation and NOW is the time to STAND!

I came to age in the waning months of the Vietnam War.  The draft lottery had recently been introduced and the idea of forced conscription had gone the way of sexual purity.  As a result, I never served my tour of duty in the military.  But like so many aging baby boomers I am rapidly facing the short walk into the sunset of my life.  Daily I become more aware of the vanishing liberty that I am leaving to my posterity.  It is high time that millions of Americans just like me enlist in the battle for this nation.

Like no time in American History I fear the direction that this nation is heading and I understand that the only hope for America is a resurgence of Christianity and the values that encompass it.  If we lose America, we risk plunging our grandchildren into a period of darkness from which they may never recover.  Edmund Burke said “The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.  Nobody made a greater mistake than he who did nothing because he could only do a little ”  The Bible teaches “Therefore to him who knoweth to do good and doeth it not, to him it is sin.”  What kind of Grandfather permits chains to be laid on his grandchildren?

Come out of the closet Christians. We only have one chance to save this nation.   NOW is the time for to stand.

© 2019 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Let’s see… What would be a really good way to screw up our country, big-time? How might we squander our prosperity, our stability, and our greatness?

Oh, I know! Teachers’ unions! It can’t miss—hire a bunch of Far Left Crazy schmendricks to teach whole generations of Americans that their country is “10 percent better than garbage,” as Congresswoman Alexandria O’Crazyo Cortez says, and see if we can get them to grow up hating it. Because a country that hates itself just isn’t going anywhere good.

As hard as it may be to believe this, the Chicago Teachers’ Union recently sent a “delegation” to Venezuela to, er, “learn” from the failing socialist regime and demonstrate their “solidarity” with its dictator. They came home overflowing with praise for a tyrannical regime which has turned what used to be a reasonably prosperous country into a limping, starving, failed economy propped up by violence and intimidation—everything, in short, that makes a socialist’s life worth living.

But then everything that’s wrong with Venezuela, the union delegates insist, is America’s fault and no one else’s.

Can it be that these teachers are truly that ignorant, that stupid?

History tells us that throughout the 1920s and Thirties, Western intellectuals and journalists flocked to the Soviet Union to observe its utopia in the making. Wow, Uncle Joe! What a spectacular job you’re doing! Walter Duranty of the New York Times won a Pulitzer Prize for his incessant Stalinist cheerleading.

Hint: the Soviet Union did not cease to exist because it was just too good for this fallen world.

Russia’s communist government took pains to make sure that visiting nitwits saw only what the government wished for them to see. They set up fake collective farms, fake factories, and fake folk festivals stocked with cheerful, happy, well-fed, jolly workers energetically reveling in this wildly successful socialist experiment. These stage sets came to be called “Potemkin villages,” a term which has survived to denote any put-up job created to fool people who really do want to be fooled. Satisfied with what they were being shown by their government guides, the visitors never came within miles of the gulags, the starving farmers, or the towns depopulated by the regime’s economic follies.

You’d think they’d be smart enough to see through it—but they didn’t want to see through it. They wanted communism to work, wanted to import it to their own countries, and refused to see the truth. A few, like Malcolm Muggeridge, later admitted they’d been had. But then he wasn’t a member of a teachers’ union.

The Chicago teachers, reported some outfit called the “Radical Education Collective,” were especially “impressed” by Venezuela’s many communes—more Potemkin villages. Your school taxes pay teachers who join radical collectives. But then they had high praise for every aspect of Maduro’s travesty of a country. Again, anything that was wrong with it was America’s fault, not Venezuela’s.

Are we crazy? These dunderheads are teaching America’s children. “Communism has a lot of good ideas, class! And it’s the only form of government that can save us from Climate Change!” It’s shocking, what we pay them to do this.

One can spend many hours wondering how anyone in his right mind can see in Venezuela anything but sheer disaster. Well, they don’t see. They refuse to see. Leftism is a false religion with a dingbat dogma in which the answer to anything is always more government, more control over people, more slogans, more coercion.

Seeing things that aren’t there is worse than being blind. Knowing things that aren’t so is worse than knowing nothing.

And hiring people who fit that description to teach our children is, quite simply, inexplicable.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in for a visit; a single click will get you there. You can also find my articles at www.chalcedon.edu/.

© 2019 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net